fm3036 1.je04-06 The ORDER OF BATTLE .z67

[jivadas]

 

DAILY READINGS fr 7 June, 2019

fm5083 2.je07-08 FAREWELL to the Senses .z48

https://www.dropbox.com/s/yt5gs57h5nyit3o/fm5083%202.je07-08%20FAREWELL%20to%20the%20Senses%20.z48.docx?dl=0

fm7091 3.je06-07 StoneWorld - FIRE VISION .z66

https://www.dropbox.com/s/q12bc55x4sc0v7o/fm7091%203.je06-07%20StoneWorld%20-%20FIRE%20VISION%20.z66.docx?dl=0

fm3037 1.je09-10 Meeting of Troops .z59

https://www.dropbox.com/s/hruqoe66uedv7dn/fm3037%201.je09-10%20Meeting%20of%20Troops%20.z59.docx?dl=0

 

fm3036 1.je04-06 The ORDER OF BATTLE .z67

https://www.dropbox.com/s/r1emvu1vewvvsit/fm3036%201.je04-06%20The%20ORDER%20OF%20BATTLE%20.z67.docx?dl=0

 

 

 

Oॐm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Order of Battle

 

 

ON CATALOGUES:

 

jd:

this and the next Canto

represent a form

that is common to many schools of narrative poetry

.

early in the Iliad,

for example,

Homer has a catalog of all the ships invading Troy

.

here

in our mini-epic

The Tale of *lIlA the Playful

we have

a classified catalog

of both sides in the Doomsday War

.

you

should never forget

that this work was first presented orally:

some would say as a scripture "chanted" or "sung"

:

I hear rather as a "one-man show"

with the Reader jingling hir jingles and jangling hir jangles

:

indeed, Cantos like this are best read aloud

.

the samskRta wants to be recited with passion

or

at least chanted with meaning

as a vAlmIka Bard would do it

&

my English wants the same

.

your *vasIShTha should awaken with words the imagination of his listeners,

using the devices of an actor to portray landscape and character

.

 

tho

it seems a formidable task,

I would advise you

not

to skip the ORDER OF BATTLE

.

it is a poetic Etude,

a *dhAraNA in vAsiSTha.yoga

not merely Concentration

but

an exercise for citta.Affection + buddhi.Intellect

:

each of the names you recite

is

at least a village,

where people have been called to war,

where many will die,

& many more

will run away

.

 

does this sound familiar?

 

+++

 

this is, I believe, one of the few cantos that  would be

better sung than acted

even orchestrated as a cacophony of war

 

+++

 

*vasiShTha said—

 

3.36.1 

अथ शृङ्ग-उपमानेषु स्थितेषु शर-राशिषु ।

atha zRGga-upamAneSu sthiteSu zara-rAziSu |

सर्व.भीरुषु भग्नेषु विद्रुतेषु दिशो दश ॥३।३६।१॥

sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu vidruteSu diza:_daza ||3|36|1||

.

and so it was

:

they looked like hills, high heaps of spears

abandoned by the ever-fearful

runners

broken in spirit

wounded in flesh

who fled in all ten directions

.

*jd. "ten directions: S,SW,W,NW,N,NE,E,SE,Up,Down

:

in one sense

some soldier is Up a Tree or Down a hiding.Hole

but more broadly

we've shifted dimensions

from the flat plane of 4 Primary (SWEN) + 4 Secondary (SW.NW.NE.SE)

Up and Down take us to solidity

.

atha zRGga-upamAneSu x

sthiteSu zara-rAziSu x

sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu x

vidruteSu diza:_daza x

.

-vlm.3.36.1 The heaps of arrows rising in spires above the ground, drove the cowards and the wounded afar from the field.

 

02

मातङ्ग-शव-शैलेषु विश्रान्त-अम्बुद-पङ्क्तिषु ।

mAtaGga-zava-zaileSu vizrAnta-ambuda-paGktiSu |

यक्ष-रक्षःपिशाचेषु क्रीडत्सु रुधिर-अर्णवे ॥३।३६।२॥

yakSa-rakSa:pizAceSu krIDatsu rudhira-arNave ||3|36|2||

.

.

they

rushed past

hills of dead elephants;

and clouds of

yakSa.Guardians, rakSa.Demons, & pizAca.Cannibals

playing their games

in the bloody ocean

.

mAtaGga-zava-zaileSu

vizrAnta-ambuda-paGktiSu =

yakSa-rakSa:pizAceSu

krIDatsu rudhira-arNave  - x

-vlm.2. The hills of the dead bodies of men, horses and elephants, heaving in promiscuous heaps, and appearing as clouds fallen upon earth, invited the yakSas and RákSasas, and the carnivorous Pisáchas, to come and sport in the wide ocean of blood.

 

03

महताम् धर्म-निष्ठानाम् शील-ओजस्-सत्त्व-शालिनाम् ।

mahatAm dharma-niSThAnAm zIla-ojas-sattva-zAlinAm |

शुद्धानाम् कुल-पद्मानाम् वीराणाम् अनिवर्तिनाम् ॥३।३६।३॥

zuddhAnAm kula-padmAnAm vIrANAm a.nivartinAm ||3|36|3||

.

mahatAm dharma-niSThAnAm

zIla-ojas-sattva-zAlinAm |

zuddhAnAm kula-padmAnAm

vIrANAm a.nivartinAm  - x

.

but

of the great ones,

of the dharma.settled ones,

with good manners,

full of courage in sattva,

of those pure ones,

of the lotuses of their clan,

of the heroic ones,

of those who do not run away

—

mahatAm dharma-niSThAnAm x

zIla-ojas-sattva-zAlinAm x

zuddhAnAm kula-padmAnAm x

vIrANAm a.nivartinAm x

.

-vlm.3. Now there commenced a commutual contest, betwixt men of rank and virtue, and those of good character, valour and strength on both sides; not excepting even the holy and household people, all of whom took part in the combat, (that is, no condition of life, nor age nor sex, could escape the contagion of a warfare).

x

xx1.12.1 02 03

x

 

04

द्वन्द्व-युद्धानि जानानि मेघानाम् इव गर्जताम् ।

dvandva-yuddhAni jAnAni meghAnAm iva garjatAm |

मिथः-निगरणता_उत्कानि_मिलन्ति_आपग-पूरवत् ॥३।३६।४॥

mitha:-nigaraNatA_utkAni_milanti_Apaga-pUravat ||3|36|4||

.

two

dueling troops of peoples

meet

like two contending clouds as each seeks to swallow each

or as a river floods a city

.

dvandva-yuddhAni jAnAni x

meghAnAm iva garjatAm x

mitha:-nigaraNatA_utkAni x

milanti_Apaga-pUravat x

.

-vlm.4. Duels were fought between these, like the clashing of one cloud with another; and like the confluence of two streams discharging their fury against each other.

#gRR - to eat - #nigRR to swallow, devour. - #nigaraNa -n.- = #nigara, zaMk.; -m.- the throat. Lex.; the smoke of a burnt offering Lex. (cf. #nigaNa). - nigaraNatA the state of swallowing, the mingling (of clouds) meghAnAm iva garjatAm | mithas-nigaraNatA, y3036.004.

 

05

पञ्जरः पञ्जरेन_इव गज-ओघेन गज-उच्चयः ।

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja-oghena gaja-uccaya: |

स.वनः स.वनेन_अdrir अद्रिणा_इव_अमिलd बलात् ॥३।३६।५॥

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt ||3|36|5||

.

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja-oghena gaja-uccaya: =

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt  - x

.

skeletons clank against skeletons,

elephant-herds meet elephants,

—hour after hour, watch after watch—

mountain meets mountain,

strength meets strength

.

-vlm.5. As a rib is joined to another, and one side with the other, so met the horse against the horse, and elephant opposed the elephant in mutual conflict.

 

06

अश्व-ओघो मिलद्_अश्वानाम् वृन्देन_आरावि-रहंसा ।

azva-ogha:_milat_azvAnAm vRndena_ArAvi-rahaMsA |

तरङ्ग-ओघेन घोषेण तरङ्ग-ओघ* इव_अर्णवे ॥३।३६।६॥

taraGga-oghena ghoSeNa taraGga-ogha* iva_arNave ||3|36|6||

.

the horses

meet

like joining floods

a jangling crushing multitude meeting in their neigh-saying noise

:

an ocean.surge of waves that dash & burst against another surge

.

azva-ogha:_milat_azvAnAm

vRndena_ArAvi-rahaMsA |

taraGga-oghena ghoSeNa

taraGga-ogha* iva_arNave  - x

.

-vlm.6. As one forest clasps and clings to another, and one hill is linked with the other in a range, so the duelists strove together, as one wave dashes against the other.

x

xx04 05 06

 

07

नर-अनीकम् नर-अनीकः समायुधम् अयोधयत् ।

nara-anIkam nara-anIka: samAyudham ayodhayat |

वेण्वौघम् इव वेण्वौघो मरुल्लोलो मरुद्वलम् ॥३।३६।७॥

veNu-ogham iva veNu-ogha:_marut-lola:_marut-valam ||3|36|7||

.

infantry meet infantry

fighting together equally

as bamboo spears meet bamboo spears

:

a forest clattering in the wind

.

nara-anIkam

nara-anIka:

samAyudham

ayodhayat |

veNu-ogham iva

veNu-ogha:

marut-lola:_marut-valam  - x

-vlm.7. Footmen fought with footmen, as the reeds crush the reeds, and bamboos clash against one another, and the contrary winds struggle between themselves.

 

08

रथ-ओघश् च रथ-ओघेन निष्पिपेष_अखिलम् वपुः ।

ratha-ogha:_ca ratha-oghena niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: |

नगरम् नगरेन_इव दैवेन_उड्डीनम् असुरम् ॥३।३६।८॥

nagaram nagarena_iva daivena_uDDInam asuram ||3|36|8||

.

chariot-flood against chariot-flood

—

frame pounding against frame

—

it was like city fighting city

when

the gods fought the asura Darklings

.

ratha-ogha:_ca ratha-oghena x

niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: x

nagaram nagarena_iva x

daivena_uDDInam asuram x

.

-vlm.8. Cars falling upon cars, and chariots running against chariots, broke one another to pieces; and the citizens beat the rustics, as the Devas smote the demons of old.

 

09

सरच्-छर-भरासार-रचित-आपूर्व-वारिदम् ।

sarat-zara-bharAsAra-racita-ApUrva-vAridam |

युयुधे स्थगित-आकाशा धनुर् धर-पताकिनी ॥३।३६।९॥

yuyudhe sthagita-AkAzA dhanu: dhara-patAkinI ||3|36|9||

.

sarat-zara-bharAsAra-racita-ApUrva-vAridam |

yuyudhe sthagita-AkAzA

dhanu: dhara-patAkinI  - x

.

the archers

sent

a flow of arrows in an overflowing cloud

—

they battled hidden by their many banners, those bannered bowmen

.

sarat-zara-bharAsAra-racita-A.pUrva-vAridam  

m sarat-arrow-bharAsAra-racita-A.pUrva-vArida

yuyudhe sthagita-AkAzA they warred hiding the sky

dhanu:-dhara-patAkinI bow-bearer-banners

.

-vlm.9. The sky which had been erewhile clouded by the flight of arrows, was now emblazoned by the banner of the bowyer, resembling the rainbow of various colours.

#sthag - #sthagita - covered, concealed, hidden (#sthagitA sarasvatI, "sarasvatI has hidden herself "= "I cannot express myself") • closed, shut (as a door) • stopped, interrupted -

x

xx07 08 09

 

10

विषम-आयुध-युद्धेषु योद्धारः पेलव-आशयाः ।

viSama-Ayudha-yuddheSu yoddhAra: pelava-AzayA: |

यदा युक्त्या पलायन्ते रण-कल्प-अनले तदा ॥३।३६।१०॥

yadA yuktyA palAyante raNa-kalpa-anale tadA ||3|36|10||

.

viSama-Ayudha-yuddheSu

yoddhAra: pelava-AzayA: |

yadA yuktyA palAyante

raNa-kalpa-anale tadA  - x

.

where

the sides were unequal,

those more numerous won easily;

but when

they were outnumbered,

those warriors fled the hellfire of war

.

viSama-Ayudha-yuddheSu x

yoddhAra: pelava-AzayA: x

yadA

yuktyA palAyante x

raNa-kalpa.anale

tadA x

.

-vlm.10. At last the warriors who were overpowered in their conflict with unequal arms, fled away from the field, as they do from the fire of a conflagration.

 

11

मिलिताश् चक्रिणो चक्रो धनुर् धारैर् धनुर् धराः ।

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:_dhArai:_dhanu:-dharA: |

खड्गिभिः खड्ग-योद्धारो भुशुण्डीभिर् भुशुण्डयः ॥३।३६।११॥

khaDgibhi: khaDga-yoddhAra:_bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: ||3|36|11||

.

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:

dhArai:_dhanu:-dharA: |

khaDgibhi: khaDga-yoddhAra:

bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya:  - x

.

but

here they met

:

Discuses meet Discuses

—

Archery meets Archery

—

Cudgels meet Cudgels

—

Quake.earths meet Quake.earths

—

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_x

dhanu:_dhArai:_dhanu:-dharA: x

khaDgibhi: khaDga-yoddhAra:_x

bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: x

.

-vlm.11. Now the armigerents with discuses, met the thwarters of disks (chakras) in contest; and bowyers were opposed to bowmen, and swordsmen challenged the sword fighters in the field. So met the hookers and crookers with their co-rivals with crowbars (bhusundis) in hand.

 

12

मुसलैर् मुसल-उदाराः कुन्तिनः कुन्ति-धारिभिः ।

musalai: musala-udArA: kuntina: kunti-dhAribhi: |

ऋष्टि-आयुधा* ऋष्टि-धरैः प्रासिभिः प्रास-पाणयः ॥३।३६।१२॥

RSTi-AyudhA* RSTi-dharai: prAsibhi: prAsa-pANaya: ||3|36|12||

.

musalai: musala-udArA:

kuntina: kunti-dhAribhi: =

RSTi-AyudhA* RSTi-dharai:

prAsibhi: prAsa-pANaya:  - x

.

maces are raised against maces

—

catapults fire.on catapults

javelins

—iron or wood—

roundspears against roundspears

—

musalai: w maces

musala-udArA: lofty maces

kuntina: kunti-dhAribhi: w lance-bearing lancers

RSTi-AyudhA* RSTi-dharai: x

prAsibhi: prAsa-pANaya: x

.

-vlm.l2. Maces were opposed to maces (musalas), and lancers were set against the lance bearers (kuntas) in fighting. Spearmen braved the spearmen (rishtis), and the throwers of missiles were crossed with missives (prásas) in hand.

x

xx10 11 12

 

13

स.मुद्गरा* मुद्गरिभिः स-गdair विलसd गदाः ।

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa-gadai:_vilasat_gadA: |

शाक्तिकैः शक्ति-योद्ध-आरः शूलैः शूल-विशारदाः ॥३।३६।१३॥

zAktikai: zakti-yoddha-Ara: zUlai: zUla-vizAradA: ||3|36|13||

.

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi:

sa-gadai:_vilasat_gadA: x

zAktikai: zakti-yoddha-Ara:

zUlai: zUla-vizAradA: x

.

tapered clubs against tapered clubs

!

—

glittering iron maces

fight

maces

—

spikemen fight spikes

—

and clever pikemen battle pikes

—

-vlm.13. Mallets militated against mallets (mudguras), and clubs were contravened by clubmen in the conflict. Combatants with pikes (saktis), encountered the pikemen (sakti-dharas) face to face; and iron rods were crossed to pointed rods (súlas) in the strife.

 

14

प्रास-असन-विदः प्रासैः परशु-उक्ताः परश्वधैः ।

prAsa-asana-vida: prAsai: parazu-uktA: parazvadhai: |

लकुट-उद्यैर् लकुटिनश् च_उपलैर् उपल-आयुधाः ॥३।३६।१४॥

lakuTa-udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala-AyudhA: ||3|36|14||

.

prAsa-asana-vida: prAsai: parazu-uktA: parazvadhai: =

lakuTa-udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala-AyudhA:  - x

.

roundspears are hurled against roundspears

—

battleaxes

hack.at

poleaxes

—

mace against mace

—

catapult against catapult

.

-vlm.14. Pugilists with missive weapons, counteracted the missiles of their antagonists (prásas), and those fighting with battle axes (parasus), baffled the poleaxes and pickaxes (paraswadhas) of their foes.

 

15

पाशिभिः पाश-धारिण्यः शङ्कुभिः शङ्कु-धारिणः ।

pAzibhi: pAza-dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku-dhAriNa: |

क्षुरिकाभिस् तु क्षुरिकाः भिन्दिपालैश् च तद्-गताः ॥३।३६।१५॥

kSurikAbhi:_tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat-gatA: ||3|36|15||

.

Noosers snare Noosers,

Pikemen peck.at Pikemen,

Daggers stab Daggers,

short javelins

fight

their like

...

pAzibhi: pAza-dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku-dhAriNa: x

kSurikAbhi:tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat-gatA: x

.

-vlm.15. Trappers with their traps and snares, attacked the darters of nooses and lassos (pásas); and the darters of javelins (sankus), withstood the darts of the dartsmen on the other side. Daggers were opposed to daggers (kshurikas), and cudgels were presented before the cudgels (bhindipálas of the enemy).

x

xx13 14 15

 

16

वज्र-मुष्टि-धरा* वज्रैर् अङ्कुशैर् अङ्कुश-उद्धताः ।

vajra-muSTi-dharA* vajrai:_aGkuzai:_aGkuza-uddhatA: |

हलैर् हल-निकाष-ज्ञास् त्रिशूलैश् च त्रिशूलिनः ॥३।३६।१६॥

halai:_hala-nikASa-jJA:_trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: ||3|36|16||

.

vajra-muSTi-dharA* vajrai:

aGkuzai:_aGkuza-uddhatA: |

halai:_hala-nikASa-jJA:

trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina:  - x

.

ThunderFists punch ThunderFists,

Meathooks hook Meathooks

—

Miners undermine Miners

&

Tridents prick Tridents

.

vajra-muSTi-dharA* vajrai: x

aGkuzai:_aGkuza-uddhatA: x

halai:_hala-nikASa-jJA: x

trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: x

.

-vlm.16. Combatants with iron gloves contravened the boxers with iron fistcuffs (Vajramushtis), and those with iron cranes, pursued the fighters with crooked goads, (ankusas) in hand. Warriors with ploughshares attacked the ploughmen, and those with tridents, fell upon the trident holders (trisúlins) in contest.

 

17

शृङ्खला-जालिनो जालैः शृङ्खlair अलि-कोमलैः ।

zRGkhalA-jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai:_ali-komalai: |

क्षुभित-अकल्प-विक्षुब्ध.सागर-ऊर्मि-घटा* इव ॥३।३६।१७॥

kSubhita-akalpa-vikSubdha.sAgara-Urmi-ghaTA* iva ||3|36|17||

.

zRGkhalA-jAlina: jAlai:

zRGkhalai:_ali-komalai: |

kSubhita-akalpa-vikSubdha.sAgara-Urmi-ghaTA* iva  - x

.

when chain-mail rubs chain-mail

it's

the sound of bees buzzing honey-blossoms

.

it's

a worried ocean,

with its troubled waves of wild disordered troops

.

-vlm.17. Champions with chained armours set upon the soldiers attired in mail (srinkhala jála); and they poured upon the field as flights of locusts, or as the waves in the troubled sea.

 

36

क्षुब्ध-चक्र-दल-आवर्तः शर.सीकर-मारुतः ।

kSubdha-cakra-dala-Avarta: zara.sIkara-mAruta: |

प्रभ्रमद्*धेति-मकरो व्योम-एक-अर्णव* आबभौ ॥३।३६।१८॥

prabhramat*heti-makara:_vyoma-eka-arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||

.

kSubdha-cakra-dala-Avarta: zara.sIkara-mAruta: |

prabhramat*heti-makara:_vyoma-eka-arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||

.

it's

a whirl of discuses,

a whirlpool of petaled arrows that shower in the wind,

and fire-catapults

—

sea.serpents flash in the sky.sea

.

kSubdha-cakra-dala-Avarta: x

zara.sIkara-mAruta: x

prabhramat.*heti-makara:_x

vyoma-eka-arNava* Ababhau x

.

vlm

x

xx16 17 18

 

19

उत्फुल्ल-आयुध-कल्लोल-शिर-आकुल-जलेचरः ।

utphulla-Ayudha-kallola-zira-Akula-jalecara: |

रोदोरन्ध्र-समुद्रो ऽसौ बभूव_अमर-दुस्तरः ॥३।३६।१९॥

rodorandhra-samudra:_asau babhUva_amara-dustara: ||3|36|19||

.

utphulla-Ayudha-kallola-zira-Akula-jalecara: |

rodorandhra-samudra:_asau

babhUva_amara-dustara:  - x

.

blossoming

with weapons,

tossing

with wave-heads of waterRovers,

—this—

the rodorandhra Sea,

that lies between the heavens and earth,

is hard for immortals to cross

.

utphulla.Ayudha-kallola-zira-Akula-jale.cara: x

rodorandhra-samudra:_asau babhUva_amara-dustara: x

.

-vlm.19. The hollow of the heaven became as the great deep of the sea, impassable by the celestials, owing to the waving weapons, moving as sea monsters in the air.

 

20

दिव्या_अष्टक-जन-अनीकम् पक्ष-द्वयतया तया ।

divyA_aSTaka-jana-anIkam pakSa-dvayatayA tayA |

अर्धेन_अर्धेन कुपितम् भूपालाभ्याम् तथा स्थितम् ॥३।३६।२०॥

ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam ||3|36|20||

.

divyA_aSTaka-jana-anIkam

pakSa-dvayatayA tayA |

ardhena_ardhena kupitam

bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam  - x

.

all day

with eight battalions arrayed in two wings

—equal with equal quarreling—

so those two EarthLords came together and engaged

.

divyA_aSTaka-jana-anIkam pakSa-dvayatayA tayA x

ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam x

.

-vlm.20. Thus the armies of the two belligerent potentates, each composed of eight ranks or battalions, were furiously engaged with one another, as described below.

 

+++

 

ORDER OF BATTLE

 

MIDCOUNTRY EASTERN QUARTER

 

21

मध्यदेश.आदि-संख्याने प्राग्-दिग्भ्यो ऽभ्यागतान् इमान् ।

madhya.deza-Adi-saMkhyAne prAk-digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |

लीला-नाथस्य पद्मस्य पक्षे जनपदान् शृणु ॥३।३६।२१॥

lIlA-nAthasya padmasya pakSe janapadAn zRNu ||3|36|21||

.

madhya.deza-Adi-saMkhyAne

prAk-digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |

lIlA-nAthasya padmasya

pakSe janapadAn zRNu  - x

.

these are the troops from the Eastern Quarter of the Midcountry,

come to support lIlA's Lord, King padma

:

madhya.deza-Adi.saMkhyAne x

prAk-digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn x

lIlA-nAthasya padmasya of Lílà's husband Padma

pakSe janapadAn zRNu m the countries on the wings hear

.

.

-vlm.21 SECTION III. CATALOGUE OF THE FORCES. Now hear me relate to you, the forces on the side of padma, now named Vidúratha, and the allied powers that came to his side, from the Central and Eastern districts.

x

xx19 20 21

 

22

THE EAST

पूर्वस्याम् कोसलाः काशि-मागधा* मथिल-उत्कलाः ।

pUrvasyAm kosalA: kAzi-mAgadhA* mathila-utkalA: |

मेखलाः कर्करा* मुद्रास् तथा संग्राम-शौण्डकाः ॥३।३६।२२॥

mekhalA: karkarA* mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma-zauNDakA: ||3|36|22||

.

pUrvasyAm kosalA:

kAzi-mAgadhA*

mathila-utkalA: |

mekhalA: karkarA*

mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma-zauNDakA:  - x

.

kosalas, kAzis,

&

mAgadhas,

mathilas, utkalas,

&

mudras, mekhala.s

—

also the karkaras,

all of them drunken with battle;

.

-vlm.22. There came the hardy warriors of Kosala (Oudh) and Kási (Benares); those of Magadha (Behar) and Utkala (Orissa), situated in the east; and the Mekhalas (of Vindhya range), the Karkars of Karnatic), and the Madras (of Madura) in the south.

 

23

मुख्या* हिमा* रुद्रमुख्यास् ताम्र-लिप्तास्_तथैव च ।

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:_tAmra-liptA:_tathaiva ca |

प्राग्.ज्योतिषा* वाजि-मुखा* अम्बष्ठाः पुरुषादकाः ॥३।३६।२३॥

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji-mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: ||3|36|23||

.

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:

tAmra-liptA:_tathaiva ca |

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji-mukhA*

ambaSThA: puruSAdakA:  - x

.

&

the himA chiefs,

the rudra chiefs,

the tAmraliptas,

and likewise the horse-faced prAk-jyotiSas,

and

the maneater.cannibals of ambastha*

...

mukhyA* himA* rudramukhyA:_tAmra-liptA:_tathaiva ca x

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji-mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: x

.

* to the east of takSazilA. R.

-vlm.23. The chiefs of Hema (Imaus) and Rudras and the Támraliptas (Tamils) from the south; the Prágjyotishas (of east Assam), and the horse faced Osmuks and Ambashtha cannibals.

 

24

वर्ण.कोष्ठाः स-विश्वोत्रा* आम-मीन-आशnA:_तथा ।

varNa.koSThA: sa-vizvotrA* Ama-mIna-AzanA:_tathA |

व्याघ्र-वक्राः किराtAz च सौवीरा* एक-पादकाः ॥३।३६।२४॥

vyAghra-vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka-pAdakA: ||3|36|24||

.

varNa.koSThA: sa-vizvotrA*

Ama-mIna-AzanA:_tathA |

vyAghra-vakrA: kirAtA:_ca

sauvIrA* eka-pAdakA:  - x

.

there were

varna-koSTha.s

&

vizvotra.s

—those raw.fish-eaters—

and also the tiger-faced kirAta.s

and the lame-leg sauviras too

.

varNa.koSThA: sa-vizvotrA* Ama-mIna-AzanA:_tathA x

vyAghra-vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka-pAdakA: x

.

-vlm.24. Then there joined the varna-koshthas and Viswotras, and the eaters of raw food and flesh and the fish eaters (piscivori); and those with faces like tigers, the Kiratas (Kirrhoids and KirAntis), with the sauviras and one legged people.

x

xx22 23 24

 

25

माल्यवान्-नाम शैलो 'त्र शिबि-राञ्जन* एव च ।

mAlyavAn-nAma zaila:_atra zibi-rAJjana* eva ca |

वृषल-ध्वज-पद्म-आdyAs तथा_उदय-करो गिरिः ॥३।३६।२५॥

vRSala-dhvaja-padma-AdyA:_tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: ||3|36|25||

.

here

—

this mountain called mAlyavAn

is the delight of the zibis & lotus-bannered vRSala.s

:

it is the mountain of sunrise

.

mAlyavAn-nAma zaila:_atra x

zibi-rAJjana* eva ca x

vRSala-dhvaja-padma.AdyA:_x

tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: x

.

-vlm.25. Next came the mountaineers of Mályavána, Sibira and Anjanagiri; and others having the ensigns of bulls and lotuses, and the people of the sun rising mountain (Udaya-giri) in the east.

 

THE SOUTH

26

अथ प्राग्-दक्षिणायाम् त्व्_इमे विन्ध्य-आदि-वासिनः ।

atha prAk-dakSiNAyAm tu_ime vindhya-Adi-vAsina: |

चेदयो वत्स-दाशार्णा* अङ्ग-वङ्ग-उपवङ्गकाः ॥३।३६।२६॥

cedaya:_vatsa-dAzArNA* aGga-vaGga-upavaGgakA: ||3|36|26||

.

and in the South

—

these have their homes in the *vindhyA Range

:

the *chedis from the *vatsa calf country

&

angas, vangas, and upavangas

—

:

atha prAk.xx-dakSiNa.xx-AyAm tu_ime x

vindhya.Adi-vAsi.xx-na: |

cedaya: vatsa-dAzArNA* x

aGga-vaGga-upavaGgakA: x

.

-vlm.26. Those that joined from the south east (prágdaxina), are the following, namely; the Vindhyaris. the Chedis, the Vatsas, the Dasárnas (near the confluence of the ten streams); and the Angas, Bangas and Upabangas (of Upper and Lower Bengal).

 

27

कलिङ्ग-पुण्ड्र-जठरा* विदर्भा* मेखलास् तथा ।

kaliGga-puNDra-jaTharA* vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA |

शबरानन-वर्णाश् च कर्णा-त्रिपुर-पूरकाः ॥३।३६।२७॥

zabarAnana-varNA:_ca karNA-tripura-pUrakA: ||3|36|27||

.

kalingas, pundras, jatharas, vidarbhas,

mekhalas also, among the tribes of mixed caste:

and the karnas of tri.pura;—

kaliGga-puNDra-jaTharA* x

vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA x

zabarAnana-varNA:_ca x

karNA-tripura-pUrakA: x

.

-vlm.27. They that met from the south were, Kalingas and Pundras, the Jatharas, Vidarbhas and the hill people (on the Karnatic coast); the Sabaras, the outcasted savages, the Karnas and the Tripura people.

x

xx25 26 27

 

28 

कण्टक.स्थल-नामानः पृथग्-दीपक-कोमलाः ।

kaNTaka.sthala-nAmAna: pRthak-dIpaka-komalA: |

कर्ण-अन्ध्राश् चौलिकाश् च_एव तथा चार्मण्वता* अपि ॥३।३६।२८॥

karNa-andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva tathA cArmaNvatA* api ||3|36|28||

.

there were

*kantakas from the thorn country

(a bright and pleasant people, those *karNas)

and *andhras;

chaulikas also,

and the charmanvatas

—

kaNTaka.sthala.place\hill-nAmAna: x

pRthak-dIpaka-komalA: x

karNa-andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva x

tathA.thus/in.that.way - the *chArma.Leatheries-NvatA* api.also

.

-vlm.28. Those named Kantakas from their thorny district, the unenlightened Komalas (of Comilla?); the Karnas (Canarese), the Ándhras, the Cholas and the people on the borders of the Charmanvati river.

 

29

काकका* हेम-कुड्याश् च तथा श्मश्रु-धरा* अपि ।

kAkakA* hema-kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru-dharA* api |

बलिग्रीव-महाग्रीवाः किष्किन्धा* नालि-केरिणः ॥३।३६।२९॥

baligrIva-mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli-keriNa: ||3|36|29||

.

kAkakA* hema-kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru-dharA* api =

baligrIva-mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli-keriNa:  - x

.

kAkaka.s

&

hema.kudyas also

(those with the long beards)

&

bali.grIvas, mahA.grIvas, kiSkindhas,

and nalikeris from a land of coconut palms

—

kAkakA* hema-kuDyA:_ca x

tathA zmazru-dharA* api x

baligrIva-mahAgrIvA: x

kiSkindhA* nAli-keriNa: x

.

-vlm.29. The Kakos or bald beaded and bearded people, and those of the Hema-kuta hills; the frizzled and long necked people, and the inhabitants of Kishkindha and cocoa forests.

 

30

अथ लीला-पतेर् अस्य दक्षिणस्याम् इमे नृपाः ।

atha lIlA-pate:_asya dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: |

विन्ध्यो ऽथ कुसुम-आपीडो महेन्द्रो दर्दुअस् तथा ॥३।३६।३०॥

vindhya:_atha kusuma-ApIDa:_mahendra:_dardura:_tathA ||3|36|30||

.

atha lIlA-pate:_asya x

dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: x

vindhya:_atha kusuma-ApIDa:_x

mahendra:_dardura:_tathA x

.

such were

the Southern Kings

who came to the relief of lIlA's lord

:

flower-garlanded vindhyas, mahendras and dardura.s

—

-vlm.30. The princes that joined with Lila's husband from the south, were as follows viz. the Vindhyans, the Kusumians (of Patna) the Mahendras and the Darduras, (of the hills of the same names).

x

xx28 29 30

 

31

मलयः सूर्यवान् च_एव गणा* राज्य.समृद्धकाः ।

malaya: sUryavAn ca_eva gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: |

अवन्तिर् इति विख्यातास् तथा शाम्भवाति_इति च ॥३।३६।३१॥

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca ||3|36|31||

.

the malis of the Solar House also

and

the celebrated Royal Troops of avanti,

and those of zambavAti also

—

malaya: sUryavAn_ca_eva x

gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: x

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_x

tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca x

.

-vlm.31. The Malays and the solar race, and the Prince of the (33) united states and the rich and united cities of Avanti and Sámbavati.

~vlm.p.31 The Malays and the solar race, and the Prince of the thirty-three united states and the rich and united cities of Avanti and Sambavati.

 

32

दश-पूर-कथा-चक्रा-रेषिक-अतुर-कच्छपाः ।

daza-pUra-kathA-cakrA* reSika-atura-kacchapA: |

वन.वास-उपगिरयस्_ते भद्र-गिरयस्_तथा ॥३।३६।३२॥

vana.vAsa-upagiraya:_te bhadra-giraya:_tathA ||3|36|32||

.

troops of the Ten Cities,

kathAs, chakrAs, reshikas, and hungry kacchapas,

and forest-dwelling upagiris; bhadragiris,...

—

daza-pUra-kathA-cakrA-reSika-atura-kacchapA: x

vana.vAsa-upagiraya:_te bhadra-giraya:_tathA x

.

-vlm.32. And those of Dasapura (or ten cities) of Katha (Kota), Chakra, Reshika Cutch and others, and the foresters of Upagiri and Bhadragiri hills.

~vlm.p.32 And those of Dasapura of Katha, Chakra, Reshika Cutch and others, and the foresters of Upagiri and Bhadragiri Hills.

 

33

नागरा* दण्डकाश् च_एव गण-राष्ट्र-नृ-राष्ट्रकाः ।

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva gaNa-rASTra-nR-rASTrakA: |

साहा शैवर्ष्य-मूकाश् च कर्कोटा* वन-बिम्बलाः ॥३।३६।३३॥

sAhA-zaivarSya-mUkA:_ca karkoTA* vana-bimbalA: ||3|36|33||

.

nAgaras, dandaka-Foresters;

the People's State of nR.rashtra;

and sAhas,

wretched in the rain;

karkotas, forest bimbala.s

—

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva x

gaNa-rASTra-nR-rASTrakA: x

sAhA zaivarSya-mUkA:_ca x

karkoTA* vana-bimbalA: x

.

-vlm.33. The prince of Nagore and the chiefs of Dandaka forest, and the joint states of the people; the Sahas, Saivas, and the hill people of the Rishyamuka and Karkota and the Vimbila foresters.

~vlm.p.33 The prince of Nagore and the chiefs of Dandaka Forest, and the joint states of the people; the Sahas, Saivas, and the hill people of the Rishyamuka and Karkota and the Vimbila foresters.

x

xx31 32 33

 

34

पम्पा-निवासिनश् च_एव कैरकाः कर्क-वीरकाः ।

pampA-nivAsina:_ca_eva kairakA: karka-vIrakA: |

स्वेरिका* यासिकाश् च_एव धर्म-पत्तन-पञ्जिकाः ॥३।३६।३४॥

sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva dharma-pattana-paJjikA: ||3|36|34||

.

the pampA-dwellers also,

the kairakas,

karkaviras,

sverikas,

yAsikas also

(of dharma-pattana, a town of very righteous festivals)

—

pampA-nivAsina:_ca_eva x

kairakA: karka-vIrakA: x

sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva x

dharma-pattana-paJjikA: x

.

-vlm.34. Then came the inhabitants from the banks of Pampá, the Kerakas and Karkaviras; with the Kherikas, Asikas and the people of Dhrumapattana.

~vlm.p.34 Then came the inhabitants from the banks of Pampa, the Kerakas and Karkaviras; with the Kherikas, Asikas and the people of Dhrumapattana.

 

35 

काशिकास् तृष्ण-खल्लुला-यादास् ते ताम्र-पर्णकाः ।

kAzikA:_tRSNa-khallulA-yAdA:_te tAmra-parNakA: |

गोनर्दाः कनकाश् च_एव दीन-पत्तन-नामकाः ॥३।३६।३५॥

gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva dIna-pattana-nAmakA: ||3|36|35||

.

from kAzi,

thirsty khallulas and yAdas

and the red.spit Pan-Chewing gonarda BullRoarers;

and golden kanakas;

and also with them came men

from dina.pattana, Sorry.ville;—

kAzikA:_tRSNa-khallulA-yAdA: x

te tAmra-parNakA: x

gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva x

dIna-pattana-nAmakA: x

.

-vlm.35. Next came the Kásikas and Khallukas, the Yadas and Tamraparnikas; the Gonardas, the Kanakas and the people of Dinapattam.

~vlm.p.35 Next came the Kasikas and Khallukas, the Yadas and Tamraparnikas; the Gonardas, the Kanakas and the people of Dinapattam.

 

36

ताम्रीका* दम्भर-आकीर्णाः सह.कार-एणकास् तथा ।

tAmrIkA* dambhara-AkIrNA: saha.kAra-eNakA:_tathA |

वैतुण्डकास् तुम्बवनाला-जिन-द्वीप-कर्णिकाः ॥३।३६।३६॥

vaituNDakA:_tumbavanAlA-jina-dvIpa-karNikA: ||3|36|36||

.

coppery tAmrika.s—

crowding dambhara.s—

supporting enaka Hunters;

and the vaitundakas joining the tumbavanAlas,

lonk-eared islanders in deerskins;

tAmrIkA* dambhara-AkIrNA: x

saha.kAra-eNakA:_tathA x

vaituNDakA:_x

tumbavanAlA-jina-dvIpa-karNikA: x

.

-vlm.36. The Tamris (Tamils), Kadambharas, Sahakáras and Enakas (or deer hUters); the Vaitundas, Tumba-vanalas, and those attired in deer and elephant skins.

~vlm.p.36 The Tamils, Kadambharas, Sahakaras and Deer Hunters, the Vaitundas, Tumbavanalas, and those attired in deer and elephant skins.

x

xx 34 35 36

 

37

कर्णिक-आभाश् च शिबयः कौङ्कणाश् चित्रकूटकाः ।

karNika-AbhA:_ca zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |

कर्णाट-मण्ट-वटका* महाकटकिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।३७॥

karNATa-maNTa-vaTakA* mahAkaTakikA:_tathA ||3|36|37||

.

karNika-AbhA:_ca

zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |

karNATa-maNTa-vaTakA*

mahAkaTakikA:_tathA  - x

.

the light of meru,

the zibis,kaunkanas, chitrakutas,

and

karnAtas, mantas, vataka.s

—

such was one great encampment there

.

-vlm.37. Then came the lotus-like Sibis and Konkans and the inhabitants of Chitrakuta mountains; with the people of Karnata, the Mantas, Batakas and those of Cattak.

~vlm.p.37 Then came the lotus-like Sibis and Konkans and the inhabitants of #citrakuta mountains; with the people of Karnata, the Mantas, Batakas and those of Cattak.

 

38

आन्ध्राश् च कोल.गिरयश् च_अवन्ति-कविचेरिकाः ।

AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca_avanti-kavicerikA: |

चण्डायत्ता* देवनकाः क्रौञ्चा* वाहास् तथैव च ॥३।३६।३८॥

caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|38||

.

AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca

avanti-kavicerikA: |

caNDAyattA* devanakA:

krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca  - x

.

with the andhras, kola.giris,

and the kavicherikas of greater avanti,

and the fiery chandAyattas,

devanaka Dicers, krauncha Curlews;

.

AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca_avanti-kavicerikA: x

caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathaiva ca x

.

-vlm.38. The Andhras and Kola hill people (Koles), the Avantis and Chedis; with the Chandas and Devanakas and Krauncha-*vahas.

~vlm.p.38 The Andhras and Kola hill people, the Avantis and Chedis; with the Chandas and Devanakas and Krauncha-vahas.

 

39

शिलाक्षार-उदभो-नन्द.मर्दना* मलय-अभिधाः ।

zilA-akSAra-udabha:-nanda.mardanA* malaya-abhidhA: |

ते चित्रकूट-शिखरा* लङ्का-रक्षः-गणाः स्मृताः ॥३।३६।३९॥

te citrakUTa-zikharA laGkA-rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: ||3|36|39||

.

zilA-akSAra-udabha:-nanda.mardanA*

malaya-abhidhA: |

te citrakUTa-zikharA

laGkA-rakSa:gaNA: smRtA:  - x

.

and so also the vAha Carriers from stonestill zilAkSara,

udabha, nanda.mardana, malaya, and citrakuta peaks,

the seats of rakSasas from zrI.lankA

.

zilAkSAra-udabho-nanda.mardanA malaya-abhidhA: x

te citrakUTa-zikharA laGkA-rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: x

.

-vlm.39. At last came the people from the three peaks of Chitrakuta mountains, called the Silákhára, Nanda mardana and Malaya, which were the seats of the guardian BákSasas of Lanká.

~vlm.p.39 At last came the people from the three peaks of #citrakuta mountains, called the Silakhara, Nanda mardana and Malaya, which were the seats of the guardian Bakshasas of Lanka.

x

xx37 38 39

 

SOUTHWEST —

40

अथ प्रत्यg-दक्षिणस्याम् महा.राज्य.सुराष्ट्रकाः ।

atha pratyak-dakSiNasyAm mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: |

सिन्धु.सौवीर-शूद्र-आख्याः आभीरा* द्रविडाः_तथा ॥३।३६।४०॥

sindhu.sauvIra-zUdra-AkhyA: AbhIrA* draviDA: tathA ||3|36|40||

.

atha pratyak-dakSiNasyAm x

mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: x

sindhu.sauvIra-zUdra-AkhyA: x

AbhIrA* draviDA:_tathA x

.

next, in the Southwest, the great realm of surAshtra,

sindhus, sauvira zUdras, abhira.s

:

the Dravids

.

-vlm.40. Then those of the southwest where there is the great realm of Surástra (Surat), with the kingdoms of Sindhu (Sinde) sauvira, Abhíra, and Dravidas (in Deccan).

~vlm.p.40 Then those of the southwest where there is the great realm of Surat, with the kingdoms of the Sind, Sauvira, Abhira, and Dravidas (in Deccan).

 

41

कीकटाः सिद्ध-खण्ड-आख्यास् तथा कालि.रुहा* अपि ।

kIkaTA: siddha-khaNDa-AkhyA:_tathA kAli.ruhA* api |

अत्र हेम.गिरिः शैलस् तथा रैवतको गिरिः ॥३।३६।४१॥

atra hema.giri: zaila:_tathA raivataka:_giri: ||3|36|41||

.

the kikatas (of the siddha.s),

and kAliruhas, too,

and—here—is the golden hema.giri Mountain, in the raivatakas;—

kIkaTA: siddha-khaNDa-AkhyA: x

tathA kAli.ruhA* api x

atra hema.giri: zaila: x

tathA raivataka:_giri: x

.

~vlm.p.41 Also those of the districts of Kikata, Siddha Khanda, and Kaliruha, and Mount Hemagiri or golden hills and the Raivataka range.

 

42

जय.कच्छो_मयवरो यवनास् तत्र जन्तवः ।

jaya.kaccha:_mayavara:_yavanA:_tatra jantava: |

बाह्वीका* मार्गण-आवन्ता* धूम्रास् तुम्बक-नामकाः ॥३।३६।४२॥

bAhvIkA* mArgaNa-AvantA* dhUmrA:tumbaka-nAmakA: ||3|36|42||

.

*var. TPD jayakucchAmayavaro

jaya.kaccha: x

mayavara:_x

yavanA: / *var. paTanA: 

tatra jantava: x

bAhvIkA* mArgaNa-AvantA* dhUmrA:tumbaka-nAmakA: x

.

the conquerink-Cutch/victorious.ashore

mayavara mercenaries

:

the bAhvikas, beggars from avanti,

dark.skinned dhumras on camels,

tumbakas

—

-vlm.42. Then the warriors of Jaya Kachchha (the victorious Cutch), and Mayavara (Mewar); as also the Yavanas (Ionians), the Bahlikas (Balkhs), the Marganas (nomads), and the grey coloured Tumbas (on the north).

~vlm.p.42 Then the warriors of Jaya Kachchha, and Mewar; as also the Yavanas, the Bahlikas, the Marganas (nomads), and the grey colored Tumbas (on the north).

x

xx40 41 42

 

43

तथा लाज-गणाश् च_एव तथा_अत्र गिरि-वासिनः ।

tathA lAja-gaNA:_ca_eva tathA_atra giri-vAsina: |

ततो ऽब्धि-तोक-नियुता* एते लीला-पतेर् जनाः ॥३।३६।४३॥

tata:_abdhi-toka-niyutA* ete lIlA-pate:_janA: ||3|36|43||

.

tathA lAja-gaNA:_ca_eva

tathA_atra giri-vAsina: |

tata:_abdhi-toka-niyutA*

ete lIlA-pate:_janA:  - x

.

then the lAja Troops also, and then,

here,

the hill-dwellers.

 

these

were the people of lIlA's Lord,

the seething sea of his children

.

tathA lAja-gaNA:_ca_eva x

tathA_atra giri-vAsina: x

tata:_abdhi-toka-niyutA* x

ete lIlA-pate:_janA: x

.

-vlm.43. Then there came Lahsa races and many hill peoples, inhabiting the borders of the sea (Caspean), forming the limit of the dominion of Lila's husband (Hindu Government) on the north.

~vlm.p.43 Then there came Lahsa races and many hill peoples, inhabiting the borders of the sea, forming the limit of the dominion of Lîlâ’s husband on the north.

 

+++

 

THE ENEMY ORDER

 

WESTERN MOUNTAINEERS

 

44

अथ तत्-प्रतिपक्ष.स्थान् इमान् जनपदान् शृणु ।

atha tat-pratipakSa.sthAn imAn janapadAn zRNu |

पश्चिमायाम् दिशि प्रौढा* इमे तावत्_महाद्रयः ॥३।३६।४४॥

pazcimAyAm dizi prauDhA* ime tAvan_mahA.adraya: ||3|36|44||

.

atha

tat-pratipakSa.xx-sthAn imAn janapadAn

zRNu =

pazcima.xx-AyAm dizi prauDha.xx-A*

ime tAvan_mahA.adraya:  - x

.

next are the opposing forces the Country-men.

hear about these:—

 

in the Western Quarter:—

 

there where many Great Mountains soar

:

-vlm.44. Now know the names of the countries belonging to the enemy in the west,

and of those composed of the following mountain ranges, viz.

 

45

मणिमान्-नाम शैल.इन्द्रः कुरार्पण-गिरिः तथा ।

maNimAn-nAma zaila.indra: kurArpaNa-giri: tathA |

वनो ऽर्क.हो मेघ-भवश् चक्रवान् अस्त-पर्वतः ॥३।३६।४५॥

vana:_arka.ha:_megha-bhava:_cakravAn asta-parvata: ||3|36|45||

.

maNimAn-nAma zaila.indra:

kurArpaNa-giri: tathA |

vana:_arka.ha:_megha-bhava:

cakravAn asta-parvata:  - x

.

called "Jewel.some", the lord of mountains,

kurArpana's all shady cool forests,

with clouds that drift like discuses on the rose mountain

.

maNimAn-nAma zaila.indra: x

kurArpaNa-giri: tathA x

vana:_arka.ha:_megha-bhava: x

cakravAn asta-parvata: x

.

-vlm.45. The mount Manimán and the Kurar-pana hills, with the hillocks of Vanorka, Megha-bhava, and the Chakra-vana mountain.

x

xx43 44 45

 

46

जनाः पञ्च-जना* नाम काश-ब्रह्म-चयान्तकाः ।

janA: paJca-janA* nAma kAza-brahma-cayAntakA: |

तथैव भार-क्षतथाः पारकाः शान्तिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४६॥

tathaiva bhAra-kSatathA: pArakA: zAntikA:_tathA ||3|36|46||

.

there are the people called The *pancha.jana Fiver.Folk –

and groups of *kAsha Brâhmins

behind them

there

*bhAra-kShatathas & *pArakas & *shAntikas

:

*vlm.46. There is the country of the five peoples limiting the territory of the Kása Brahmans,

and after that the BhárakSa, the Páraka and Sántika countries.

 

janA: paJca.janA* nAma – the people called The Fiver.Folk -

kAza.xx-brahma.xx-caya.xx-antaka.xx-A: |

tathA.thus/in.that.way - eva.very/only -

bhAra-kSatathA:

pArakA:

*zAntika.Placideans-A: - tathA.thus/in.that.way

 

47

शैब्य-आरमरक-आयाच्छा* गुहुत्वा* नियकास् तथा ।

zaibya-Aramaraka-AyAcchA* guhutvA* niyamA:_tathA |

हैहयाः सुह्य-गायाश् च ताजिका* हूणकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४७॥

haihayA: suhya-gAyA:_ca tAjikA* hUNakA:_tathA ||3|36|47||

.

zaibya-Aramaraka-AyAcchA*

guhutvA* niyamA:_tathA |

haihayA: suhya-gAyA:_ca

tAjikA* hUNakA:_tathA  - x

.

the *shaibyas, the *Aramaka.Grovers, *AyAcchas, *guhutvas

in array;

haihayas and suhya-gAyas,

tAjikas, and hUnas also

.

-vlm.47. Thence stretch the countries of the Saivyas, Amarakas, the Pachchyas (Páschátyas) and Gubutwas; and then the Haihaya country, and those of the Suhyas, Gayas and Tajikas and Hunas (Huns).

#zibi, #zivi – m. an RSi, the supposed author of RV.10.179) Anukr. • a king (renowned for his liberality and unselfishness, and said to have saved *agni (transformed into a dove) from *indra (transformed into a hawk) by offering an equal quantity of his own flesh weighed in a balance) MBh. Hariv. Pur. •• #zaibya - *shibi's people +   

 

 

 

UPPER SOUTHLANDS —

48

पार्श्वे-कतकयोः कर्का* गिरि-पर्ण-अवmAs तथा ।

pArzve-katakayo: karkA* giri-parNa-avamA:_tathA |

संत्यक्त-धर्म-मर्याdAs ते वर्णा* म्लेच्छ-जातयः ॥३।३६। ४८॥

saMtyakta-dharma-maryAdA:_te varNA* mleccha-jAtaya: ||3|36|48||

.

the katakas are from the nearby karaka Mountains,

—these—

from Mount parna.vamas, who are devoid of dharmic customs,

a sad bunch of bad mleccha Barbarians

.

pArzve-katakayo: karkA* x

giri-parNa-avamA:_tathA x

saMtyakta-dharma-maryAdA:_x

te varNA* mleccha-jAtaya: x

.

-vlm.48. Then along the side of some other countries, there is the range of Karka hills, inhabited by barbarous people, devoid of caste, customs and limits of moral duties.

-DC. on one side of Katakas are Karkas, on another left side Parna mountaineers, they have left dharmic ways and are of barbarious line.

-AS. I am not really sure what all these names are! However, I don't see either of these meanings coming out of the words. The word does not seem to break as suggested, since I don't see what "parNA" and "vamA" could possibly mean. I would imagine the word giri-parNa-avama with its nom. plural form. The word avama can have a meaning of "lower" . These could be inhabitants of giri-parNa - a branch of a mountain, or even people living under a shelter of the branch or even in a valley of the branch. I agree with your meaning of the second line. The word mleccha in modern times is associated with the muslims, but in older literature, it often means foreign, difficult to understand. mleccha speech means convoluted speech.

-jd. "mleccha in modern times".

here in tretA.yuga it has more general application

and in this and other Tales most esp. the chANDAla.s.

x

xx46 47 48

 

49

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् योजनानाम् शत-द्वयम् ।

tata:_a-janapadA bhUmi:_yojanAnAm zata-dvayam |

ततो महेन्द्र-शिखरी मुक्ता-मणि-मय-अवनिः ॥३।३६।४९॥

tata:_mahendra-zikharI muktA-maNi-maya-avani: ||3|36|49||

.

beyond them are two hundred leagues of desart land;

and, thereafter,

Mount mahendra, aboundink-in sapphires and diamonds and pearls

—

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_x

yojanAnAm zata-dvayam x

tata:_mahendra-zikharI x

muktA-maNi-maya-avani: x

.

-kdm. tato *janapadA *bhUmir yojanAnAm zata-dvayam | *(? = ||3|36|63||)* tato mahendra-zikharI muktA-maNi-mayAvani: ||3|36|49|| in zloka 63, the author seems to be referring to another place "a-janapada", since the measure here(in 49) is 200 yojana and in zloka 63 it is 8000 (azIti-zata). Also, janapada being a place with people/civilization etc, a-janapada could be waste land-- barren land and so on.
-vlm.49. Thence stretches a country hundreds of leagues in length, to the boundary mountain of Mahendra, abounding in rich stones and gems.

 

50

युते मही.धर-शतैर् अथ_अश्वो नाम पर्वतः ।

yute mahI.dhara-zatai:_atha_azva:_nAma parvata: |

ततो महार्णवो भीमः पातियात्र-गिरिस् तटे ॥३।३६।५०॥

tata:_mahArNava:_bhIma: pAtiyAtra-giri:_taTe ||3|36|50||

.

yute

mahI.dhara-zatai:

atha

azva:_nAma parvata: =

tata:

mahArNava:_bhIma:

pAtiyAtra-giri:_taTe  - x

.

connected with a hundred mountains,

next,

is the mountain called "Horse"

—

and then terrible ocean, with the pAtiyAtras on its shore.

yute mahI.dhara-zatai:_x

atha_azva:_nAma parvata: x

tata:_mahArNava: bhIma: x

pAtiyAtra-giri:_taTe x

.

-vlm.50. After that stands the Aswa range with hundreds of hills about it; and extending to the dread ocean on the north of the Pariyátra range. (Paropamisus).

 

51

पश्चिम-उत्तर-दिग्-भागे देशो गिरिमति स्थितः ।

pazcima-uttara-dik-bhAge deza:_girimati sthita: |

तथा वेणुपतिश् च_एव ततो नर-पतिर् मही ॥३।३६।५१॥

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva tata:_nara-pati: mahI ||3|36|51||

.

pazcima-uttara-dik-bhAge x

deza:_girimati sthita: x

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva x

tata:_nara-pati:mahI x

.

NORTHWEST QUARTER

 

it is mountain country,

where veNupati, also, was once the mighty ManLord of ManLords

.

-vlm.51. On the north western side, there are countries beyond the boundary mountains (of Asia), where Venupati was the king of the land.

x

xx49 50 51

 

52

तथा फल्गुणकाश् च_एव माण्डव्य-अनेक-नेत्रकाः ।

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya-aneka-netrakA: |

पुरुकुन्दाश् च पाराश् च भानु-मण्डल-भावनाः ॥३।३६।५२॥

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu-maNDala-bhAvanA: ||3|36|52||

.

there

—

phalgunakas also, and mAndavyas,

with dual command

—

purukunda guards,

mandalas,

mandalas blazoning the Sun

—

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya-aneka-netrakA: x

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu-maNDala-bhAvanA: x

.

-vlm.52. Then there are the countries of the Phálgunakas and and Mándavayas and many other peoples; and those of Purukundas and Paras (Paris?) as bright as the orb of the sun.

 

53

वन्मिला* नलिना* दीर्घा* दीर्घ-केश-अङ्ग-बाहवः ।

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha-keza-aGga-bAhava: |

रङ्गाश् च स्तनिकाश् च_अन्या* गुरुहाश् चलुहास् तथा ॥३।३६।५३॥

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA ||3|36|53||

.

the vanmilas, the lotusly nalinas,

and

the Long dIrgha.s

—long hair, long person, and long arms—

the redskin raGgas, the chesty stanikas, hefty guruhas,

and the similar caluha.s

.

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha-keza-aGga-bAhava: x

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA x

.

-vlm.53. Then the races of Vanmilas and Nalinas and the Dirghas; who are so called, from their tall statures and long arms and hairs. Then there are the Rangas (Red men) Stánikas with protuberant breasts, and the Guruhas and Chaluhas.

 

NORTHERN MOUNTAINS

 

54

ततः स्त्री-राष्ट्रम् अतुलम् गोवृष-अपत्य-भोजनम् ।

tata: strI-rASTram atulam govRSa-apatya-bhojanam |

अथ_उत्तरस्याम् हिमवान् क्रौञ्चो ऽथ मधुमान् गिरिः ॥३।३६।५४॥

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: ||3|36|54||

.

such is the matchless Queen's Country where eat the meat of calves

.

#govRSa - a bull • Shiva +

now,

in the North,

is the snowy Curlew Mountain—

and here

the sweet mountain, gandha-mAdana

.

tata: strI.rASTram atulam govRSa-apatya-bhojanam x

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: x

.

-vlm.54. After that is the kingdom of women (ruled by a queen), where they feed upon bullocks and heifers. Now about the Himálayas and its hills in the north (of India):—

-DC. such is the unequalled home country, not belonging to bull-husband???and now northen mountains of Himavan, Kraunca and Madhuman

-AS. There is a serious typo: strI-rASTram- strIrASTram (kingdom of women) My meaning is: Thereafter is the unique (atulam) Kingdom of Women where they eat veal (meat of the calf born to cows and bulls - or it could also mean all kind of beef). Further north from there (atha uttasasyAm) are the mountains kraunca and madhumAn covered with snow (himavAn). It is rather intriguing why the mention of eating habits of women is made here so prominently!
x

xx52 53 54

 

55

कैलासे वसुमान् मेरुः तत्.पादेषु जना* उभे ।

kailAse vasumAn meru: tat.pAdeSu janA* ubhe |

मद्र.आवारा* इव यौधेया* मालवाः शूर.सेनिकाः ॥३।३६।५५॥

madra.AvArA* iva yaudheyA* mAlavA: zUra.senikA: ||3|36|55||

.

kailAse

vasumAn

meru:

tat.pAdeSu

janA:

ubhe =

madra.AvArA: iva

yaudheyA: mAlavA: zUra.senikA:  - x

.

in kailAsa, rich Mount*meru

there

two peoples

:

warlike *madras & mAlavas, the hero-warriors

.

??? madrAvAreva...

-vlm.55. These are the Krauncha and Madhumán hills; and the Kailása, Vasumán and the Sumeru peaks; at the foot of which are the people, known under many names.

-DC. In Kailas, and rich Meru, - from these both places, people Madravas, Yaudheyas, Malavas and Zurasenas

-AS. This seems to have numerous "typos". The word ubhe does not seem to make sense. It probably should be ubhau, but it is not a typo made by the current encoders. It may also be explained as ArSa, because ubhe is a valid form in Rigveda. It is also possible that this was a very different word "ime". I can easily see how it can be mistaken by transcribers. It would make a more natural sense. The word senikA: seems to be also an original typo - it should be sainikA:. The creative interpretation by DC as zUrasenika would have resolved this, but in my opinion it still does not explain the transformation of the word senA into senika. (Continuing the list of northerly mountains) kailAsa, vasumAn, meru; in their regions are the peoples: both madras who fight all the way to revA (ArevayaudheyAH) and the brave fighters mAlava. It is unclear what two madras are being described. I know of only one kind who live more in the Northwest. 

56

राजन्याश् च तथा ज्ञेया* अर्जुनातनयः तथा ।

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA* arjunAtanaya: tathA |

त्रिगर्त* एकपात्-क्षुद्राम् अबला.स्वस्त-वासिनः ॥३।३६।५६॥

trigarta* ekapAt-kSudrAm abalA.svasta-vAsina: ||3|36|56||

.

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA*

arjunAtanaya: tathA |

trigarta* ekapAt-kSudrAm

abalA.svasta-vAsina:  - x

.

the Princes there were to-be-known as arjunAtanis

.

here in trigarta,

the OneLegs,

lowly and weak,

dwell in the setting sun

.

-vlm.56. Beside these there met the warlike tribes of India consisting of the Madrawars, Malavas and Sura.senas. The Rajputs of the race of Arjuna, the Trigartas and the one legged people and Khudras.

 

57

अबलाः प्रखलाः शाकाः क्षेम-धूर्तय_एव च ।

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA: kSema-dhUrtaya_eva ca |

दश.धाना-गावसन्य-दण्डाहन्य-सनास् तथा ॥३।३६।५७॥

daza.dhAnA-gAvasanya-daNDAhanya-sanA:_tathA ||3|36|57||

.

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA:

kSema-dhUrtaya_eva ca =

daza.dhAnA-gAvasanya-daNDAhanya-sanA:_tathA  - x

.

there were the weak and villainous zAkas,

who very much enjoy hurting people

—the club-throwing dazadhAnas and gAvasani.s—

-vlm.57. There were the Abalas, Prakhalas, and Sakas (Saccæ or Scythians). The Khemadhúrtas, the Dasadhanas, the Gavásanas and Dandahanas (club fighters).

x

55 56 57

 

58

धान.दाः सरकाश्_च_एव वाटधानास् तथ_एव च ।

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca |

अन्तर-द्वीप-गान्धारास् तथा_अवन्ति.सुरास् तथा ॥३।३६।५८॥

antara-dvIpa-gAndhArA:_tathA_avanti.surA: tathA ||3|36|58||

.

dhAnadas,

sarakas also

—

vAtadhAnas;

and there, also, gAndhara islanders;

—

and there

the Avanti warriors

—

just … there

!

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva x

vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca x

antaradvIpa-gAndhArA:_x

tathA_avanti.surA: tathA x

.

-vlm.58. The Dhánadas and Sarakas and Bátadhánas also, with the islanders and Gándháras and Avanti warriors of Malwa.

 

59

अथ तक्षशिला* नाम तto वीलव-गोधनी ।

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava-godhanI |

पुष्कर.आवर्त-देशस्य यशोवति-मही ततः ॥३।३६।५९॥

puSkara.Avarta-dezasya yazovati-mahI tata: ||3|36|59||

.

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava-godhanI |

puSkara.Avarta-dezasya

yazovati-mahI tata:  - x

.

and

—there—

the takSa.zilas of Cutter Mountain—

vilavas and godhanis of the crowded DoomCloud country

—

land of great renown

.

-vlm.59. The warlike TakSasilas (Taxilas), the Bilavas, Godhanas and the renowned warriors of Pushkara (Pokhra).

 

60

ततो नाभिमतिर् भूमिस् तिक्षाः कालवरास् तथा ।

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA |

काहकम् नगरम् च_एव सुर-भूति-पुरम् तथा ॥३।३६।६०॥

kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura-bhUti-puram tathA ||3|36|60||

.

MIDCOUNTRY

 

the bitter Midcountry

offers

the kAlavara.s

—there—

and, there, Kahaka Town

—

and there, also,the City of sura.bhUti

.

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: x

tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA x

kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura-bhUti-puram tathA x

.

-vlm.60. Then there were the TíkSas and Kálavaras, and the inhabitants of the cities of Káhaka and Surabhúti likewise.

x

xx58 59 60

 

61

तथैव रतिकादर्शाः अन्तरादर्शे एव च ।

tathA_eva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca |

ततः पिङ्गल-पाण्डव्यम् यामुने यातु.धानकाः ॥३।३६।६१॥

tata: piGgala-pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: ||3|36|61||

.

there were the ratikAdarzas,

and also antarAdarza.s

–

there, piGgalas and lily-white pAndavyas;

and, in yAmuna country

the yAtu.dhAnakas

.

tathaiva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca x

tata: piGgala-pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: x

.

-vlm.61. There were the people of the Katikádarsa and Antarádarsa also; and the Pingalas, the Pandyas, Yamanas and Yátudhánas RákSasas too.

 

62

मानवा* नाङ्गना* हेम.तालाः स्वस्व-मुखास् तथा ।

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva-mukhA: tathA |

हिमवान् वसुमान् क्रौञ्च-कैलासाव्_इत्य्_अगास् तथा ॥३।३६।६२॥

himavAn vasumAn krauJca-kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA ||3|36|62||

.

the mAnavas, the nAGganas,

the hematAla SilverHeights;

face-to-face in battle

—

thus

snowy himAlayas and rich vasumanis,

with Mount krauJca the Curlew

—and there—

shiva's own kailAsa

—those two mountains—

there

:

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva-mukhA: tathA x

himavAn vasumAn_krauJca-kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA x

.

-vlm.62. There were also the races of men, known as Hematálas and Osmuks, together with the hilly tribes, inhabiting the Himalaya, Vasumán, Krauncha and Kailasa mountains.

 

63

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् अशीति.शत-योजना ।

tata:_a-janapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata-yojanA |

अथ प्राग्.उत्तरस्याम् तु क्रमाज् जनपदाच्*छणु ॥३।३६।६३॥

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt*zRNu ||3|36|63||

.

such were the peoples

from about 180 leagues around

.

tata:_ajanapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata-yojanA x

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt_zRNu x

.

-vlm.63. Hear me now relate to you the peoples that came from the north east quarter, which extends a hundred and eighty leagues in its circumference.

x

xx61 62 63

 

NORTHEAST

 

then, next, from the NORTHEAST

—from that section of people—

hear the roll

.

vlm

 

64

कालुता* ब्रह्म-पुत्राश् च कुणिदाः खदिनास् तथा ।

kAlutA* brahma-putrA:_ca kuNidA: khadinA: tathA |

मालवा* रन्ध्र-राज्याश् च वाना* राष्ट्रास् तथा_एव च ॥३।३६।६४॥

mAlavA* randhra-rAjyA:_ca vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|64||

.

kaluta.s

—the Sons of brahmA—

Kunidas—Khadinas—and, there—mAlavas

—

and randhra princes of the forest countries also

—

kAlutA* brahma-putrA:_ca x

kuNidA: khadinA: tathA x

mAlavA* randhra-rAjyA:_ca x

vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca x

.

-vlm.64. There came also the Kalutas and Brahmaputras, the Kunidas and Khudinas, with the warlike Malavas and the champions of the Randhra and forest states.

 

65

केडवस् ताः सिंह-पुत्रास् तथा वामनताम् गताः ।

keDava:_tA: siMha-putrA: tathA vAmanatAm gatA: |

सावा-कच्चा-पलवहाः कामिरा* दरदास् तथा ॥३।३६।६५॥

sAvA-kaccA-palavahA: kAmirA* daradA:_tathA ||3|36|65||

.

the kedavas, those lion-cubs, gone to dwarfdom;

the sAvAs, the kaccAs, the palavahas,

the kAmiras, the darada.s

—

keDava:_tA: siMha-putrA: x

tathA vAmanatAm gatA: x

sAvA-kaccA-palavahA: x

kAmirA* daradA:_tathA x

.

-vlm.65. Then there were the Kedavas and Sinhaputras of dwarfish statures; the Sabas (Sabæ or Sabians?), the Kaccæs, the Pahlavis (ancient Persians), the Kamiras and the Daradas (the present Darduis or Himalayan hills).

 

66

अभिस-आसद-जार्वकाः पलोल-कुचि-कौतुकाः ।

abhisa-Asada-jArvakA: palola-kuci-kautukA: |

किरातायाम् उपाताश् च दीनाः स्वर्ग-मही ततः ॥३।३६।६६॥

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca dInA: svarga-mahI tata: ||3|36|66||

.

abhisa troops,

and

jArvakas, palolas, kucis, kautukas, kirAta.s

—and poor upAtas—

and rich ones too

!

Heaven is great

.

abhisa-Asada-jArvakA: x

palola-kuci-kautukA: x

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca x

dInA: svarga-mahI tata: x

.

-vlm.66. There were also the people of Abhisa, the Jarvakas, the Pulolas and Kuves; the Kirátas and Yamupalas, together with the poor and rich people of desert lands and tracts of gold.

x

xx64 65 66

 

 

 

oॐm

 

 

 

67

देव.स्थल-उपवन-भूस्तदनु-उदित-श्रीः

deva.sthala-upavana-bhU:tadanu-udita-zrI:

विश्वावसोर् तदनु मन्दिरम् उत्तमम् च ।

vizvAvaso:_tadanu mandiram uttamam ca |

कैलास-भूस् तदनु मञ्जु-वनश् च

kailAsa-bhU:_tadanu maJju-vana:_ca

शैलो विद्याधर-अमर-विमान.समान-भूमिः ॥३।३६।६७॥

zaila:_vidyAdhara-amara-vimAna.samAna-bhUmi: ||3|36|67||

.

thus far

we have seen

the land of the gardens of the gods

thus far

the wonder-flight of the two space-travelers

thus far

we've seen

the highest of high temples, Mount kailAsa

&

thus far too

weve seen this beautiful forest and hill

where

some Sorcerer *widyAdharas watch from their SkyCars up above the Earth

.

deva.sthala-upavana-bhU:tadanu-udita-zrI:

vizvAvaso:

tadanu

mandiram uttamam ca =

kailAsa-bhU:

tadanu

maJju-vana: ca

zaila:

vidyAdhara-amara-vimAna.samAna-bhUmi:  - x

deva.God-sthala.place\hill-upavana.garden/grove-bhU.earth-tadanu.thereafter-udita.arisen/said-zrI.plenty-: .xx- vizvAvasa.xx-o: tadanu.thereafter-mandira.tomb/temple-m uttama.ultimate/highest-m ca = kailAsa.xx-bhU.earth-: tadanu.thereafter- maJju.xx-vana.forest-: ca = zaila.stony/rocky-: *vidyAdhara.Sorcerer\Shapeshifter-amara.Immortal\undying-vimAna.skycar-samAna.xx-bhUmi.earth/land

.

*vlm.67. Thus Lila saw in one view, the residences of the devas; the forest lands and the earth in all their beauty. She saw all the seats of opulence (viswavasus), and the edifices with which they were adorned; she beheld the summit of Kailása, and the delightful groves at its foot, and the level lands traversed by the aerial cars of Vidyádhara and celestial beings. * It was easy for the lively Lílá, to learn about these peoples and their native lands in her lonely Yoga meditation, by the help of the goddess of learning; but it is hard for us to identify them without subjecting ourselves to a long labour of love, which is a sort of Yoga also, called vidya Yoga, or intense application and self devotion to learning.

 

 

 

 

oॐm

 

 

DAILY READINGS fr 7 June, 2019

fm5083 2.je07-08 FAREWELL to the Senses .z48

https://www.dropbox.com/s/yt5gs57h5nyit3o/fm5083%202.je07-08%20FAREWELL%20to%20the%20Senses%20.z48.docx?dl=0

fm7091 3.je06-07 StoneWorld - FIRE VISION .z66

https://www.dropbox.com/s/q12bc55x4sc0v7o/fm7091%203.je06-07%20StoneWorld%20-%20FIRE%20VISION%20.z66.docx?dl=0

fm3037 1.je09-10 Meeting of Troops .z59

https://www.dropbox.com/s/hruqoe66uedv7dn/fm3037%201.je09-10%20Meeting%20of%20Troops%20.z59.docx?dl=0

 

oॐm

 

 

 

ÂUUMmmmm....

 

 

saMtoSa: paramo lAbha: sat-saGga: paramA gati: |

vicAra: paramam jJAnam zama: hi paramam sukham ||3|103|19||

Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,

Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment. 2.16.19

 

+++

++

+

 

Comments and suggestions

are welcome at

das.jiva[at]gmail.com

Please begin the Subject line with the relevant sarga/canto Number, e.g. "re: y5084".

+

The complete YVFiles,

including the Concordant Glossary, and every Sarga/Canto,

in their most recent update,

can be downloaded at:

All YVFiles:

https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0

Concordant Glossary (CGl1405)

https://www.dropbox.com/s/mats7olf4xfvsnm/CGl.1405.docx?dl=0

 

 

oॐm

 

"Rare Ramana video", with a wise Cow, and a monkey Prince!

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w814-Pj3bm8

 

 

+++

 

सर्ग ३.३६

वसिष्ठ* उवाच ।

vasiSTha* uvAca |

अथ शृङ्ग-उपमानेषु स्थितेषु शर-राशिषु ।

atha zRGga-upamAneSu sthiteSu zara-rAziSu |

सर्व.भीरुषु भग्नेषु विद्रुतेषु दिशो दश ॥३।३६।१॥

sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu vidruteSu diza:_daza ||3|36|1||

मातङ्ग-शव-शैलेषु विश्रान्त-अम्बुद-पङ्क्तिषु ।

mAtaGga-zava-zaileSu vizrAnta-ambuda-paGktiSu |

यक्ष-रक्षःपिशाचेषु क्रीडत्सु रुधिर-अर्णवे ॥३।३६।२॥

yakSa-rakSa:pizAceSu krIDatsu rudhira-arNave ||3|36|2||

महताम् धर्म-निष्ठानाम् शील-ओजस्-सत्त्व-शालिनाम् ।

mahatAm dharma-niSThAnAm zIla-ojas-sattva-zAlinAm |

शुद्धानाम् कुल-पद्मानाम् वीराणाम् अनिवर्तिनाम् ॥३।३६।३॥

zuddhAnAm kula-padmAnAm vIrANAm a.nivartinAm ||3|36|3||

द्वन्द्व-युद्धानि जानानि मेघानाम् इव गर्जताम् ।

dvandva-yuddhAni jAnAni meghAnAm iva garjatAm |

मिथः-निगरणता_उत्कानि_मिलन्ति_आपग-पूरवत् ॥३।३६।४॥

mitha:-nigaraNatA_utkAni_milanti_Apaga-pUravat ||3|36|4||

पञ्जरः पञ्जरेन_इव गज-ओघेन गज-उच्चयः ।

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja-oghena gaja-uccaya: |

स.वनः स.वनेन_अdrir अद्रिणा_इव_अमिलd बलात् ॥३।३६।५॥

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt ||3|36|5||

अश्व-ओघो मिलद्_अश्वानाम् वृन्देन_आरावि-रहंसा ।

azva-ogha:_milat_azvAnAm vRndena_ArAvi-rahaMsA |

तरङ्ग-ओघेन घोषेण तरङ्ग-ओघ* इव_अर्णवे ॥३।३६।६॥

taraGga-oghena ghoSeNa taraGga-ogha* iva_arNave ||3|36|6||

नर-अनीकम् नर-अनीकः समायुधम् अयोधयत् ।

nara-anIkam nara-anIka: samAyudham ayodhayat |

वेण्वौघम् इव वेण्वौघो मरुल्लोलो मरुद्वलम् ॥३।३६।७॥

veNu-ogham iva veNu-ogha:_marut-lola:_marut-valam ||3|36|7||

रथ-ओघश् च रथ-ओघेन निष्पिपेष_अखिलम् वपुः ।

ratha-ogha:_ca ratha-oghena niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: |

नगरम् नगरेन_इव दैवेन_उड्डीनम् असुरम् ॥३।३६।८॥

nagaram nagarena_iva daivena_uDDInam asuram ||3|36|8||

सरच्-छर-भरासार-रचित-आपूर्व-वारिदम् ।

sarat-zara-bharAsAra-racita-ApUrva-vAridam |

युयुधे स्थगित-आकाशा धनुर् धर-पताकिनी ॥३।३६।९॥

yuyudhe sthagita-AkAzA dhanu: dhara-patAkinI ||3|36|9||

विषम-आयुध-युद्धेषु योद्धारः पेलव-आशयाः ।

viSama-Ayudha-yuddheSu yoddhAra: pelava-AzayA: |

यदा युक्त्या पलायन्ते रण-कल्प-अनले तदा ॥३।३६।१०॥

yadA yuktyA palAyante raNa-kalpa-anale tadA ||3|36|10||

मिलिताश् चक्रिणो चक्रो धनुर् धारैर् धनुर् धराः ।

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:_dhArai:_dhanu:-dharA: |

खड्गिभिः खड्ग-योद्धारो भुशुण्डीभिर् भुशुण्डयः ॥३।३६।११॥

khaDgibhi: khaDga-yoddhAra:_bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: ||3|36|11||

मुसलैर् मुसल-उदाराः कुन्तिनः कुन्ति-धारिभिः ।

musalai: musala-udArA: kuntina: kunti-dhAribhi: |

ऋष्टि-आयुधा* ऋष्टि-धरैः प्रासिभिः प्रास-पाणयः ॥३।३६।१२॥

RSTi-AyudhA* RSTi-dharai: prAsibhi: prAsa-pANaya: ||3|36|12||

स.मुद्गरा* मुद्गरिभिः स-गdair विलसd गदाः ।

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa-gadai:_vilasat_gadA: |

शाक्तिकैः शक्ति-योद्ध-आरः शूलैः शूल-विशारदाः ॥३।३६।१३॥

zAktikai: zakti-yoddha-Ara: zUlai: zUla-vizAradA: ||3|36|13||

प्रास-असन-विदः प्रासैः परशु-उक्ताः परश्वधैः ।

prAsa-asana-vida: prAsai: parazu-uktA: parazvadhai: |

लकुट-उद्यैर् लकुटिनश् च_उपलैर् उपल-आयुधाः ॥३।३६।१४॥

lakuTa-udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala-AyudhA: ||3|36|14||

पाशिभिः पाश-धारिण्यः शङ्कुभिः शङ्कु-धारिणः ।

pAzibhi: pAza-dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku-dhAriNa: |

क्षुरिकाभिस् तु क्षुरिकाः भिन्दिपालैश् च तद्-गताः ॥३।३६।१५॥

kSurikAbhi:_tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat-gatA: ||3|36|15||

वज्र-मुष्टि-धरा* वज्रैर् अङ्कुशैर् अङ्कुश-उद्धताः ।

vajra-muSTi-dharA* vajrai:_aGkuzai:_aGkuza-uddhatA: |

हलैर् हल-निकाष-ज्ञास् त्रिशूलैश् च त्रिशूलिनः ॥३।३६।१६॥

halai:_hala-nikASa-jJA:_trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: ||3|36|16||

शृङ्खला-जालिनो जालैः शृङ्खlair अलि-कोमलैः ।

zRGkhalA-jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai:_ali-komalai: |

क्षुभित-अकल्प-विक्षुब्ध.सागर-ऊर्मि-घटा* इव ॥३।३६।१७॥

kSubhita-akalpa-vikSubdha.sAgara-Urmi-ghaTA* iva ||3|36|17||

क्षुब्ध-चक्र-दल-आवर्तः शर.सीकर-मारुतः ।

kSubdha-cakra-dala-Avarta: zara.sIkara-mAruta: |

प्रभ्रमद्*धेति-मकरो व्योम-एक-अर्णव* आबभौ ॥३।३६।१८॥

prabhramat*heti-makara:_vyoma-eka-arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||

उत्फुल्ल-आयुध-कल्लोल-शिर-आकुल-जलेचरः ।

utphulla-Ayudha-kallola-zira-Akula-jalecara: |

रोदोरन्ध्र-समुद्रो ऽसौ बभूव_अमर-दुस्तरः ॥३।३६।१९॥

rodorandhra-samudra:_asau babhUva_amara-dustara: ||3|36|19||

दिव्या_अष्टक-जन-अनीकम् पक्ष-द्वयतया तया ।

divyA_aSTaka-jana-anIkam pakSa-dvayatayA tayA |

अर्धेन_अर्धेन कुपितम् भूपालाभ्याम् तथा स्थितम् ॥३।३६।२०॥

ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam ||3|36|20||

मध्यदेश.आदि-संख्याने प्राग्-दिग्भ्यो ऽभ्यागतान् इमान् ।

madhya.deza-Adi-saMkhyAne prAk-digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |

लीला-नाथस्य पद्मस्य पक्षे जनपदान् शृणु ॥३।३६।२१॥

lIlA-nAthasya padmasya pakSe janapadAn zRNu ||3|36|21||

पूर्वस्याम् कोसलाः काशि-मागधा* मथिल-उत्कलाः ।

pUrvasyAm kosalA: kAzi-mAgadhA* mathila-utkalA: |

मेखलाः कर्करा* मुद्रास् तथा संग्राम-शौण्डकाः ॥३।३६।२२॥

mekhalA: karkarA* mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma-zauNDakA: ||3|36|22||

मुख्या* हिमा* रुद्रमुख्यास् ताम्र-लिप्तास्_तथैव च ।

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:_tAmra-liptA:_tathaiva ca |

प्राग्.ज्योतिषा* वाजि-मुखा* अम्बष्ठाः पुरुषादकाः ॥३।३६।२३॥

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji-mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: ||3|36|23||

वर्ण.कोष्ठाः स-विश्वोत्रा* आम-मीन-आशnA:_तथा ।

varNa.koSThA: sa-vizvotrA* Ama-mIna-AzanA:_tathA |

व्याघ्र-वक्राः किराtAz च सौवीरा* एक-पादकाः ॥३।३६।२४॥

vyAghra-vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka-pAdakA: ||3|36|24||

माल्यवान्-नाम शैलो 'त्र शिबि-राञ्जन* एव च ।

mAlyavAn-nAma zaila:_atra zibi-rAJjana* eva ca |

वृषल-ध्वज-पद्म-आdyAs तथा_उदय-करो गिरिः ॥३।३६।२५॥

vRSala-dhvaja-padma-AdyA:_tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: ||3|36|25||

अथ प्राग्-दक्षिणायाम् त्व्_इमे विन्ध्य-आदि-वासिनः ।

atha prAk-dakSiNAyAm tu_ime vindhya-Adi-vAsina: |

चेदयो वत्स-दाशार्णा* अङ्ग-वङ्ग-उपवङ्गकाः ॥३।३६।२६॥

cedaya:_vatsa-dAzArNA* aGga-vaGga-upavaGgakA: ||3|36|26||

कलिङ्ग-पुण्ड्र-जठरा* विदर्भा* मेखलास् तथा ।

kaliGga-puNDra-jaTharA* vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA |

शबरानन-वर्णाश् च कर्णा-त्रिपुर-पूरकाः ॥३।३६।२७॥

zabarAnana-varNA:_ca karNA-tripura-pUrakA: ||3|36|27||

कण्टक.स्थल-नामानः पृथग्-दीपक-कोमलाः ।

kaNTaka.sthala-nAmAna: pRthak-dIpaka-komalA: |

कर्ण-अन्ध्राश् चौलिकाश् च_एव तथा चार्मण्वता* अपि ॥३।३६।२८॥

karNa-andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva tathA cArmaNvatA* api ||3|36|28||

काकका* हेम-कुड्याश् च तथा श्मश्रु-धरा* अपि ।

kAkakA* hema-kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru-dharA* api |

बलिग्रीव-महाग्रीवाः किष्किन्धा* नालि-केरिणः ॥३।३६।२९॥

baligrIva-mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli-keriNa: ||3|36|29||

अथ लीला-पतेर् अस्य दक्षिणस्याम् इमे नृपाः ।

atha lIlA-pate:_asya dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: |

विन्ध्यो ऽथ कुसुम-आपीडो महेन्द्रो दर्दुअस् तथा ॥३।३६।३०॥

vindhya:_atha kusuma-ApIDa:_mahendra:_dardura:_tathA ||3|36|30||

मलयः सूर्यवान् च_एव गणा* राज्य.समृद्धकाः ।

malaya: sUryavAn ca_eva gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: |

अवन्तिर् इति विख्यातास् तथा शाम्भवाति_इति च ॥३।३६।३१॥

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca ||3|36|31||

दश-पूर-कथा-चक्रा-रेषिक-अतुर-कच्छपाः ।

daza-pUra-kathA-cakrA* reSika-atura-kacchapA: |

वन.वास-उपगिरयस्_ते भद्र-गिरयस्_तथा ॥३।३६।३२॥

vana.vAsa-upagiraya:_te bhadra-giraya:_tathA ||3|36|32||

नागरा* दण्डकाश् च_एव गण-राष्ट्र-नृ-राष्ट्रकाः ।

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva gaNa-rASTra-nR-rASTrakA: |

साहा शैवर्ष्य-मूकाश् च कर्कोटा* वन-बिम्बलाः ॥३।३६।३३॥

sAhA-zaivarSya-mUkA:_ca karkoTA* vana-bimbalA: ||3|36|33||

पम्पा-निवासिनश् च_एव कैरकाः कर्क-वीरकाः ।

pampA-nivAsina:_ca_eva kairakA: karka-vIrakA: |

स्वेरिका* यासिकाश् च_एव धर्म-पत्तन-पञ्जिकाः ॥३।३६।३४॥

sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva dharma-pattana-paJjikA: ||3|36|34||

काशिकास् तृष्ण-खल्लुला-यादास् ते ताम्र-पर्णकाः ।

kAzikA:_tRSNa-khallulA-yAdA:_te tAmra-parNakA: |

गोनर्दाः कनकाश् च_एव दीन-पत्तन-नामकाः ॥३।३६।३५॥

gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva dIna-pattana-nAmakA: ||3|36|35||

ताम्रीका* दम्भर-आकीर्णाः सह.कार-एणकास् तथा ।

tAmrIkA* dambhara-AkIrNA: saha.kAra-eNakA:_tathA |

वैतुण्डकास् तुम्बवनाला-जिन-द्वीप-कर्णिकाः ॥३।३६।३६॥

vaituNDakA:_tumbavanAlA-jina-dvIpa-karNikA: ||3|36|36||

कर्णिक-आभाश् च शिबयः कौङ्कणाश् चित्रकूटकाः ।

karNika-AbhA:_ca zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |

कर्णाट-मण्ट-वटका* महाकटकिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।३७॥

karNATa-maNTa-vaTakA* mahAkaTakikA:_tathA ||3|36|37||

आन्ध्राश् च कोल.गिरयश् च_अवन्ति-कविचेरिकाः ।

AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca_avanti-kavicerikA: |

चण्डायत्ता* देवनकाः क्रौञ्चा* वाहास् तथैव च ॥३।३६।३८॥

caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|38||

शिलाक्षार-उदभो-नन्द.मर्दना* मलय-अभिधाः ।

zilA-akSAra-udabha:-nanda.mardanA* malaya-abhidhA: |

ते चित्रकूट-शिखरा* लङ्का-रक्षः-गणाः स्मृताः ॥३।३६।३९॥

te citrakUTa-zikharA laGkA-rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: ||3|36|39||

अथ प्रत्यg-दक्षिणस्याम् महा.राज्य.सुराष्ट्रकाः ।

atha pratyak-dakSiNasyAm mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: |

सिन्धु.सौवीर-शूद्र-आख्याः आभीरा* द्रविडाः_तथा ॥३।३६।४०॥

sindhu.sauvIra-zUdra-AkhyA: AbhIrA* draviDA: tathA ||3|36|40||

कीकटाः सिद्ध-खण्ड-आख्यास् तथा कालि.रुहा* अपि ।

kIkaTA: siddha-khaNDa-AkhyA:_tathA kAli.ruhA* api |

अत्र हेम.गिरिः शैलस् तथा रैवतको गिरिः ॥३।३६।४१॥

atra hema.giri: zaila:_tathA raivataka:_giri: ||3|36|41||

जय.कच्छो_मयवरो यवनास् तत्र जन्तवः ।

jaya.kaccha:_mayavara:_yavanA:_tatra jantava: |

बाह्वीका* मार्गण-आवन्ता* धूम्रास् तुम्बक-नामकाः ॥३।३६।४२॥

bAhvIkA* mArgaNa-AvantA* dhUmrA:tumbaka-nAmakA: ||3|36|42||

तथा लाज-गणाश् च_एव तथा_अत्र गिरि-वासिनः ।

tathA lAja-gaNA:_ca_eva tathA_atra giri-vAsina: |

ततो ऽब्धि-तोक-नियुता* एते लीला-पतेर् जनाः ॥३।३६।४३॥

tata:_abdhi-toka-niyutA* ete lIlA-pate:_janA: ||3|36|43||

अथ तत्-प्रतिपक्ष.स्थान् इमान् जनपदान् शृणु ।

atha tat-pratipakSa.sthAn imAn janapadAn zRNu |

पश्चिमायाम् दिशि प्रौढा* इमे तावत्_महाद्रयः ॥३।३६।४४॥

pazcimAyAm dizi prauDhA* ime tAvan_mahA.adraya: ||3|36|44||

मणिमान्-नाम शैल.इन्द्रः कुरार्पण-गिरिः तथा ।

maNimAn-nAma zaila.indra: kurArpaNa-giri: tathA |

वनो ऽर्क.हो मेघ-भवश् चक्रवान् अस्त-पर्वतः ॥३।३६।४५॥

vana:_arka.ha:_megha-bhava:_cakravAn asta-parvata: ||3|36|45||

जनाः पञ्च-जना* नाम काश-ब्रह्म-चयान्तकाः ।

janA: paJca-janA* nAma kAza-brahma-cayAntakA: |

तथैव भार-क्षतथाः पारकाः शान्तिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४६॥

tathaiva bhAra-kSatathA: pArakA: zAntikA:_tathA ||3|36|46||

शैब्य-आरमरक-आयाच्छा* गुहुत्वा* नियकास् तथा ।

zaibya-Aramaraka-AyAcchA* guhutvA* niyamA:_tathA |

हैहयाः सुह्य-गायाश् च ताजिका* हूणकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४७॥

haihayA: suhya-gAyA:_ca tAjikA* hUNakA:_tathA ||3|36|47||

पार्श्वे-कतकयोः कर्का* गिरि-पर्ण-अवmAs तथा ।

pArzve-katakayo: karkA* giri-parNa-avamA:_tathA |

संत्यक्त-धर्म-मर्याdAs ते वर्णा* म्लेच्छ-जातयः ॥३।३६। ४८॥

saMtyakta-dharma-maryAdA:_te varNA* mleccha-jAtaya: ||3|36|48||

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् योजनानाम् शत-द्वयम् ।

tata:_a-janapadA bhUmi:_yojanAnAm zata-dvayam |

ततो महेन्द्र-शिखरी मुक्ता-मणि-मय-अवनिः ॥३।३६।४९॥

tata:_mahendra-zikharI muktA-maNi-maya-avani: ||3|36|49||

युते मही.धर-शतैर् अथ_अश्वो नाम पर्वतः ।

yute mahI.dhara-zatai:_atha_azva:_nAma parvata: |

ततो महार्णवो भीमः पातियात्र-गिरिस् तटे ॥३।३६।५०॥

tata:_mahArNava:_bhIma: pAtiyAtra-giri:_taTe ||3|36|50||

पश्चिम-उत्तर-दिग्-भागे देशो गिरिमति स्थितः ।

pazcima-uttara-dik-bhAge deza:_girimati sthita: |

तथा वेणुपतिश् च_एव ततो नर-पतिर् मही ॥३।३६।५१॥

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva tata:_nara-pati: mahI ||3|36|51||

तथा फल्गुणकाश् च_एव माण्डव्य-अनेक-नेत्रकाः ।

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya-aneka-netrakA: |

पुरुकुन्दाश् च पाराश् च भानु-मण्डल-भावनाः ॥३।३६।५२॥

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu-maNDala-bhAvanA: ||3|36|52||

वन्मिला* नलिना* दीर्घा* दीर्घ-केश-अङ्ग-बाहवः ।

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha-keza-aGga-bAhava: |

रङ्गाश् च स्तनिकाश् च_अन्या* गुरुहाश् चलुहास् तथा ॥३।३६।५३॥

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA ||3|36|53||

ततः स्त्री-राष्ट्रम् अतुलम् गोवृष-अपत्य-भोजनम् ।

tata: strI-rASTram atulam govRSa-apatya-bhojanam |

अथ_उत्तरस्याम् हिमवान् क्रौञ्चो ऽथ मधुमान् गिरिः ॥३।३६।५४॥

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: ||3|36|54||

कैलासे वसुमान् मेरुः तत्.पादेषु जना* उभे ।

kailAse vasumAn meru: tat.pAdeSu janA* ubhe |

मद्र.आवारा* इव यौधेया* मालवाः शूर.सेनिकाः ॥३।३६।५५॥

madra.AvArA* iva yaudheyA* mAlavA: zUra.senikA: ||3|36|55||

राजन्याश् च तथा ज्ञेया* अर्जुनातनयः तथा ।

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA* arjunAtanaya: tathA |

त्रिगर्त* एकपात्-क्षुद्राम् अबला.स्वस्त-वासिनः ॥३।३६।५६॥

trigarta* ekapAt-kSudrAm abalA.svasta-vAsina: ||3|36|56||

अबलाः प्रखलाः शाकाः क्षेम-धूर्तय_एव च ।

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA: kSema-dhUrtaya_eva ca |

दश.धाना-गावसन्य-दण्डाहन्य-सनास् तथा ॥३।३६।५७॥

daza.dhAnA-gAvasanya-daNDAhanya-sanA:_tathA ||3|36|57||

धान.दाः सरकाश्_च_एव वाटधानास् तथ_एव च ।

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca |

अन्तर-द्वीप-गान्धारास् तथा_अवन्ति.सुरास् तथा ॥३।३६।५८॥

antara-dvIpa-gAndhArA:_tathA_avanti.surA: tathA ||3|36|58||

अथ तक्षशिला* नाम तto वीलव-गोधनी ।

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava-godhanI |

पुष्कर.आवर्त-देशस्य यशोवति-मही ततः ॥३।३६।५९॥

puSkara.Avarta-dezasya yazovati-mahI tata: ||3|36|59||

ततो नाभिमतिर् भूमिस् तिक्षाः कालवरास् तथा ।

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA |

काहकम् नगरम् च_एव सुर-भूति-पुरम् तथा ॥३।३६।६०॥

kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura-bhUti-puram tathA ||3|36|60||

तथैव रतिकादर्शाः अन्तरादर्शे एव च ।

tathA_eva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca |

ततः पिङ्गल-पाण्डव्यम् यामुने यातु.धानकाः ॥३।३६।६१॥

tata: piGgala-pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: ||3|36|61||

मानवा* नाङ्गना* हेम.तालाः स्वस्व-मुखास् तथा ।

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva-mukhA: tathA |

हिमवान् वसुमान् क्रौञ्च-कैलासाव्_इत्य्_अगास् तथा ॥३।३६।६२॥

himavAn vasumAn krauJca-kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA ||3|36|62||

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् अशीति.शत-योजना ।

tata:_a-janapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata-yojanA |

अथ प्राग्.उत्तरस्याम् तु क्रमाज् जनपदाच्*छणु ॥३।३६।६३॥

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt*zRNu ||3|36|63||

कालुता* ब्रह्म-पुत्राश् च कुणिदाः खदिनास् तथा ।

kAlutA* brahma-putrA:_ca kuNidA: khadinA: tathA |

मालवा* रन्ध्र-राज्याश् च वाना* राष्ट्रास् तथा_एव च ॥३।३६।६४॥

mAlavA* randhra-rAjyA:_ca vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|64||

केडवस् ताः सिंह-पुत्रास् तथा वामनताम् गताः ।

keDava:_tA: siMha-putrA: tathA vAmanatAm gatA: |

सावा-कच्चा-पलवहाः कामिरा* दरदास् तथा ॥३।३६।६५॥

sAvA-kaccA-palavahA: kAmirA* daradA:_tathA ||3|36|65||

अभिस-आसद-जार्वकाः पलोल-कुचि-कौतुकाः ।

abhisa-Asada-jArvakA: palola-kuci-kautukA: |

किरातायाम् उपाताश् च दीनाः स्वर्ग-मही ततः ॥३।३६।६६॥

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca dInA: svarga-mahI tata: ||3|36|66||

देव.स्थल-उपवन-भूस्तदनु-उदित-श्रीः

deva.sthala-upavana-bhU:tadanu-udita-zrI:

विश्वावसोर् तदनु मन्दिरम् उत्तमम् च ।

vizvAvaso:_tadanu mandiram uttamam ca |

कैलास-भूस् तदनु मञ्जु-वनश् च

kailAsa-bhU:_tadanu maJju-vana:_ca

शैलो विद्याधर-अमर-विमान.समान-भूमिः ॥३।३६।६७॥

zaila:_vidyAdhara-amara-vimAna.samAna-bhUmi: ||3|36|67||

॥

३०३७

fm3037 1.je09-10 Meeting of Troops .z59

https://www.dropbox.com/s/hruqoe66uedv7dn/fm3037%201.je09-10%20Meeting%20of%20Troops%20.z59.docx?dl=0

 

 

+++

 

FM.Canto 3.36

*vasiShTha said—

3.36.1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

ORDER OF BATTLE

MIDCOUNTRY EASTERN QUARTER

21

THE EAST

22 23 24 25

26

and in the South

—

these have their homes in the *vindhyA Range

:

the *chedis from the *vatsa calf country

&

angas, vangas, and upavangas

—

:

27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

SOUTHWEST —

40 41 42 43

44

45

46

there

are the people called The *pancha.jana Fiver.Folk –

and groups of *kAsha Brâhmins

behind them

there

bhAra-kSatathas & pArakas & zAntikas

:

*vlm.46. There is the country of the five peoples limiting the territory of the Kása Brahmans,

and after that the BhárakSa, the Páraka and Sántika countries

.

47 48 49 50 51 52 53

NORTHERN MOUNTAINS

54 55 56 57 58 59

MIDCOUNTRY

60 61 62 63 64 65 66

67

thus far

we have seen

the land of the gardens of the gods

thus far

the wonder-flight of the two space-travelers

thus far

we've seen

the highest of high temples, Mount *kailAsa

&

thus far too

weve seen this beautiful forest and hill

where

some Sorcerer *widyA-dharAs watch from their SkyCars up above the Earth

.

||

 

+++

 

28|18|41|56|54|09|17|10|57|55|12|37|13|14|16|64|31|43|20|21|22|29|03|30|67|23|56|04|24|25|41|51|27|32|11|55|33|34|35|64|44|45|19|41|45|28|17|43|18|36|41|15|38|39|40|42|54|67|51|57|30|28|47|48|49|50|19|52|53|58|59|15|03|60|37|61|62|63|04|65|66|01|44|31|11|02|29|05|06|07|08|45|

 

 

 

 

[Jiva Das]

 

FM4036 HOW CONSCIOUSNESS CREATES 1.DC19 .z33

https://www.dropbox.com/s/89y6mtssyfii9rs/fm4035%201.dc16..18%20MIND%20CONTROL%20.z69.docx?dl=0

FM.4.1-FM.4.29

https://www.dropbox.com/s/j9npbjjp4qnopj5/FM.4.1-FM.4.29.docx?dl=0

 

FM.4.36 HOW CONSCIOUSNESS CREATES 1.DC19

सर्ग ४.३६  

sarga 4.36

राम उवाच ।

rAma* uvAca |

यथा_ईदृशम् स्थितम् विश्वम् विश्व.अतीते चिdAत्मनि ।

yathA_IdRzam sthitam vizvam vizva.atIte cit.Atmani |

तन् मे कथय हे ब्रह्मन् पुनर् बोध.विवृद्धये ॥४।३६।१॥

tat me kathaya he brahman punar bodha.vivRddhaye ||4|36|1||

वसिष्ठ* उवाच ।

vasiSTha uvAca |

यथा_ऊर्मयो ऽनभिव्यक्ता भाविन: पयसि स्थिताः ।

yathA_Urmaya:_anabhivyaktA* bhAvina: payasi sthitA: |

न स्थिताश् च_आत्मनो ऽन्यत्वाच् चित्तत्वे सृष्टयस् तथा ॥४।३६।२॥

na sthitA: ca_Atmana:_anyatvAt cittatve sRSTaya: tathA ||4|36|2||

यथा सर्व.गतः सौक्ष्म्याद् आकाशो न_उपलक्ष्यते ।

yathA sarva.gata: saukSmyAt AkAza: na_upalakSyate |

तथा निरंशश् चिद्भावः सर्वगो ऽपि न लक्ष्यते ॥४।३६।३॥

tathA niraMza: cit.bhAva: sarva.ga:_api na lakSyate ||4|36|3||

सुस्थिता_इव_अस्थिता_इव_अन्त: प्रतिभा_अस्ति मणौ यथा ।

susthitA_iva_asthitA_iva_anta: pratibhA_asti maNau yathA |

न सत्य.भूता न_असत्या तथा_इयम् सृष्टिर् आत्मनि ॥४।३६।४॥  

na satya.bhUtA na_asatyA tathA_iyam sRSTi: Atmani ||4|36|4||

स्व.आधारैर् अम्बुदै: स्वस्थैर् न स्पृष्टम् गगनम् यथा ।

sva.AdhArai: ambudai: svasthai: na spRSTam gaganam yathA |

चित्.स्थै: सर्गैश् चिदाधारैर् न स्पृष्टा चित्परा तथा ॥४।३६।५॥  

cit.sthai: sargai: cit.AdhArai: na spRSTA cit.parA tathA ||4|36|5||

जल.अधिष्ठित.तत्.तेजो यथा_अङ्ग प्रतिबिम्बति ।

jala.adhiSThita.tat.teja: yathA_aGga prati.bimbati |

तथा पुर्यष्टकेष्व्_एव विद्धि देहेषु लक्ष्यते ॥४।३६।६॥

tathA puryaSTakeSu_eva viddhi deheSu lakSyate ||4|36|6||

सर्व.संकल्प.रहिता सर्व.संज्ञा.विवर्जिता ।

sarva.saMkalpa.rahitA sarva.saMjJA.vivarjitA |

सा_एषा चिद्.अविनाश.आत्मा तच् चेत्यादि.कृत.अभिधा ॥४।३६।७॥

sA_eSA cit.avinAza.AtmA tat cetya+Adi.kRta.abhidhA ||4|36|7||

आकाश.शत.भाग.अच्छा ज्ञेषु निष्कल.रूपिणी ।

AkAza.zata.bhAga.acchA jJeSu niSkala.rUpiNI |

सकल.अकल.संसार.स्वरूप.एक.आत्म्य.दर्शिनी ॥४।३६।८॥

sakala.akala.saMsAra.svarUpa.eka.Atmya.darzinI ||4|36|8||

तरङ्गादि.मयी स्फारा नानाता_इयम् चिदर्णवे ।

taraGga.Adi.mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave |

तस्मान् न व्यतिरेकेण यथा भाव.विकारिणी ॥४।३६।९॥

tasmAt na vyatirekeNa yathA bhAva.vikAriNI ||4|36|9||

10त्वत्ता.मत्ता.मयी स्फारा नानाता_इयम् चित्.अर्णवे ।

त्वत्ता.मत्ता.मयी स्फारा नानाता_इयम् चिदर्णवे ।

tvattA.mattA.mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave |

चिन्मात्र.व्यतिरेकेण तथा न_एव प्रकाशते ॥४।३६।१०॥  

cit.mAtra.vyatirekeNa tathA na_eva prakAzate ||4|36|10||

चिच्चिनोति चितम् चेत्यम् तेन_इदम् स्थितम् आत्मनि ।

cit.cinoti citam cetyam tena_idam sthitam Atmani |

अज्ञे ऽज्ञे त्व्_अन्यद् आयातम् अन्यद् अस्ति_इति कल्पना ॥४।३६।११॥

ajJe_ajJe tu_anyat AyAtam anyat asti_iti kalpanA ||4|36|11||

अज्ञेष्व्_असत्.स्वभाव.उग्र.संसार.गण.गर्भिणी ।

ajJeSu_asat.svabhAva.ugra.saMsAra.gaNa.garbhiNI |

ज्ञेषु प्रकाश.रूपा_एव सकल.एक.आत्मिका सती ॥४।३६।१२॥

jJeSu prakAza.rUpA_eva sakala.eka.AtmikA satI ||4|36|12||

अनुभूति.वशान् नित्यम् अर्क+आदीनाम् प्रकाशिनी ।

anubhUti.vazAn nityam arka+AdInAm prakAzinI |

स्वादिनी सर्व.भूतानाम् भाविनी भव.भोगिनाम् ॥४।३६।१३॥

svAdinI sarva.bhUtAnAm bhAvinI bhava.bhoginAm ||4|36|13||

न_अस्तम् एति न च_उदेति न_उत्तिष्ठति न तिष्ठति ।

na_astam eti na ca_udeti na_uttiSThati na tiSThati |

न च_आयाति न वा याति न च_इह न.च न_इह चित् ॥४।३६।१४॥

na ca_AyAti na vA yAti na ca_iha na.ca na_iha cit ||4|36|14||

सा_एषा चिद् अमल.आकारा स्वयम् आत्मनि संस्थिता ।

sA_eSA cit amala.AkArA svayam Atmani saMsthitA |

राघव_इत्थम् प्रपञ्चेन जगन्.नाम्ना विजृम्भते ॥४।३६।१५॥

rAghava_ittham prapaJcena jagat.nAmnA vijRmbhate ||4|36|15||

तेजःपुञ्जैर् यथा तेजः पयःपूरैर् यथा पयः ।

teja:puJjai: yathA teja: paya:pUrai: yathA paya: |

परिस्फुरति संस्पन्दैस् तथा चित्.सर्ग.विभ्रमैः ॥४।३६।१६॥

parisphurati saMspandai: tathA cit.sarga.vibhramai: ||4|36|16||

.

तत्.स्वभावेन चिन्.नाम्ना सर्वगेन_उदित.आत्मना ।

tat.svabhAvena cit.nAmnA sarvagena_udita.AtmanA |

प्रकाशेन_अप्रकाशेन निरंशेन_अंशधारिणा ॥४।३६।१७॥

prakAzena_a.prakAzena nir.aMzena_aMza.dhAriNA ||4|36|17||

स्वयम् स्व.कलनाभोगाद् अनन्तम् पदम् उज्झता ।

svayam sva.kalanÂbhogAt anantam padam ujjhatA |

अहम् अस्मि_इति भावेन गच्छता ज्ञ.पदम् शनैः ॥४।३६।१८॥  

aham asmi_iti bhAvena gacchatA jJa.padam zanai: ||4|36|18||

नानातायाम् प्ररूढायाम् अस्याम् संसृति.पूर्वकम् ।

nAnAtAyAm prarUDhAyAm asyAm saMsRti.pUrvakam |

भाव.अभाव.ग्रह.उत्सर्ग.पदे स्थितिम् उपागते ॥४।३६।१९॥

bhAva.abhAva.graha.utsarga.pade sthitim upAgate ||4|36|19||

पुर्यष्टक.स्पन्द.शतैः करोति न करोति च ।

puryaSTaka.spanda.zatai: karoti na karoti ca |

उत्सेधम् एति भू.कोश.कोटर.स्थो ऽङ्कुर.उत्करः ॥४।३६।२०॥

utsedham eti bhU.koza.koTara.stha:_aGkura.utkara: ||4|36|20||

व्योम सौषिर्यम् आदत्ते सर्व.मूर्त्य्.अविरोधि यत् ।

vyoma sauSiryam Adatte sarva.mUrti.avirodhi yat |

स्पन्द.एक.धर्मवान् वातो रस.रूपतया जलम् ॥४।३६।२१॥

spanda.eka.dharmavAn vAta: rasa.rUpatayA jalam ||4|36|21||

दृढा_ऊर्वी प्रकटम् तेजः स्थितिमन्ति जगन्ति च ।

dRDhA_UrvI prakaTam teja: sthitimanti jaganti ca |

प्रतिबन्ध.अभ्यनुज्ञासु कालः कलनया स्थितः ॥४।३६।२२॥

pratibandha.abhi.anujJAsu kAla: kalanayA sthita: ||4|36|22||

पुष्पेषु गन्धताम् याति शनै: संचित.केसरम् ।

puSpeSu gandhatAm yAti zanai: saMcita.kesaram |

मृत्.कोटर.रस.उल्लास: स्थानुताम् एति भूतले ॥४।३६।२३॥

mRt.koTara.rasa.ullAsa: sthAnutAm eti bhUtale ||4|36|23||

मूल.स्थाः फलम् आयान्ति पेलवा रस.लेशकाः ।

mUla.sthA: phalam AyAnti pelavA* rasa.lezakA: |

संनिवेशम् व्रजन्त्य्_एता रेखा: पल्लव.पालिषु ॥४।३६।२४॥

saMnivezam vrajanti_etA* rekhA: pallava.pAliSu ||4|36|24||

नवताम् अनुगृह्णाति शक्र.बानासनेन च ।

navatAm anugRhNAti zakra.bAnAsanena ca |

यो यो भवत्य्_अविरतम् संस्थानेन वनेन च ॥४।३६।२५॥

ya:_ya:_bhavati_aviratam saMsthAnena vanena ca ||4|36|25||

वसन्तम् उपतिष्ठन्ति पुष्प.पल्लव.राशयः ।

vasantam upatiSThanti puSpa.pallava.rAzaya: |

निदाघ.विधिम् आयान्ति दैव.दाह.विभूतयः ॥४।३६।२६॥

nidAgha.vidhim AyAnti daiva.dAha.vibhUtaya: ||4|36|26||

प्रावृट् समयम् ईहन्ते नीला जलद.राशयः ।

prAvRT samayam Ihante nIlA* jalada.rAzaya: |

शरदम् च_अनुधावन्ति समग्राः फल.राशयः ॥४।३६।२७॥

zaradam ca_anudhAvanti samagrA: phala.rAzaya: ||4|36|27||

हेमन्ते हिम.हासिन्यो भवन्ति ककुभो दश ।

hemante hima.hAsinya: bhavanti kakubha: daza |

नयन्त्य्_उपलताम् अम्बु शिशिरे शीतल.अनिलाः ॥४।३६।२८॥

nayanti_upalatAm ambu zizire zItala.anilA: ||4|36|28||

न जहाति स्वमर्यादाम् कालो युग.मयीम् इमाम् ।

na jahAti sva.maryAdAm kAla: yuga.mayIm imAm |

तरङ्गिणी.तरङ्ग.ओघ.लीलया यान्ति सृष्टयः ॥४।३६।२९॥

taraGgiNI.taraGga.ogha.lIlayA yAnti sRSTaya: ||4|36|29||

नियतिः स्थितिम् आयाति स्थैर्य.चातुर्य.कारिणी ।

niyati: sthitim AyAti sthairya.cAturya.kAriNI |

तिष्ठत्य्_आप्रलयम् धीरा धर.अधरण.धर्मिणी ॥४।३६।३०॥

tiSThati_A=pralayam dhIrA dhara.adharaNa.dharmiNI ||4|36|30||

चतुर्दश.विधानि_इह भूतानि भुवन.अन्तरे ।

caturdaza.vidhAni_iha bhUtAni bhuvana.antare |

नानाचार.विहारिणि नाना.विरचनानि च ॥४।३६।३१॥

nAnAcAra.vihAriNi nAnA.viracanAni ca ||4|36|31||

पुनः पुनर् विलीयन्ते जायन्ते च पुनः पुनः ।

puna: punar vilIyante jAyante ca puna: puna: |

धारा.परम्परा याति विना वारि_इव बुद्बुदाः ॥४।३६।३२॥

dhArA.paramparA yAti vinA vAri_iva budbudA: ||4|36|32||

आयाति याति परितिष्ठति लीलया_अति=

AyAti yAti paritiSThati lIlayA_ati=

स्वर्था_अनुपार्जयति धावति जन्मनाशैः ।

svarthA_anupArjayati dhAvati janmanAzai: |

उन्मत्तवद् विहित.भावनम् आहित.ईहा

unmattavat vihita.bhAvanam Ahita.IhA

मुग्धा कृतान्त.विवशा जनता वराकी ॥४।३६।३३॥

mugdhA kRtAnta.vivazA janatA varAkI ||4|36|33||

॥

 

 

 

oॐm

 

 

FM.4.36

 

HOW CONSCIOUSNESS CREATES

 

RÂMA said—

 

यथा_ईदृशम् स्थितम् विश्वम् विश्व.अतीते चिdAत्मनि ।

yathA_IdRzam sthitam vizvam vizva.atIte cit.Atmani |

तन् मे कथय हे ब्रह्मन् पुनर् बोध-विवृद्धये ॥४।३६।१॥

tat me kathaya he brahman punar bodha-vivRddhaye ||4|36|1||

.

how

does the universe have such a state

when the consciousness-self goes beyond the universe?

O yes, brAhmaNa, tell it to me again

so my awakening may grow

.

yathA_IdRzam sthitam vizvam x

vizva.atIte cit.Atmani |

tat me kathaya, he brahman, punar bodha-vivRddhaye - x

.

*vlm.p.1. Râma said, "Tell me O brAhmaNa, for the sake of my advancement in knowledge, how does the mundane system exists in the extra mundane immaterial soul?"

 

Vasishtha said—

 

02

यथा_ऊर्मयो ऽनभिव्यक्ता भाविन: पयसि स्थिताः ।

yathA_Urmaya:_anabhivyaktA* bhAvina: payasi sthitA: |

न स्थिताश् च_आत्मनो ऽन्यत्वाच् चित्तत्वे सृष्टयस् तथा ॥४।३६।२॥

na sthitA: ca_Atmana:_anyatvAt cittatve sRSTaya: tathA ||4|36|2||

.

yathA Urmaya:

like waves are that are without distinction

about to become, latent in the waters,

bhAvina: payasi sthitA:

na sthitA: ca_Atmana:_anyatvAt - not situate anywhere but the Self =

cittatve sRSTaya: tathA - thus in Affectivity its creations.

#abhivyakta अभिव्यक्त #anabhivyakta - mfn. indistinct.

*vwv.1337/4.36.2. As unmanifested waves, which are to appear in the future, exist (potentially) in water and also do not exist on account of their difference from its nature, so do the created worlds (exist and do not exist) in the principle of Consciousness.

*m.2 Sri Vasista: O Rāma, this universe abides unmanifest in the chidatma like waves in water.

*sv.2 VASISTHA replied: O Râma, this universe exists in the infinite consciousness just as future waves exist in a calm sea; non-different in truth but with the potentiality of an apparent difference.

*vlm.p.2 Vasishtha replied:—Worlds have no separate existence except in the Supreme Mind. They are all situated in Divine Consciousness like future waves exist in a calm sea.

*vlm.2. Vasishtha replied:"The worlds having no separate existence (before or after their formation) except in the Supreme mind, they are all situated in the Divine Intellect, like the unheaving and unseen would-be waves of the sea.

 

03

यथा सर्व-गतः सौक्ष्म्याद् आकाशो न_उपलक्ष्यते ।

yathA sarva-gata: saukSmyAt AkAza: na_upalakSyate |

तथा निरंशश् चिद्भावः सर्वगो ऽपि न लक्ष्यते ॥४।३६।३॥

tathA niraMza: cit.bhAva: sarva-ga:_api na lakSyate ||4|36|3||

.

yathA sarva-gata:

just as everywhere-going

saukSmyAt – thru subtlety - = AkAza: na_upalakSyate – Space is not to be observed - + tathA – thus - = niraMza: - without constituent aMsha.Bits Conscious.Feeling tho - = cit.bhAva: sarva-ga: api na lakSyate - everywhere-going is not seen.

just as

Space

is everywhere-going thru its subtlety

so not to be observed

just so

lacking constituent aMsha.Bits

Conscious.Feeling

is everywhere-going tho not seen.

**var. KG sarvagato'pi

*vlm.3. As the all-pervading sky is not to be seen owing to its extreme tenuity; so the undivided nature of the all-pervasive intellect, is not to be perceived on account of its rarity.

*m.3 Subtlety is everywhere, all over in the ether/sky. Yet one cannot see it. In the same way the indivisible conscious nature is everywhere. It is not however visible (separated).

*sv.3 The infinite consciousness is unmanifest, though omnipresent, even as space, though existing everywhere, is unmanifest.

*jd. yathA sarva-gata: - just as x everywhere-going - = saukSmyAt – thru subtlety - = AkAza: na_upalakSyate – Space is not to be observed - + tathA – thus - = niraMza: - without constituent aMsha.Bits Conscious.Feeling tho - = cit.bhAva: sarva-ga: api na lakSyate - everywhere-going is not seen.

x

rs

01

vs

02

03

 

04

सुस्थिता_इव_अस्थिता_इव_अन्त: प्रतिभा_अस्ति मणौ यथा ।

susthitA_iva_asthitA_iva_anta: pratibhA_asti maNau yathA |

न सत्य-भूता न_असत्या तथा_इयम् सृष्टिर् आत्मनि ॥४।३६।४॥

na satya-bhUtA na_asatyA tathA_iyam sRSTi: Atmani ||4|36|4||

.

susthitA_iva_asthitA_iva

anta: pratibhA_asti maNau yathA

na satya-bhUtA na_asatyA tathA

iyam sRSTi:_Atmani

.

*m.4 Well situated or ill situated, a diamond contains reflections within it. In the same way lies the creation within self.

*sv.4 Just as the reflection of an object in crystal can be said to be neither real nor entirely unreal, one cannot say that this universe which is reflected in the infinite consciousness is real nor unreal.

*vlm.4. As the gem has its brilliancy in it, whether it is moved or unmoved by any body, so the unreal world has its potential existence in the Divine Spirit, both in its states of action and inactivity. (Hence the eternity of the world in the Eternal Mind).

 

05

स्व.आधारैर् अम्बुदै: स्वस्थैर् न स्पृष्टम् गगनम् यथा ।

sva.AdhArai: ambudai: svasthai: na spRSTam gaganam yathA |

चित्.स्थै: सर्गैश् चिदाधारैर् न स्पृष्टा चित्परा तथा ॥४।३६।५॥

cit.sthai: sargai: cit.AdhArai: na spRSTA cit.parA tathA ||4|36|5||

.

sva.AdhArai:_ambudai: svasthai:

na spRSTam gaganam yathA

cit.sthai: sargai: cit.AdhArai:

na spRSTA cit.parA tathA - x.

*vwv.1309/5. As the sky is not touched by the clouds extisting within it and having it as their support, so, the Supreme Consciousness is not touched by the worlds which exist in Consciousness as their support.

*sv.5 Again, just as space is unaffected by the clouds that float in it, this infinite consciousness is unaffected and untouched by the universe that appears in it.

*vlm.5. As the clouds abiding in the sky, do not touch the sky or have a tangible feeling of its vacuity; so the worlds subsisting in the receptacle of the Intellectual soul, have no contact with the extraneous (paraa) intellect, which is unconnected with its contents.

*m.5 Clouds in sky derive support from it. However sky is not touched by clouds. Similarly consciousness supports the creations inside it. But is never touched by them.

06

जल.अधिष्ठित-तत्-तेजो यथा_अङ्ग प्रतिबिम्बति ।

jala.adhiSThita-tat-teja: yathA_aGga prati.bimbati |

तथा पुर्यष्टकेष्व्_एव विद्धि देहेषु लक्ष्यते ॥४।३६।६॥

tathA puryaSTakeSu_eva viddhi deheSu lakSyate ||4|36|6||

.

jala.adhiSThita-tat-tejas

yathA_aGga pratibimbati

tathA puryaSTakeSu_eva

viddhi deheSu lakSyate - x.

*m.6 Sunbeams which enter the waters of ocean are revealed as reflections. Similarly consciousness appears as Puryastaka in a body.

*vlm.6. As the light residing in the waters of the sea or a pot of water, is not connected either with the water or pot, nor is it felt by us but by its reflexion; so the intangible soul abides unconnected in its receptacle of the body, and reflects itself to our knowledge only.

*sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are ascribed to its reflections.

AB. ... agGa iti saMbodhane | yathA jale saMyuktA: | ... ||4|36|

x

04

05

06

 

07

सर्व.संकल्प-रहिता सर्व.संज्ञा-विवर्जिता ।

sarva.saMkalpa-rahitA sarva.saMjJA-vivarjitA |

सा_एषा चिद्.अविनाश.आत्मा तच् चेत्यादि-कृत.अभिधा ॥४।३६।७॥

sA_eSA cit.avinAza.AtmA tat cetya+Adi-kRta.abhidhA ||4|36|7||

.

sarva-saMkalpa-rahitA

without all Samkalpa Conceptions

sarva-saMjJA-vivarjitA

devoid of all designations

sA eSA cit.avinAza.AtmA

this is the Self of Indestructible Chit-Consciousness

tat cetya.Adi-kRta=abhidhA

That is defined as the maker of the conce[tual process

.

*m.7 Consciousness-Self is without any determinations or resolutions. It has no identifications or symbols represent it. In such an indestructible Self, all objects are caused.

*vlm.7. The intellect is devoid of every desire and designation; it is the indestructible soul, and is named by our intelligence of it as (Chetya) intelligible; or from some one of our intelligible ideas as the living soul &c.

*sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are ascribed to its reflections.

 

08

आकाश-शत-भाग.अच्छा ज्ञेषु निष्कल-रूपिणी ।

AkAza-zata-bhAga.acchA jJeSu niSkala-rUpiNI |

सकल.अकल-संसार-स्वरूप.एक.आत्म्य-दर्शिनी ॥४।३६।८॥

sakala.akala-saMsAra-svarUpa.eka.Atmya-darzinI ||4|36|8||

.

AkAza-zata-bhAga.acchA

jJeSu niSkala-rUpiNI

sakala.akala-saMsAra-svarUpa.eka.Atmya-darzinI - x.

*m.8 This Self is hundred times purer and subtler than sky/space. It is stainless. However it manifests as the world which is ugly.

*vlm.8. It is clearer than the translucent air, and finer than it by a hundred times; it is known as an undivided whole by the learned; who view it as identic with the whole undivided world, which it comprehends within itself.

*sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are ascribed to its reflections.

09

तरङ्गादि-मयी स्फारा नानाता_इयम् चिदर्णवे ।

taraGga.Adi-mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave |

तस्मान् न व्यतिरेकेण यथा भाव-विकारिणी ॥४।३६।९॥

tasmAt na vyatirekeNa yathA bhAva-vikAriNI ||4|36|9||

.

taraGga.Adi-mayI sphArA

nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave

tasmAt na vyatirekeNa

yathA bhAva-vikAriNI - x

.

sphAra

vyatireka

bhaava

vikArin

.

*m.9 The waters of an ocean are full of waves. Yet none of them are in any way distinct or different in essence from the waters.

*vlm.9. As the sea water shows itself in various forms in all its waves, so the intellect does not differ from it, in showing us its various representations of its own motion.

*sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are ascribed to its reflections.

x

07

08

09

 

10

त्वत्ता-मत्ता-मयी स्फारा नानाता_इयम् चिदर्णवे ।

tvattA-mattA-mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave |

चिन्मात्र-व्यतिरेकेण तथा न_एव प्रकाशते ॥४।३६।१०॥

cit.mAtra-vyatirekeNa tathA na_eva prakAzate ||4|36|10||

.

tvattA-mattA=mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave

this varied expanse of yourness and myness in the Consciousness-ocean

cinmAtra-vyatirekeNa tathA

thus, except by the apportionment of Consciousness

na_eva prakAzate

is not manifest at-all

.

tvattA-mattA=mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave

this varied expanse of yourness and myness in the Consciousness-ocean

cinmAtra-vyatirekeNa tathA

thus, except by the apportionment of Consciousness

na_eva prakAzate

is not manifest at-all

.

mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave

cinmAtra-vyatirekeNa tathA

na_eva prakAzate

.

*m.10 (Similarly) the consciousness ocean is full of you and I. But nothing is in any capable of shining in distinction or opposition to consciousness.

*vlm.10. The diversities of our subjective and objective knowledge of myself and thyself and these (ego, tu &c.), are like the varieties of waves and billows in the ocean of the intellect, these are but erroneous notions, since they are representations of the same element, and the very same intellect.

*sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are ascribed to its reflections.

 

11

चिच्चिनोति चितम् चेत्यम् तेन_इदम् स्थितम् आत्मनि ।

cit.cinoti citam cetyam tena_idam sthitam Atmani |

अज्ञे ऽज्ञे त्व्_अन्यद् आयातम् अन्यद् अस्ति_इति कल्पना ॥४।३६।११॥

ajJe_ajJe tu_anyat AyAtam anyat asti_iti kalpanA ||4|36|11||

.

cit cinoti citam - Consciousness conceives Consciousness =

cetyam tena - what is conceivable by that =

idam sthitam Atmani - is existent as this in the soul =

ajJe - in the unWise =

ajJe tu - but in the unWise =

anyad AyAtam - come to another =

anyad asti - another exists =

iti kalpanA - such is Imagination.

*m.11 Consciousness perceives and ponders over objects within itself. And so they abide in the Self. But ignorant people think otherwise and regard this world existing as a separate design/fabrication.

*sv.11 Consciousness reflecting in consciousness shines as consciousness and exists as consciousness; yet, to one who is ignorant (though considering oneself as wise and rational) there arises the notion that there has come into being and there exists something other than this consciousness.

*vlm.11. The various states of the intellect (Chit), intellection (Chintaa), intelligence (Chittam) and intelligibles (Chetyas), all appertain to the main principle of the soul. They are differently conceived by the learned and ignorant, but the difference is a mere conceit (Kalpanaa).

 

12

अज्ञेष्व्_असत्-स्वभाव.उग्र-संसार-गण-गर्भिणी ।

ajJeSu_asat-svabhAva.ugra-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI |

ज्ञेषु प्रकाश-रूपा_एव सकल.एक.आत्मिका सती ॥४।३६।१२॥

jJeSu prakAza-rUpA_eva sakala.eka.AtmikA satI ||4|36|12||

.

ajJeSu –

in those unWise is

asat-svabhAva.ugra-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI -

an unreal-nature-fierce-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI =

jJeSu –

in those Wise is

prakAza-rUpA eva –

its very radiant form

sakala.eka.AtmikA satI –

a totally-one-Selfling.

*m.12 In the understanding of ignorant people, consciousness holds this world(s) which is intensely non-existing. However in the perception of jnanis, this world is a shining reflection of that one consciousness and exists as one with the consciousness.

*vlm.12. The intellect presents its two different aspects to the wise and unwise people; to the ignorant, it shows its unreal nature in the realistic conception of the world, while to the learned it exhibits its luminous form in the identity of all things (with God).

*sv.12-13 To the ignorant this consciousness appears as the terrible world-appearance; to the wise the same consciousness appears as the one self. This consciousness alone is known as pure experiencing; and it is thanks to it that the sun shines and all beings enjoy life here.

* ajJeSu - in those unWise is = asat-svabhAva.ugra-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI - an unreal-nature-fierce-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI = jJeSu - in those Wise is = prakAza-rUpA eva - its very radiant form = sakala.eka.AtmikA satI - a totally-one-Selfling.

x

x

10

11

12

 

13

अनुभूति-वशान् नित्यम् अर्क.आदीनाम् प्रकाशिनी ।

anubhUti-vazAn nityam arka.AdInAm prakAzinI |

स्वादिनी सर्व-भूतानाम् भाविनी भव-भोगिनाम् ॥४।३६।१३॥

svAdinI sarva-bhUtAnAm bhAvinI bhava-bhoginAm ||4|36|13||

.

because of its constant experience of them

it is the illuminator of sun-&c

the enjoyer of all existent things

the becomer of the enjoyers of becoming

.

anubhUti-vazAt nityam

because of its constant experience of them = arka.AdInAm prakAzinI - it is the illuminator of sun-&c = svAdinI sarva-bhUtAnAm - the enjoyer of all beings/things = bhAvinI bhava-bhoginAm - the becomer of becoming-enjoyers

.

anubhUti

prakAzin

bhaavin

bhava

bhogin

.

*m.13 This consciousness shines the sun, moon and such as a natural experiential characteristic of itself (Moreover) it is the essence of all beings and conceives all pleasures of the world.

*vlm.13. The intellect enlightens the luminous bodies of the sun and stars, by its internal (intellectual) light; it gives a relish to things by its internal taste; and it gives birth to all beings from its inborn ideas of them.

*sv. This consciousness alone is known as pure experiencing; and it is thanks to it that the sun shines and all beings enjoy life here.

*jd.13 - anubhUti-vazAt nityam - because of its constant experience of them = arka.AdInAm prakAzinI - it is the illuminator of sun-&c = svAdinI sarva-bhUtAnAm - the enjoyer of all beings/things = bhAvinI bhava-bhoginAm - the becomer of becoming-enjoyers.

 

14

न_अस्तम् एति न च_उदेति न_उत्तिष्ठति न तिष्ठति ।

na_astam eti na ca_udeti na_uttiSThati na tiSThati |

न च_आयाति न वा याति न च_इह न.च न_इह चित् ॥४।३६।१४॥

na ca_AyAti na vA yAti na ca_iha na.ca na_iha cit ||4|36|14||

.

it does not set nor does it rise

doesn't go out, doesn't stay in

neither comes nor goes

nor is it here

nor not here

:

such is chit.Consciousness

.

na astam eti

it does not set = = na ca udeti - nor does it rise = na uttiSThati na tiSThati – doesn't go out, doesn't stay in = na ca AyAti na vA yAti – neither comes nor goes = na ca iha - nor is it here = na-ca na iha – nor not here = cit – such is chit.Consciousness.

*m.14 This consciousness never disappears nor it is born. It never emerges nor stays put. It never goes nor returns. It is never here nor there. It is everywhere.

*vlm.14. It neither rises nor sets, nor gets up nor sits; it neither proceeds nor recedes to or fro, it is not here nor is it no where. (Omniscience is present everywhere and is ever the same).

*jd.14 - na astam eti - it does not set = = na ca udeti - nor does it rise = na uttiSThati na tiSThati – doesn't go out, doesn't stay in = na ca AyAti na vA yAti – neither comes nor goes = na ca iha - nor is it here = na-ca na iha – nor not here = cit – such is chit.Consciousness.

 

15

सा_एषा चिद् अमल.आकारा स्वयम् आत्मनि संस्थिता ।

sA_eSA cit amala.AkArA svayam Atmani saMsthitA |

राघव_इत्थम् प्रपञ्चेन जगन्-नाम्ना विजृम्भते ॥४।३६।१५॥

rAghava_ittham prapaJcena jagat-nAmnA vijRmbhate ||4|36|15||

.

sA eSA cid amala.AkArA

it is this Consciousness of immaculate embodiment = svayam Atmani saMsthitA - itself abiding in the Self = o rAghava = ittham prapaJcena - thus by the elemental = jagat-nAmnA vijRmbhate - is manifested this "world".

it is this Consciousness

of immaculate embodiment

itself abiding in the Self

rAghava

.

thus with its elements

this "world" is manifest

.

*m.15 O Rāghava, such is the stainless self. It abides within itself. As phenomenon (prapanch) it swells out with the name 'jagat' mutable world.

*vlm.15. The pure and transpicuous intellect which is situated in the soul, displays in itself the phantasmagoria which is called the world.

*sv.14..17 This consciousness is not created, nor does it perish; it is eternal and the world-appearance is superimposed on it, even as waves in relation to the ocean.

* sA eSA cid amala.AkArA - it is this Consciousness of immaculate embodiment = svayam Atmani saMsthitA - itself abiding in the Self = o rAghava = ittham prapaJcena - thus by the elemental = jagat-nAmnA vijRmbhate - is manifested this "world".

x

x

13

14

15

 

16

तेजःपुञ्जैर् यथा तेजः पयःपूरैर् यथा पयः ।

teja:puJjai: yathA teja: paya:pUrai: yathA paya: |

परिस्फुरति संस्पन्दैस् तथा चित्.सर्ग-विभ्रमैः ॥४।३६।१६॥

parisphurati saMspandai: tathA cit.sarga-vibhramai: ||4|36|16||

.

teja:puJjai: yathA teja: - with intense heat as Fire =

paya:pUrai: yathA paya: - with plenty of liquid as Water =

parisphurati - it expands =

saMspandai:

tathA cit sarga-vibhramai: - thus is Consciousness with its creation-confusion.

*m.16 Consciousness-creations are vibrational quiverings in consciousness. It is like brilliant light being a multitude of light beams. It is like a tide being full of assembled waters.

*vwv.1308/16. As light shines with a multitude of beams of light and as water throbs with streams of water, so Consciousness throbs with the vibrations in the form of world-appearances (or whirlings of the worlds).

*vlm.16. As a heap of fire emits its flame, and a luminous body blazes with its rays; and as the sea swells in surges and breaks in with its arms, so the intellect bursts out in its creations. (Omniscience is the cause and not percipience of the world"God makes all things, and does not perceive them like us).

*sv.14..17 This consciousness is not created, nor does it perish; it is eternal and the world-appearance is superimposed on it, even as waves in relation to the ocean.

#puJja पुञ्जः A heap, multitude, quantity, mass, collection. •• #puJjita‑ पुञ्जित heaped, made up into a ball, pressed or put together.

17

तत्-स्वभावेन चिन्नाम्ना सर्वगेन_उदित.आत्मना ।

tat-svabhAvena cit.nAmnA sarvagena_udita.AtmanA |

प्रकाशेन_अप्रकाशेन निरंशेन_अंशधारिणा ॥४।३६।१७॥

prakAzena_a.prakAzena nir.aMzena_aMza.dhAriNA ||4|36|17||

.

tat-svabhAvena cin.nAmnA - by that nature called Conscious =

sarvagena udita.AtmanA – by the everywhere-arisen Self =

prakAzena aprakAzena

niraMzena aMza-dhAriNA

.

sarvaga

udita

AtmanA

prakAza

aprakAza

niraMza

aMza

dhArin

.

*m.17 That which is called consciousness is by nature all pervading. It radiantly manifests as soul (individual). When bereft of light (not radiant), the aspectless soul develops aspects.

*vlm.17. Thus the intellect which is selfmanifest and omnipresent of its own nature, developes and envelopes the world by its own manifestation and occultation, and by its acts of integration and segregation (saanhara and nirhaara); or the acts of accretion and secretion.

*sv.14..17 This consciousness is not created, nor does it perish; it is eternal and the world-appearance is superimposed on it, even as waves in relation to the ocean.

 

18

स्वयम् स्व.कलनाभोगाद् अनन्तम् पदम् उज्झता ।

svayam sva.kalanÂbhogAt anantam padam ujjhatA |

अहम् अस्मि_इति भावेन गच्छता ज्ञ.पदम् शनैः ॥४।३६।१८॥

aham asmi_iti bhAvena gacchatA jJa.padam zanai: ||4|36|18||

.

* svayam sva.kalanAbhogAt

anantam padam – boundless state =

ujjhatA

aham asmi - I am" =

iti

bhAvena gacchatA

jJa.padam

zanai: - x.

#ujjhatA

*m.18 'I am' with this thought and musing, the Absolute slowly devolves into ignorant state, throwing away its exalted state by adopting and enjoying the pleasures of self conjecturing.

*vlm.18. It is led by its own error and of its own accord, to forget and forsake its state of infinitude; and then by assuming its individual personality of egoism (that I am), it is converted to an ignoramus. (So men of contracted views turn to be dunces).

*sv.18-19-20 In that consciousness, when it is reflected within itself, there arises the 'I am' notion which gives rise to diversity.

x

x

16

17

18

 

19

नानातायाम् प्ररूढायाम् अस्याम् संसृति-पूर्वकम् ।

nAnAtAyAm prarUDhAyAm asyAm saMsRti-pUrvakam |

भाव.अभाव-ग्रह.उत्सर्ग-पदे स्थितिम् उपागते ॥४।३६।१९॥

bhAva.abhAva-graha.utsarga-pade sthitim upAgate ||4|36|19||

.

nAnAtAyAm –

in variety

prarUDhAyAm asyAm –

when this is overgrown

saMsRti-pUrvakam

bhAva.abhAva-graha.utsarga-pade

sthitim upAgate

.

*m.19 Settling down to division and multiplicity, it becomes mutable and changing. It arrives at a condition of 'having and not having', 'acceptable and disagreeable'.

*vlm.19. It falls from its knowledge of generals to that of particulars, by its act of specialization; and comes to the discrimination of the positive, and negative, and of inclusion and exclusion (or admission or rejection).

*sv. In that consciousness, when it is reflected within itself, there arises the 'I am' notion which gives rise to diversity.

 

20

पुर्यष्टक-स्पन्द-शतैः करोति न करोति च ।

puryaSTaka-spanda-zatai: karoti na karoti ca |

उत्सेधम् एति भू-कोश-कोटर-स्थो ऽङ्कुर.उत्करः ॥४।३६।२०॥

utsedham eti bhU-koza-koTara-stha:_aGkura.utkara: ||4|36|20||

.

puryaSTaka-spanda-zatai:

with hundreds of motions of the subtle puryaSTaka body = karoti – it acts = na karoti ca – and does not act = utsedham eti – it goes to ascent/increase – comes to growth = bhU-koza-koTara-stha: - in a hole in the ground = aGkura.utkara: - shoot-outgrowth – a weed.

with hundreds of subtle-body=motions

it acts & does not act

but

comes to growth

like a weed in a hole in the ground

.

*m.20 It shakes out hundreds of "puryastakas" and throws up millions of worlds and universes.

*vlm.20. It strives and struggles within the confines of the sensuous body (owing to its degradation from spirituality); and it multiplies in these bodies like the weeds sprouting out of the bosom of the earth. (i.e. From its unity becomes a multiplicity in the many animal bodies).

.AB. utsedham upacayena_unnatyam ||4|36|

*jd.20 - puryaSTaka-spanda-zatai: - with hundreds of motions of the subtle puryaSTaka body = karoti – it acts = na karoti ca – and does not act = utsedham eti – it goes to ascent/increase – comes to growth = bhU-koza-koTara-stha: - in a hole in the ground = aGkura.utkara: - shoot-outgrowth – a weed.

 

21

व्योम सौषिर्यम् आदत्ते सर्व-मूर्त्य्.अविरोधि यत् ।

vyoma sauSiryam Adatte sarva-mUrti.avirodhi yat |

स्पन्द.एक-धर्मवान् वातो रस-रूपतया जलम् ॥४।३६।२१॥

spanda.eka-dharmavAn vAta: rasa-rUpatayA jalam ||4|36|21||

.

the spacious sky is like a sponge

which accepts all sorts of things

:

Air

(which has the character of motion)

water

(which has the form of flavor) –

vibrant with a single quality

.

vyoma sauSiryam Adatte - the spacious sky presents a channel = sarva-mUrti-a-virodhi yat - which accepts all formations: = vAta: rasa-rUpatayA jalam - the air (which has the character of motion) = water (which has the form of flavor) – spanda.eka-dharmavAn – vibrant with a single quality...

*m.21 Forms emerge out of the ether and this consciousness becomes friendly (will not resist) with formations. (Among these) The one with the nature of vibration is wind. The one with fluidity is water.

*vlm.21. It is the intellect that stretches the spacious vacuum, to make room for the subsistence and growth of every thing; and makes the all and ever moving air and the liquid water, for the vitality and nourishment of all.

#rudh -> #virudh ->#virodha विरोध ->#avirodha –m.- without obstruction/opposition.to • living or being in agreement with (in comp. or inst.) MBh.&c. • non-incompatibility, consistency, harmony Ya1n5. ii , 186 , &c. •• #avirodhin a. not being out of harmony with, not being obstructive to (gen. or in comp.).

#murch* to become thick -> #mUrta मूर्त -adj.- coagulated [= #ghana]; settled into any fixed shape, embodied, incarnate. •• #mUrtatvam material form, incarnate existence. •• #mUrti –f.- any material embodiment, having definite shape or limits (= #Amaya, as in #nirAmaya) • an image, idol, statue. •• #mUrtidhara- mUrti-dhara having a body, corporeal, incarnate. •• #mUrtitvam - the having a body, materiality; (in phil) the having a finite or fixed measure or motion. #amUrta - shapeless, unembodied; consisting of different parts. •• #amUrti - f. shapelessness, absence of shape or form....

* vyoma sauSiryam Adatte - the spacious sky presents a channel = sarva-mUrti-a-virodhi yat - which accepts all formations: = vAta: rasa-rUpatayA jalam - the air (which has the character of motion) = water (which has the form of flavor) – spanda.eka-dharmavAn – vibrant with a single quality...

x

19

20

21

 

22

दृढा_ऊर्वी प्रकटम् तेजः स्थितिमन्ति जगन्ति च ।

dRDhA_UrvI prakaTam teja: sthitimanti jaganti ca |

प्रतिबन्ध.अभ्यनुज्ञासु कालः कलनया स्थितः ॥४।३६।२२॥

pratibandha.abhi.anujJAsu kAla: kalanayA sthita: ||4|36|22||

.

dRDhA UrvI - solid Earth =

prakaTam teja: - radiant Fire =

sthitimanti jaganti ca

pratibandha.abhyanujJAsu

kAla: kalanayA sthita: - time set with its mark

.

dRDhA

UrvI

prakaTa

tejas

sthitiman

pratibandha

abhyanujJA

kalanA

.

*m.22 It manifests solidity as earth, effulgence as light and manifests the mutable world. It fancies time as the restraining and regulating agency.

*vlm.22. It makes the firm earth (terra firma) and the light-some fire and the fixed worlds all around; and employs time by its injunctions and prohibitions (to do or undo any thing).

*sv.21-22 As space, the same consciousness enables the seed to sprout; as air, it draws the sprout, as it were; as water, it nourishes it; as earth, it stabilises it; and as light, the consciousness itself reveals the new life.

#pratibandha

#abhyanujJA

 

23

पुष्पेषु गन्धताम् याति शनै: संचित-केसरम् ।

puSpeSu gandhatAm yAti zanai: saMcita-kesaram |

मृत्-कोटर-रस.उल्लास: स्थानुताम् एति भूतले ॥४।३६।२३॥

mRt-koTara-rasa.ullAsa: sthAnutAm eti bhUtale ||4|36|23||

.

* puSpeSu gandhatAm yAti - in flowers it comes to perfumery =

zanai: saMcita-kesaram

mRt-koTara-rasa.ullAsa:

sthAnutAm eti bhUtale – goes to stability in the ground.

*m.23 As Flowers develop fragrance and follicles: this consciousness develops immobility as earth and soil.

*vlm.23. It gives fragrance to flowers, and grows by degrees their filaments and pistils; and it makes the moisture of the porous ground, to grow vegetables on earth.

*sv.23-24-25 It is the consciousness in the seed that in due course manifests as the fruit.

#saMcita – heaped, dense.

#kesara – hair, (horse's) mane.

 

24

मूल-स्थाः फलम् आयान्ति पेलवा रस-लेशकाः ।

mUla-sthA: phalam AyAnti pelavA* rasa-lezakA: |

संनिवेशम् व्रजन्त्य्_एता रेखा: पल्लव-पालिषु ॥४।३६।२४॥

saMnivezam vrajanti_etA* rekhA: pallava-pAliSu ||4|36|24||

.

mUla-sthA: phalam AyAnti – the rooted (trees) come to fruit =

pelavA: - tender =

rasa-lezakA: - drops of sap =

saMnivezam

vrajanti etA: rekhA: - these lines grow into =

pallava-pAliSu – shoot-rows.

*m.24. As trees, it manifests tender leaves, branches and fruits and sap carrying channels. It stays new all the time like a rainbow. This is an endless process supporting the world manifestation.

*vlm.24. The rooted trees fructify with fruits, by their juicy saps from beneath; and they produce their fruitage, and display their foliage with lineaments in them, as their veins and arteries.

*sv.23-24-25 It is the consciousness in the seed that in due course manifests as the fruit.

#li: - #leza-H, #lezaka-: a small part or portion, particle, atom, little bit or slight trace of (gen. or comp.; #lezatas and #lezatena, ind. = very slightly or briefly; #lezazas, in small pieces R.) MBh. &c.; • a partic. division or short space of time (= 2 or 12 kalA-s) L. •-• #himaleza snowflake.

विश् #vi: -> #nivi: -> #saMniveza: - sitting down, settlement, foundation (of a city); abode, dwelling-place; arrangement, preparation; state, condition; shape, form, appearance.

x

22

23

24

 

25

नवताम् अनुगृह्णाति शक्र-बानासनेन च ।

navatAm anugRhNAti zakra-bAnAsanena ca |

यो यो भवत्य्_अविरतम् संस्थानेन वनेन च ॥४।३६।२५॥

ya:_ya:_bhavati_aviratam saMsthAnena vanena ca ||4|36|25||

.

navatAm anugRhNAti

zakra-bAna.Asanena ca

ya: ya: bhavati aviratam

saMsthAnena vanena ca

.

nava

navatA

anugRhNAti

zakra

bAna

Asana

aviratam

saMsthAna

.

*m.25 In spring it swells as flowers and tender leaves. In summer it develops as drying up heat.

*vlm.25. It renovates the forest with its gifts of various hues, and dyes them with the variety of colours in the rainbow of Indra.

*sv.23-24-25 It is the consciousness in the seed that in due course manifests as the fruit.

#bANa #bANAsana-m "arrow-discharger", a bow S3ak. #zakrabANAsanam Indra's bow, a rainbow; cf. #indrajAla. navatAm anugRhNAti zakrabAna.Asanena ca | ya: ||4|36| y4036.025

 

26

वसन्तम् उपतिष्ठन्ति पुष्प-पल्लव-राशयः ।

vasantam upatiSThanti puSpa-pallava-rAzaya: |

निदाघ-विधिम् आयान्ति दैव-दाह-विभूतयः ॥४।३६।२६॥

nidAgha-vidhim AyAnti daiva-dAha-vibhUtaya: ||4|36|26||

.

vasantam upatiSThanti

puSpa-pallava-rAzaya: - flower-bud=sprigs =

nidAgha-vidhim AyAnti

daiva-dAha-vibhUtaya: - x.

*m.26-27 In rainy season it pours and fills lakes and tanks. In autumn, it covers the entire land with fog and snow. Thus in all the seasons and years it never violates the law of existence,_aNiyati’.

*vlm.26. It bids the folia, fruits and flowers to wait on the flowery season of spring; and then brings their fruitage to perfection, under the heat of the summer sun.

*sv. This consciousness alone is the different seasons and their characteristics.

Øtt. SEASONS – "six seasons are enumerated, viz. vasanta, "spring " • grISma, "the hot season" • varSAs (f. nom. pl), "the Rains " • zarad, "autumn" • hemanta, "winter" • and zizira, "the cool season".

 

27

प्रावृट् समयम् ईहन्ते नीला जलद-राशयः ।

prAvRT samayam Ihante nIlA* jalada-rAzaya: |

शरदम् च_अनुधावन्ति समग्राः फल-राशयः ॥४।३६।२७॥

zaradam ca_anudhAvanti samagrA: phala-rAzaya: ||4|36|27||

.

prAvRT-samayam –

in the time of the rains

= Ihante –

they proceed

nIlA: jalada-rAzaya: -

blue streaks of cloud

= zaradam ca anudhAvanti –

in the autumn following

= samagrA: -

abundant

= phala-rAzaya: -

fruit-crops.

*m.26-27 In rainy season it pours and fills lakes and tanks. In autumn, it covers the entire land with fog and snow. Thus in all the seasons and years it never violates the law of existence, 'Niyati'.

*vlm.27. It makes the dark blue clouds of heaven, to wait on the approach of the rainy weather; and causes the harvest of fields, to follow in the train of autumn.

*sv.26-27-28-29 This consciousness alone is the different seasons and their characteristics.

वस् #vas – to shine -> #vasanta: - "brilliant (season)" [the Shining], spring (comprising the months caitra and vaizAkha or from mid-March to mid-May) 1 of the 6 #Rtu.Seasons • personified as a friend or attendant of kAmadeva, the god of love) *RV. &c

वृष् #vRS -> #pravRS -> #prAvRS *prAvRt -f.- the rainy season, wet season, rains (the months ASADha and zravaNa, comprising the first half of the rainy season which lasts in some parts from the middle of June till the middle of October) RV. &c ( °Si-ja mfn. produced in the rainy seasons. – there are 6 Rtu.Seasons -> vasanta, "spring " • grISma, "the hot season" • varSA: (f. nom. pl), "the Rains " • zarad, "autumn" • hemanta, "winter " • and zizira, "the cool season".

x

x

25

26

27

 

28

हेमन्ते हिम-हासिन्यो भवन्ति ककुभो दश ।

hemante hima-hAsinya: bhavanti kakubha: daza |

नयन्त्य्_उपलताम् अम्बु शिशिरे शीतल.अनिलाः ॥४।३६।२८॥

nayanti_upalatAm ambu zizire zItala.anilA: ||4|36|28||

.

hemante –

in winter

hima-hAsinya: -

sparkling white snows

bhavanti kakubha: daza –

become the ten directions

nayanti upalatAm ambu –

turning water to stone

zizire zItala.anilA:

.

hemanta

hima

hAsin

bhavanti

nayanti

upala

upalatA

zizira

zItala

anila

.

*vlm.28. The cold season is decorated with its smiling frost, in its faces of the ten sides of the sky; and the dewy weather is made to waft its icicles of dew drops, on the pinions of the chilling winds of winter.

*sv.26-27-28-29 This consciousness alone is the different seasons and their characteristics.

 

29

न जहाति स्वमर्यादाम् कालो युग-मयीम् इमाम् ।

na jahAti sva.maryAdAm kAla: yuga-mayIm imAm |

तरङ्गिणी-तरङ्ग.ओघ-लीलया यान्ति सृष्टयः ॥४।३६।२९॥

taraGgiNI-taraGga.ogha-lIlayA yAnti sRSTaya: ||4|36|29||

.

na jahAti sva.maryAdAm kAla: yuga-mayIm imAm

taraGgiNI-taraGga-ogha-lIlayA yAnti sRSTaya: - by the play of waves in a flood of waves the creations come

.

jahAti

maryAdA

yuga

taraGgiN

ogha

lIlA

yAnti

sRSTi

.

*vlm.29. It makes the ever moving time, to revolve in its rotation of years and cycles and Yuga ages; and causes the tide of creation to roll on in its waves of worlds, on its bosom of the ocean of eternity.

*sv.26-27-28-29 This consciousness alone is the different seasons and their characteristics.

#jahAti - limits

दा #dA -> #AdA -> #maryAdA - "giving or containing clear marks or signs", a frontier, boundary, extreme point, goal (in space and time) (#SaN-mAs-maryAdayA, within six months) • the limits of morality or custom • propriety of conduct.

 

30

नियतिः स्थितिम् आयाति स्थैर्य-चातुर्य-कारिणी ।

niyati: sthitim AyAti sthairya-cAturya-kAriNI |

तिष्ठत्य्_आप्रलयम् धीरा धर.अधरण-धर्मिणी ॥४।३६।३०॥

tiSThati_A=pralayam dhIrA dhara.adharaNa-dharmiNI ||4|36|30||

.

niyati.x.: sthiti.x.m AyAti.coming - niyati.Destiny comes to a state =

sthairya.x.cAturya.skill\cleverness.kAriN.x.I

tiSThat.x.i Apralaya.x.m - remains till Doomsday =

dhIrA.x. dhara.x.adharaNa.x.dharmiN.x.I

.

sthairya

kArin

tiSThati

Apralaya

dhIra

dhara

adharaNa

dharmin

.

*m.30 With this_'niyati' followed in stable manner in an unflinching way, earth continues till the doomsday.

*vlm.30. Its decrees remain fixed with a wonderful stability, and the earth (terra or dhara), continues firm (dhira or sthira), with its quality of containing all things. (In this sloka there is both a homonym and paronym of similar sound and sense in the word dharaa derived from the root dhri: namely, dhiraa, dharaa, = sthiraa, terra and dharana and dharini).

*sv.30..33 It is on account of this consciousness that the entire universe exists as it does supporting an infinite number of beings, till the time of the cosmic dissolution.

.

यम् #yam - #niyam - #niyati -f.- the fixed order of things, necessity, destiny, = svabhAva, #svabhAvasya niyate - y6021.024 • fate, Destiny • restraint, restriction • self-command, self-restraint. •• "The infinite consciousness becomes aware of its inherent power, even as one becomes aware of the limbs of his body: such awareness is known as niyati (the power of the absolute that determines nature). It is also known as daiva or divine dispensation. "- SV.

x

x

28

29

30

 

31

चतुर्दश-विधानि_इह भूतानि भुवन.अन्तरे ।

caturdaza-vidhAni_iha bhUtAni bhuvana.antare |

नानाचार-विहारिणि नाना-विरचनानि च ॥४।३६।३१॥

nAnAcAra-vihAriNi nAnA-viracanAni ca ||4|36|31||

.

fourteen sorts of beings here among the worlds

follow their various ways and various means

.

*vlm.31. It made the universe teem with fourteen kinds of beings in its as many worlds of the chaturdasa-bhuvanas; and these are as different in their modes of life as in their forms and figures. (The Atharvan or last Veda reckons tri-sapta or thrice seven worlds).

*m.31 In all the fourteens worlds with all their multifarious traditions and beliefs, with varied costumes, the fourteen living species are born and annihilated again and again.

*sv.30..33 It is on account of this consciousness that the entire universe exists as it does supporting an infinite number of beings, till the time of the cosmic dissolution.

*jd.31 – caturdaza-vidhAni iha bhUtAni - there are fourteen sorts of beings here = bhuvana=antare - among the worlds = nAnA-AcAra-vihAriNi - carrying-on in various ways = nAnA-viracanAni ca - and various formations.

 

32

पुनः पुनर् विलीयन्ते जायन्ते च पुनः पुनः ।

puna: punar vilIyante jAyante ca puna: puna: |

धारा-परम्परा याति विना वारि_इव बुद्बुदाः ॥४।३६।३२॥

dhArA-paramparA yAti vinA vAri_iva budbudA: ||4|36|32||

.

again and again

they subside

again and again

they are born

they come and go in their own flow

like bubbles in a waterless sea

.

puna: punar_vilIyante

again and again they subside = jAyante ca puna: puna: - again and again they are born = dhArA-paramparA yAti - their respective flow comes = vinA vAri iva budbudA: - like bubbles without water

.

vilIyante

jAyante

dhArA

paramparA

vAri

budbuda

.

*vlm.32. These are repeatedly produced from and reduced to nothing, and move in their wonted courses for ever, as bubbles in the waterless ocean of eternity.

*sv.30..33 It is on account of this consciousness that the entire universe exists as it does supporting an infinite number of beings, till the time of the cosmic dissolution.

*m.32 This world comes and goes with a sense of play. Beings deluded by the mutable things behave like a mad crowd and return again and again to the world till the day of liberation.

*jd.32 - puna: punar_vilIyante - again and again they subside = jAyante ca puna: puna: - again and again they are born = dhArA-paramparA yAti - they come to their respective flow = vinA vAri iva budbudA: - like bubbles without water.

 

33

आयाति याति परितिष्ठति लीलया_अति=

AyAti yAti paritiSThati lIlayA_ati=

स्वर्था_अनुपार्जयति धावति जन्मनाशैः ।

svarthA_anupArjayati dhAvati janmanAzai: |

उन्मत्तवद् विहित-भावनम् आहित.ईहा

unmattavat vihita-bhAvanam Ahita.IhA

मुग्धा कृतान्त-विवशा जनता वराकी ॥४।३६।३३॥

mugdhA kRtAnta-vivazA janatA varAkI ||4|36|33||

.

AyAti yAti –

coming and going

paritiSThati lIlayA ati-svarthA anupArjayati

dhAvati x

janma-nAzai: / janmanA_Azai:

running with birth and destruction

unmattavad vihita-bhAvanam AhitA IhA

mugdhA kRtAnta-vivazA janatA varAkI - x.

*vlm.33. Here the miserable multitudes, moving mad in vain struggles after their desired objects, and in their imbecility under the subjection of disease and death. They are incessantly coming to life and going away in their exits, remaining in their living states and acquiring their ends, and for ever running to and fro, in their repeated births and deaths in this world.

*sv.30..33 It is on account of this consciousness that the entire universe exists as it does supporting an infinite number of beings, till the time of the cosmic dissolution.

.

x

fourteen sorts of beings here among the worlds

follow their various ways and various means

 

.

oॐm

.

 

Group Page

https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga.vasishtha

Complete YVFiles https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0

 

x

चित् संवित्त्या.उच्यते जीव:

cit saMvittyA_ucyate jIva:

संकल्पात्स मनो भवेत् ।

saMkalpAt sa: mana: bhavet |

बुद्धि: चित्तmaहंकार:

buddhi: cittam ahaMkAra:

माया-इति.आदि.अभिधम् तत:॥

mAyA.iti.Adi .abhidham tata:||

y3067.021/FM.3.67.21

 

 

next Canto:

FM4037-38 STILLNESS 1.DC20-21 14+23=.z37

https://www.dropbox.com/s/vc99cbznfk0xor7/fm4037-38%201.dc20-21%20STILLNESS%2014%2B23%3Dz.37.docx?dl=0

FM.4.1-FM.4.29

https://www.dropbox.com/s/j9npbjjp4qnopj5/FM.4.1-FM.4.29.docx?dl=0

 

+++

 

santoSaH paramo lAbhaH satsaGgaH paramA gatiH |
vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||

सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥

Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.

                             -- Yoga Vasishtha 

The complete YVFiles of this masterpiece can be found at

http://goo.gl/k3hRBX  

--
You received this message because you are subscribed to the Google Groups "yoga vasishtha" group.
To unsubscribe from this group and stop receiving emails from it, send an email to yoga-vasishth...@googlegroups.com.
To post to this group, send email to yoga-va...@googlegroups.com.
To view this discussion on the web visit https://groups.google.com/d/msgid/yoga-vasishtha/b2cfd699-654b-4bd6-a8cb-d32ca4f898b1%40googlegroups.com.
For more options, visit https://groups.google.com/d/optout.

[Jiva Das]

FM3036 THE ORDER OF BATTLE 1.JE04-06

https://www.dropbox.com/s/r1emvu1vewvvsit/fm3036%201.je04-06%20The%20ORDER%20OF%20BATTLE%20.z67.docx?dl=0

FM.3.1-FM.3.49...

https://www.dropbox.com/s/cezwyr92jlzal0a/FM.3.1-FM.3.49....docx?dl=0



FM.3.36 THE ORDER OF BATTLE 1.JE04-06

सर्ग ३.३६

sarga 3.36

वसिष्ठ* उवाच ।

vasiSTha* uvAca |

अथ शृङ्ग.उपमानेषु स्थितेषु शर.राशिषु ।

atha zRGga.upamAneSu sthiteSu zara.rAziSu |

सर्व.भीरुषु भग्नेषु विद्रुतेषु दिशो दश ॥३।३६।१॥

sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu vidruteSu diza:_daza ||3|36|1||

मातङ्ग.शव.शैलेषु विश्रान्त.अम्बुद.पङ्क्तिषु ।

mAtaGga.zava.zaileSu vizrAnta.ambuda.paGktiSu |

यक्ष.रक्षःपिशाचेषु क्रीडत्सु रुधिर.अर्णवे ॥३।३६।२॥

yakSa.rakSa:pizAceSu krIDatsu rudhira.arNave ||3|36|2||

महताम् धर्म.निष्ठानाम् शील.ओजस्.सत्त्व.शालिनाम् ।

mahatAm dharma.niSThAnAm zIla.ojas.sattva.zAlinAm |

शुद्धानाम् कुल.पद्मानाम् वीराणाम् अनिवर्तिनाम् ॥३।३६।३॥

zuddhAnAm kula.padmAnAm vIrANAm a.nivartinAm ||3|36|3||

द्वन्द्व.युद्धानि जानानि मेघानाम् इव गर्जताम् ।

dvandva.yuddhAni jAnAni meghAnAm iva garjatAm |

मिथः.निगरणता उत्कानि मिलन्ति आपग.पूरवत् ॥३।३६।४॥

mitha:.nigaraNatA_utkAni_milanti_Apaga.pUravat ||3|36|4||

पञ्जरः पञ्जरेन इव गज.ओघेन गज.उच्चयः ।

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja.oghena gaja.uccaya: |

स.वनः स.वनेन अद्रिर् अद्रिणा इव अमिलद् बलात् ॥३।३६।५॥

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt ||3|36|5||

अश्व.ओघो मिलद् अश्वानाम् वृन्देन आरावि.रहंसा ।

azva.ogha:_milat_azvAnAm vRndena_ArAvi.rahaMsA |

तरङ्ग.ओघेन घोषेण तरङ्ग.ओघ इव अर्णवे ॥३।३६।६॥

taraGga.oghena ghoSeNa taraGga.ogha* iva_arNave ||3|36|6||

नर.अनीकम् नर.अनीकः समायुधम् अयोधयत् ।

nara.anIkam nara.anIka: samAyudham ayodhayat |

वेण्वौघम् इव वेण्वौघो मरुल्लोलो मरुद्वलम् ॥३।३६।७॥

veNu.ogham iva veNu.ogha:_marut.lola:_marut.valam ||3|36|7||

रथ.ओघश् च रथ.ओघेन निष्पिपेष अखिलम् वपुः ।

ratha.ogha:_ca ratha.oghena niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: |

नगरम् नगरेन इव दैवेन उड्डीनम् असुरम् ॥३।३६।८॥

nagaram nagarena_iva daivena_uDDInam asuram ||3|36|8||

सरच्.छर.भरासार.रचित.आपूर्व.वारिदम् ।

sarat.zara.bharAsAra.racita.ApUrva.vAridam |

युयुधे स्थगित.आकाशा धनुर् धर.पताकिनी ॥३।३६।९॥

yuyudhe sthagita.AkAzA dhanu: dhara.patAkinI ||3|36|9||

विषम.आयुध.युद्धेषु योद्धारः पेलव.आशयाः ।

viSama.Ayudha.yuddheSu yoddhAra: pelava.AzayA: |

यदा युक्त्या पलायन्ते रण.कल्प.अनले तदा ॥३।३६।१०॥

yadA yuktyA palAyante raNa.kalpa.anale tadA ||3|36|10||

मिलिताश् चक्रिणो चक्रो धनुर् धारैर् धनुर् धराः ।

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:_dhArai:_dhanu:.dharA: |

खड्गिभिः खड्ग.योद्धारो भुशुण्डीभिर् भुशुण्डयः ॥३।३६।११॥

khaDgibhi: khaDga.yoddhAra:_bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: ||3|36|11||

मुसलैर् मुसल.उदाराः कुन्तिनः कुन्ति.धारिभिः ।

musalai: musala.udArA: kuntina: kunti.dhAribhi: |

ऋष्टि.आयु*धा* ऋष्टि.धरैः प्रासिभिः प्रास.पाणयः ॥३।३६।१२॥

RSTi.AyudhA* RSTi.dharai: prAsibhi: prAsa.pANaya: ||3|36|12||

स.मुद्ग*रा* मुद्गरिभिः स.गदैर् विलसद् गदाः ।

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa.gadai:_vilasat_gadA: |

शाक्तिकैः शक्ति.योद्ध.आरः शूलैः शूल.विशारदाः ॥३।३६।१३॥

zAktikai: zakti.yoddha.Ara: zUlai: zUla.vizAradA: ||3|36|13||

प्रास.असन.विदः प्रासैः परशु.उक्ताः परश्वधैः ।

prAsa.asana.vida: prAsai: parazu.uktA: parazvadhai: |

लकुट.उद्यैर् लकुटिनश् च उपलैर् उपल.आयुधाः ॥३।३६।१४॥

lakuTa.udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala.AyudhA: ||3|36|14||

पाशिभिः पाश.धारिण्यः शङ्कुभिः शङ्कु.धारिणः ।

pAzibhi: pAza.dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku.dhAriNa: |

क्षुरिकाभिस् तु क्षुरिकाः भिन्दिपालैश् च तद्.गताः ॥३।३६।१५॥

kSurikAbhi:_tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat.gatA: ||3|36|15||

वज्र.मुष्टि.ध*रा* वज्रैर् अङ्कुशैर् अङ्कुश.उद्धताः ।

vajra.muSTi.dharA* vajrai:_aGkuzai:_aGkuza.uddhatA: |

हलैर् हल.निकाष.ज्ञास् त्रिशूलैश् च त्रिशूलिनः ॥३।३६।१६॥

halai:_hala.nikASa.jJA:_trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: ||3|36|16||

शृङ्खला.जालिनो जालैः शृङ्खlair अलि.कोमलैः ।

zRGkhalA.jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai:_ali.komalai: |

क्षुभित.अकल्प.विक्षुब्ध.सागर.ऊर्मि.घटा इव ॥३।३६।१७॥

kSubhita.akalpa.vikSubdha.sAgara.Urmi.ghaTA* iva ||3|36|17||

क्षुब्ध.चक्र.दल.आवर्तः शर.सीकर.मारुतः ।

kSubdha.cakra.dala.Avarta: zara.sIkara.mAruta: |

प्रभ्रमद्धेति.मकरो व्योम.एक.अर्णव आबभौ ॥३।३६।१८॥

prabhramat*heti.makara:_vyoma.eka.arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||

उत्फुल्ल.आयुध.कल्लोल.शिर.आकुल.जलेचरः ।

utphulla.Ayudha.kallola.zira.Akula.jalecara: |

रोदोरन्ध्र.समुद्रो ऽसौ बभूव अमर.दुस्तरः ॥३।३६।१९॥

rodorandhra.samudra:_asau babhUva_amara.dustara: ||3|36|19||

दिव्या अष्टक.जन.अनीकम् पक्ष.द्वयतया तया ।

divyA_aSTaka.jana.anIkam pakSa.dvayatayA tayA |

अर्धेन अर्धेन कुपितम् भूपालाभ्याम् तथा स्थितम् ॥३।३६।२०॥

ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam ||3|36|20||

मध्यदेश.आदि.संख्याने प्राग्.दिग्भ्यो ऽभ्यागतान् इमान् ।

madhya.deza.Adi.saMkhyAne prAk.digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |

लीला.नाथस्य पद्मस्य पक्षे जनपदान् शृणु ॥३।३६।२१॥

lIlA.nAthasya padmasya pakSe janapadAn zRNu ||3|36|21||

पूर्वस्याम् कोसलाः काशि.माग*धा* मथिल.उत्कलाः ।

pUrvasyAm kosalA: kAzi.mAgadhA* mathila.utkalA: |

मेखलाः कर्क*रा* मुद्रास् तथा संग्राम.शौण्डकाः ॥३।३६।२२॥

mekhalA: karkarA* mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma.zauNDakA: ||3|36|22||

मुख्या हिमा रुद्रमुख्यास् ताम्र.लिप्तास् तथैव च ।

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:_tAmra.liptA:_tathaiva ca |

प्राग्.ज्योतिषा वाजि.मुखा अम्बष्ठाः पुरुषादकाः ॥३।३६।२३॥

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji.mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: ||3|36|23||

वर्ण.कोष्ठाः स.विश्वोत्रा आम.मीन.आशनास् तथा ।

varNa.koSThA: sa.vizvotrA* Ama.mIna.AzanA:_tathA |

व्याघ्र.वक्राः किराताश् च सौवी*रा* एक.पादकाः ॥३।३६।२४॥

vyAghra.vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka.pAdakA: ||3|36|24||

माल्यवान्.नाम शैलो 'त्र शिबि.राञ्जन* एव च ।

mAlyavAn.nAma zaila:_atra zibi.rAJjana* eva ca |

वृषल.ध्वज.पद्म.आdyAs तथा उदय.करो गिरिः ॥३।३६।२५॥

vRSala.dhvaja.padma.AdyA:_tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: ||3|36|25||

अथ प्राग्.दक्षिणायाम् त्व् इमे विन्ध्य.आदि.वासिनः ।

atha prAk.dakSiNAyAm tu_ime vindhya.Adi.vAsina: |

चेदयो वत्स.दाशार्णा अङ्ग.वङ्ग.उपवङ्गकाः ॥३।३६।२६॥

cedaya:_vatsa.dAzArNA* aGga.vaGga.upavaGgakA: ||3|36|26||

कलिङ्ग.पुण्ड्र.जठ*रा* विदर्भा* मेखलास् तथा ।

kaliGga.puNDra.jaTharA* vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA |

शबरानन.वर्णाश् च कर्णा.त्रिपुर.पूरकाः ॥३।३६।२७॥

zabarAnana.varNA:_ca karNA.tripura.pUrakA: ||3|36|27||

कण्टक.स्थल.नामानः पृथग्.दीपक.कोमलाः ।

kaNTaka.sthala.nAmAna: pRthak.dIpaka.komalA: |

कर्ण.अन्ध्राश् चौलिकाश् च एव तथा चार्मण्वता अपि ॥३।३६।२८॥

karNa.andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva tathA cArmaNvatA* api ||3|36|28||

काकका हेम.कुड्याश् च तथा श्मश्रु.ध*रा* अपि ।

kAkakA* hema.kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru.dharA* api |

बलिग्रीव.महाग्रीवाः किष्किन्धा नालि.केरिणः ॥३।३६।२९॥

baligrIva.mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli.keriNa: ||3|36|29||

अथ लीला.पतेर् अस्य दक्षिणस्याम् इमे नृपाः ।

atha lIlA.pate:_asya dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: |

विन्ध्यो ऽथ कुसुम.आपीडो महेन्द्रो दर्दुअस् तथा ॥३।३६।३०॥

vindhya:_atha kusuma.ApIDa:_mahendra:_dardura:_tathA ||3|36|30||

मलयः सूर्यवान् च एव गणा* राज्य.समृद्धकाः ।

malaya: sUryavAn ca_eva gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: |

अवन्तिर् इति विख्यातास् तथा शाम्भवाति इति च ॥३।३६।३१॥

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca ||3|36|31||

दश.पूर.कथा.चक्रा.रेषिक.अतुर.कच्छपाः ।

daza.pUra.kathA.cakrA* reSika.atura.kacchapA: |

वन.वास.उपगिरयस् ते भद्र.गिरयस् तथा ॥३।३६।३२॥

vana.vAsa.upagiraya:_te bhadra.giraya:_tathA ||3|36|32||

नाग*रा* दण्डकाश् च एव गण.राष्ट्र.नृ.राष्ट्रकाः ।

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva gaNa.rASTra.nR.rASTrakA: |

साहा शैवर्ष्य.मूकाश् च कर्कोटा* वन.बिम्बलाः ॥३।३६।३३॥

sAhA.zaivarSya.mUkA:_ca karkoTA* vana.bimbalA: ||3|36|33||

पम्पा.निवासिनश् च एव कैरकाः कर्क.वीरकाः ।

pampA.nivAsina:_ca_eva kairakA: karka.vIrakA: |

स्वेरिका यासिकाश् च एव धर्म.पत्तन.पञ्जिकाः ॥३।३६।३४॥

sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva dharma.pattana.paJjikA: ||3|36|34||

काशिकास् तृष्ण.खल्लुला.यादास् ते ताम्र.पर्णकाः ।

kAzikA:_tRSNa.khallulA.yAdA:_te tAmra.parNakA: |

गोनर्दाः कनकाश् च एव दीन.पत्तन.नामकाः ॥३।३६।३५॥

gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva dIna.pattana.nAmakA: ||3|36|35||

ताम्रीका दम्भर.आकीर्णाः सह.कार.एणकास् तथा ।

tAmrIkA* dambhara.AkIrNA: saha.kAra.eNakA:_tathA |

वैतुण्डकास् तुम्बवनाला.जिन.द्वीप.कर्णिकाः ॥३।३६।३६॥

vaituNDakA:_tumbavanAlA.jina.dvIpa.karNikA: ||3|36|36||

कर्णिक.आभाश् च शिबयः कौङ्कणाश् चित्रकूटकाः ।

karNika.AbhA:_ca zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |

कर्णाट.मण्ट.वटका महाकटकिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।३७॥

karNATa.maNTa.vaTakA* mahAkaTakikA:_tathA ||3|36|37||

आन्ध्राश् च कोल.गिरयश् च अवन्ति.कविचेरिकाः ।

AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca_avanti.kavicerikA: |

चण्डायत्ता* देवनकाः क्रौञ्चा* वाहास् तथैव च ॥३।३६।३८॥

caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|38||

शिलाक्षार.उदभो.नन्द.मर्दना मलय.अभिधाः ।

zilA.akSAra.udabha:.nanda.mardanA* malaya.abhidhA: |

ते चित्रकूट.शिख*रा* लङ्का.रक्षः.गणाः स्मृताः ॥३।३६।३९॥

te citrakUTa.zikharA laGkA.rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: ||3|36|39||

अथ प्रत्यg.दक्षिणस्याम् महा.राज्य.सुराष्ट्रकाः ।

atha pratyak.dakSiNasyAm mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: |

सिन्धु.सौवीर.शूद्र.आख्याः आभी*रा* द्रविडाः_तथा ॥३।३६।४०॥

sindhu.sauvIra.zUdra.AkhyA: AbhIrA* draviDA: tathA ||3|36|40||

कीकटाः सिद्ध.खण्ड.आख्यास् तथा कालि.रुहा अपि ।

kIkaTA: siddha.khaNDa.AkhyA:_tathA kAli.ruhA* api |

अत्र हेम.गिरिः शैलस् तथा रैवतको गिरिः ॥३।३६।४१॥

atra hema.giri: zaila:_tathA raivataka:_giri: ||3|36|41||

जय.कच्छो मयवरो यवनास् तत्र जन्तवः ।

jaya.kaccha:_mayavara:_yavanA:_tatra jantava: |

बाह्वीका मार्गण.आवन्ता* धूम्रास् तुम्बक.नामकाः ॥३।३६।४२॥

bAhvIkA* mArgaNa.AvantA* dhUmrA:tumbaka.nAmakA: ||3|36|42||

तथा लाज.गणाश् च एव तथा अत्र गिरि.वासिनः ।

tathA lAja.gaNA:_ca_eva tathA_atra giri.vAsina: |

ततो ऽब्धि.तोक.नियुता एते लीला.पतेर् जनाः ॥३।३६।४३॥

tata:_abdhi.toka.niyutA* ete lIlA.pate:_janA: ||3|36|43||

अथ तत्.प्रतिपक्ष.स्थान् इमान् जनपदान् शृणु ।

atha tat.pratipakSa.sthAn imAn janapadAn zRNu |

पश्चिमायाम् दिशि प्रौढा इमे तावत् महाद्रयः ॥३।३६।४४॥

pazcimAyAm dizi prauDhA* ime tAvan_mahA.adraya: ||3|36|44||

मणिमान्.नाम शैल.इन्द्रः कुरार्पण.गिरिः तथा ।

maNimAn.nAma zaila.indra: kurArpaNa.giri: tathA |

वनो ऽर्क.हो मेघ.भवश् चक्रवान् अस्त.पर्वतः ॥३।३६।४५॥

vana:_arka.ha:_megha.bhava:_cakravAn asta.parvata: ||3|36|45||

जनाः पञ्च.जना नाम काश.ब्रह्म.चयान्तकाः ।

janA: paJca.janA* nAma kAza.brahma.cayAntakA: |

तथैव भार.क्षतथाः पारकाः शान्तिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४६॥

tathaiva bhAra.kSatathA: pArakA: zAntikA:_tathA ||3|36|46||

शैब्य.आरमरक.आयाच्छा गुहुत्वा* नियकास् तथा ।

zaibya.Aramaraka.AyAcchA* guhutvA* niyamA:_tathA |

हैहयाः सुह्य.गायाश् च ताजिका हूणकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४७॥

haihayA: suhya.gAyA:_ca tAjikA* hUNakA:_tathA ||3|36|47||

पार्श्वे.कतकयोः कर्का गिरि.पर्ण.अवmAs तथा ।

pArzve.katakayo: karkA* giri.parNa.avamA:_tathA |

संत्यक्त.धर्म.मर्याdAs ते वर्णा म्लेच्छ.जातयः ॥३।३६। ४८॥

saMtyakta.dharma.maryAdA:_te varNA* mleccha.jAtaya: ||3|36|48||

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् योजनानाम् शत.द्वयम् ।

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_yojanAnAm zata.dvayam |

ततो महेन्द्र.शिखरी मुक्ता.मणि.मय.अवनिः ॥३।३६।४९॥

tata:_mahendra.zikharI muktA.maNi.maya.avani: ||3|36|49||

युते मही.धर.शतैर् अथ अश्वो नाम पर्वतः ।

yute mahI.dhara.zatai:_atha_azva:_nAma parvata: |

ततो महार्णवो भीमः पातियात्र.गिरिस् तटे ॥३।३६।५०॥

tata:_mahArNava:_bhIma: pAtiyAtra.giri:_taTe ||3|36|50||

पश्चिम.उत्तर.दिग्.भागे देशो गिरिमति स्थितः ।

pazcima.uttara.dik.bhAge deza:_girimati sthita: |

तथा वेणुपतिश् च एव ततो नर.पतिर् मही ॥३।३६।५१॥

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva tata:_nara.pati: mahI ||3|36|51||

तथा फल्गुणकाश् च एव माण्डव्य.अनेक.नेत्रकाः ।

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya.aneka.netrakA: |

पुरुकुन्दाश् च पाराश् च भानु.मण्डल.भावनाः ॥३।३६।५२॥

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu.maNDala.bhAvanA: ||3|36|52||

वन्मिला नलिना दीर्घा दीर्घ.केश.अङ्ग.बाहवः ।

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha.keza.aGga.bAhava: |

रङ्गाश् च स्तनिकाश् च अन्या गुरुहाश् चलुहास् तथा ॥३।३६।५३॥

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA ||3|36|53||

ततः स्त्री.राष्ट्रम् अतुलम् गोवृष.अपत्य.भोजनम् ।

tata: strI.rASTram atulam govRSa.apatya.bhojanam |

अथ उत्तरस्याम् हिमवान् क्रौञ्चो ऽथ मधुमान् गिरिः ॥३।३६।५४॥

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: ||3|36|54||

कैलासे वसुमान् मेरुः तत्.पादेषु जना उभे ।

kailAse vasumAn meru: tat.pAdeSu janA* ubhe |

मद्र.आवारा इव यौधेया* मालवाः शूर.सेनिकाः ॥३।३६।५५॥

madra.AvArA* iva yaudheyA* mAlavA: zUra.senikA: ||3|36|55||

राजन्याश् च तथा ज्ञेया अर्जुनातनयः तथा ।

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA* arjunAtanaya: tathA |

त्रिगर्त* एकपात्.क्षुद्राम् अबला.स्वस्त.वासिनः ॥३।३६।५६॥

trigarta* ekapAt.kSudrAm abalA.svasta.vAsina: ||3|36|56||

अबलाः प्रखलाः शाकाः क्षेम.धूर्तय एव च ।

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA: kSema.dhUrtaya_eva ca |

दश.धाना.गावसन्य.दण्डाहन्य.सनास् तथा ॥३।३६।५७॥

daza.dhAnA.gAvasanya.daNDAhanya.sanA:_tathA ||3|36|57||

धान.दाः सरकाश्_च एव वाटधानास् तथ एव च ।

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca |

अन्तर.द्वीप.गान्धारास् तथा अवन्ति.सुरास् तथा ॥३।३६।५८॥

antara.dvIpa.gAndhArA:_tathA_avanti.surA: tathA ||3|36|58||

अथ तक्षशिला नाम तto वीलव.गोधनी ।

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava.godhanI |

पुष्कर.आवर्त.देशस्य यशोवति.मही ततः ॥३।३६।५९॥

puSkara.Avarta.dezasya yazovati.mahI tata: ||3|36|59||

ततो नाभिमतिर् भूमिस् तिक्षाः कालवरास् तथा ।

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA |

काहकम् नगरम् च एव सुर.भूति.पुरम् तथा ॥३।३६।६०॥

kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura.bhUti.puram tathA ||3|36|60||

तथैव रतिकादर्शाः अन्तरादर्शे एव च ।

tathA_eva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca |

ततः पिङ्गल.पाण्डव्यम् यामुने यातु.धानकाः ॥३।३६।६१॥

tata: piGgala.pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: ||3|36|61||

मानवा नाङ्गना हेम.तालाः स्वस्व.मुखास् तथा ।

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva.mukhA: tathA |

हिमवान् वसुमान् क्रौञ्च.कैलासाव् इत्य् अगास् तथा ॥३।३६।६२॥

himavAn vasumAn krauJca.kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA ||3|36|62||

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् अशीति.शत.योजना ।

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata.yojanA |

अथ प्राग्.उत्तरस्याम् तु क्रमाज् जनपदाच्*छणु ॥३।३६।६३॥

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt*zRNu ||3|36|63||

कालुता ब्रह्म.पुत्राश् च कुणिदाः खदिनास् तथा ।

kAlutA* brahma.putrA:_ca kuNidA: khadinA: tathA |

मालवा रन्ध्र.राज्याश् च वाना राष्ट्रास् तथा एव च ॥३।३६।६४॥

mAlavA* randhra.rAjyA:_ca vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|64||

केडवस् ताः सिंह.पुत्रास् तथा वामनताम् गताः ।

keDava:_tA: siMha.putrA: tathA vAmanatAm gatA: |

सावा.कच्चा.पलवहाः कामि*रा* दरदास् तथा ॥३।३६।६५॥

sAvA.kaccA.palavahA: kAmirA* daradA:_tathA ||3|36|65||

अभिस.आसद.जार्वकाः पलोल.कुचि.कौतुकाः ।

abhisa.Asada.jArvakA: palola.kuci.kautukA: |

किरातायाम् उपाताश् च दीनाः स्वर्ग.मही ततः ॥३।३६।६६॥

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca dInA: svarga.mahI tata: ||3|36|66||

देव.स्थल.उपवन.भूस्तदनु.उदित.श्रीः

deva.sthala.upavana.bhU:tadanu.udita.zrI:

विश्वावसोर् तदनु मन्दिरम् उत्तमम् च ।

vizvAvaso:_tadanu mandiram uttamam ca |

कैलास.भूस् तदनु मञ्जु.वनश् च

kailAsa.bhU:_tadanu maJju.vana:_ca

शैलो विद्याधर.अमर.विमान.समान.भूमिः ॥३।३६।६७॥

zaila:_vidyAdhara.amara.vimAna.samAna.bhUmi: ||3|36|67||







*O*ॐm







[image: http://srimadbhagavatam.org/images/caligraphy.gif]



*[image: image not displayed]*









*The Order of Battle*

*+++*



*VASISHTHA said—*



अथ शृङ्ग.उपमानेषु स्थितेषु शर.राशिषु ।

atha zRGga.upamAneSu sthiteSu zara.rAziSu |

सर्व.भीरुषु भग्नेषु विद्रुतेषु दिशो दश ॥३।३६।१॥

sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu vidruteSu diza:_daza ||3|36|1||

.

*and so it was*

*: *

*they looked like hills, high heaps of spears*

*abandoned by the ever.fearful*

*runners *

*broken in spirit*

*wounded in flesh*

*who fled in all ten directions*

*.*

*jd. "ten directions: S,SW,W,NW,N,NE,E,SE,Up,Down

:

in one sense

some soldier is Up a Tree or Down a hiding.Hole

but more broadly

we've shifted dimensions

from the flat plane of 4 Primary (SWEN) + 4 Secondary (SW.NW.NE.SE)

Up and Down take us to solidity

.

atha.*then/next whin *zRGga*.xx.*upamAna*.xx.*eSu sthita.*existent/situate*.
*.*eSu zara.*arrow.*rAzi*.xx.*Su + sarva.*all/everything.*bhIru*.xx.*Su
bhagna*.xx.*eSu vidruta*.xx.s.*eSu diz.*direction/place.s.*a: daza.*ten.xx.*

.

*vlmitra.3.36.1 The heaps of arrows rising in spires above the ground,

drove the cowards and the wounded afar from the field.

मातङ्ग.शव.शैलेषु विश्रान्त.अम्बुद.पङ्क्तिषु ।

mAtaGga.zava.zaileSu vizrAnta.ambuda.paGktiSu |

यक्ष.रक्षःपिशाचेषु क्रीडत्सु रुधिर.अर्णवे ॥३।३६।२॥

yakSa.rakSa:pizAceSu krIDatsu rudhira.arNave ||3|36|2||

.

*.*

*they*

*rushed past*

*hills of dead elephants;*

*and clouds of*

*yakSa.Guardians, rakSa.Demons, & pizAca.Cannibals*

*playing their games*

*in the bloody ocean*

*.*

wh*in* mAtaGga.*elephant.*zava*.corpse.*zaila.*stony/mountain.s.*eSu
vizrAnta.*reposed**.a water.giving* ambuda.*raincloud.*paGkti
*.collection..s.*Su + yakSa.*Warder**.demon.*rakSas*.Guard.demon.*pizAca
*.Pishaacha.Cannibal.*eSu krIDant*.playing/sporting.*su wh*in* rudhira
*.bloody.*arNava.*foaming.sea.*e

*. *

*vlmitra.2. The hills of the dead bodies of men, horses and elephants,

heaving in promiscuous heaps, and appearing as clouds fallen upon earth,
invited the yakSas and RákSasas, and the carnivorous Pisáchas, to come and
sport in the wide ocean of blood.

*wh*in* mAtaGga.*elephant.*zava*.corpse.*zaila.*stony/mountain.s.*eSu
vizrAnta.*reposed**.a water.giving* ambuda.*raincloud.*paGkti
*.collection..s.*Su + yakSa.*Warder**.demon.*rakSas*.Guard.demon.*pizAca
*.Pishaacha.Cannibal.*eSu krIDant*.playing/sporting.*su wh*in* rudhira
*.bloody.*arNava.*foaming.sea.*e



महताम् धर्म.निष्ठानाम् शील.ओजस्.सत्त्व.शालिनाम् ।

mahatAm dharma.niSThAnAm zIla.ojas.sattva.zAlinAm |

शुद्धानाम् कुल.पद्मानाम् वीराणाम् अनिवर्तिनाम् ॥३।३६।३॥

zuddhAnAm kula.padmAnAm vIrANAm a.nivartinAm ||3|36|3||

.

*but*

*of the great ones,*

*of the dharma.settled ones,*

*with good manners,*

*full of courage in sattva,*

*of those pure ones,*

*of the lotuses of their clan,*

*of the heroic ones,*

*of those who do not run away*

*—*

mahatAm dharma.niSThAnAm x

zIla*.*ojas.sattva.zAlinAm x

zuddhAnAm kula.padmAnAm x

vIrANAm a.nivartinAm *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.3. Now there commenced a commutual contest, betwixt men of rank

and virtue, and those of good character, valour and strength on both sides;
not excepting even the holy and household people, all of whom took part in
the combat, (that is, no condition of life, nor age nor sex, could escape
the contagion of a warfare).

द्वन्द्व.युद्धानि जानानि मेघानाम् इव गर्जताम् ।

dvandva.yuddhAni jAnAni meghAnAm iva garjatAm |

मिथः.निगरणता उत्कानि मिलन्ति आपग.पूरवत् ॥३।३६।४॥

mitha:*.*nigaraNatA_utkAni_milanti_Apaga.pUravat ||3|36|4||

.

*two*

*dueling troops of peoples*

*meet*

*like two contending clouds as each seeks to swallow each*

*or as a river floods a city*

*.*

dvandva*.xx.*yuddha*.battle/war.s*.Ani jAna*.birth/origin.s*.Ani *of those*
megha.*cloud.s*.AnAm iva.*like/as.if* garja*.xx.ness.*tA m + mithas*.xx *
nigaraNa*.xx.*tA_utka*.s*.Ani milant*.xx.*i Apaga*.xx.*pUra*.xx.*vat *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.4. Duels were fought between these, like the clashing of one cloud

with another; and like the confluence of two streams discharging their fury
against each other.

#gRR . to eat . #nigRR to swallow, devour. . *#**nigaraNa* *.n..* =
#nigara, zaMk.; *.m..* the throat. Lex.; the smoke of a burnt offering Lex.
(cf. #nigaNa). *.* *nigaraNatA *the state of swallowing, the mingling (of
clouds) meghAnA*m *iva garjatAm | mithas.nigaraNatA, y3036.004.



पञ्जरः पञ्जरेन इव गज.ओघेन गज.उच्चयः ।

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja*.*oghena gaja*.*uccaya: |

स.वनः स.वनेन अद्रिर् अद्रिणा इव अमिलद् बलात् ॥३।३६।५॥

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt ||3|36|5||

.

*skeletons clank against skeletons,*

*elephant.herds meet elephants,*

*—hour after hour, watch after watch—*

*mountain meets mountain,*

*strength meets strength*

*.*

*vlmitra.5. As a rib is joined to another, and one side with the other, so

met the horse against the horse, and elephant opposed the elephant in
mutual conflict.

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja*.*oghena gaja*.*uccaya: =

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt* .* *x *

*. *



अश्व.ओघो मिलद् अश्वानाम् वृन्देन आरावि.रहंसा ।

azva*.*ogha:_milat_azvAnAm vRndena_ArAvi.rahaMsA |

तरङ्ग.ओघेन घोषेण तरङ्ग.ओघ इव अर्णवे ॥३।३६।६॥

taraGga.oghena ghoSeNa taraGga.ogha* iva_arNave ||3|36|6||

.

*the horses*

*meet*

*like joining floods*

*a jangling crushing multitude meeting in their neigh.saying noise*

*:*

*an ocean.surge of waves that dash & burst against another surge*

*.*

azva*.horse.*ogha.*flood/multitude*.: milant*.xx.* *of those* azva
*.horse.s.*AnAm *by/with* vRnda*.multitude/heap.*ena ArAvi*.xx.*rahaMsA
*.xx.* + taraGga.*wave.*ogha.*flood/multitude*.ena ghoSa*.xx.*eNa taraGga.
*wave.*ogha.*flood/multitude*. iva.*like/as.if whin* arNava.*foaming.sea.*e*
.* *. *

*vlmitra.6. As one forest clasps and clings to another, and one hill is

linked with the other in a range, so the duelists strove together, as one
wave dashes against the other.

नर.अनीकम् नर.अनीकः समायुधम् अयोधयत् ।

nara.anIkam nara.anIka: samAyudham ayodhayat |

वेण्वौघम् इव वेण्वौघो मरुल्लोलो मरुद्वलम् ॥३।३६।७॥

veNu.ogham iva veNu.ogha:_marut.lola:_marut.valam ||3|36|7||

*.*

*infantry meet infantry*

*fighting together equally*

*as bamboo spears meet bamboo spears*

*:*

*a forest clattering in the wind*

*.*

nara.anIkam

narAnIka:

samAyudham

ayodhayat |

veNu.ogham iva

veNu.ogha:

marut.lola:_marut.valam *.* *x *

*vlmitra.7. Footmen fought with footmen, as the reeds crush the reeds, and

bamboos clash against one another, and the contrary winds struggle between
themselves.

रथ.ओघश् च रथ.ओघेन निष्पिपेष अखिलम् वपुः ।

ratha.ogha:_ca ratha.oghena niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: |

नगरम् नगरेन इव दैवेन उड्डीनम् असुरम् ॥३।३६।८॥

nagaram nagarena_iva daivena_uDDInam asuram ||3|36|8||

.

*chariot.flood against chariot.flood*

*—*

*frame pounding against frame*

*—*

*it was like city fighting city*

*when*

*the gods fought the asura Darklings*

*.*

ratha*.*ogha:_ca ratha*.*oghena x

niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: x

nagaram nagarena_iva x

daivena_uDDInam asuram *x *

.

*vlmitra.8. Cars falling upon cars, and chariots running against chariots,

broke one another to pieces; and the citizens beat the rustics, as the
Devas smote the demons of old.

सरच्.छर.भरासार.रचित.आपूर्व.वारिदम् ।

sarat.zara.bharAsAra.racita.ApUrva.vAridam |

युयुधे स्थगित.आकाशा धनुर् धर.पताकिनी ॥३।३६।९॥

yuyudhe sthagita.AkAzA dhanu: dhara.patAkinI ||3|36|9||

.

*the archers*

*sent*

*a flow of arrows in an overflowing cloud*

*—*

*they battled hidden by their many banners, those bannered bowmen*

*.*

sarat.zara.bharAsAra.racita*.*A.pUrva.vAridam

*m *sarat.*arrow*.bharAsAra.racita*.*A.pUrva.vArida

yuyudhe sthagita*.*AkAzA *they warred hiding the sky *

dhanu:.dhara.patAkinI *bow.bearer.banners *

*.*

*vlmitra.9. The sky which had been erewhile clouded by the flight of

arrows, was now emblazoned by the banner of the bowyer, resembling the
rainbow of various colours.

#sthag . #*sthagita *. covered, concealed, hidden (#sthagitA sarasvatI,

"sarasvatI has hidden herself "= "I cannot express myself") • closed, shut

(as a door) • stopped, interrupted .



विषम.आयुध.युद्धेषु योद्धारः पेलव.आशयाः ।

viSama.Ayudha.yuddheSu yoddhAra: pelava.AzayA: |

यदा युक्त्या पलायन्ते रण.कल्प.अनले तदा ॥३।३६।१०॥

yadA yuktyA palAyante raNa.kalpa.anale tadA ||3|36|10||

.

*where*

*the sides were unequal,*

*those more numerous won easily;*

*but when*

*they were outnumbered,*

*those warriors fled the hellfire of war*

*.*

viSama*.*Ayudha.yuddheSu x

yoddhAra: pelava*.*AzayA: x

yadA

yuktyA palAyante x

raNa.kalpa.anale

tadA *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.10. At last the warriors who were overpowered in their conflict

with unequal arms, fled away from the field, as they do from the fire of a
conflagration.

मिलिताश् चक्रिणो चक्रो धनुर् धारैर् धनुर् धराः ।

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:_dhArai:_dhanu:.dharA: |

खड्गिभिः खड्ग.योद्धारो भुशुण्डीभिर् भुशुण्डयः ॥३।३६।११॥

khaDgibhi: khaDga.yoddhAra:_bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: ||3|36|11||

.

*but*

*here they met*

*:*

*Discuses meet Discuses*

*—*

*Archery meets Archery*

*—*

*Cudgels meet Cudgels*

*—*

*Quake.earths meet Quake.earths*

*—*

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:

dhArai:_dhanu:.dharA: |

khaDgibhi: khaDga.yoddhAra:

bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: *.* *x *

*. *

*vlmitra.11. Now the armigerents with discuses, met the thwarters of disks

(chakras) in contest; and bowyers were opposed to bowmen, and swordsmen
challenged the sword fighters in the field. So met the hookers and crookers

with their co.rivals with crowbars (bhusundis) in hand.



मुसलैर् मुसल.उदाराः कुन्तिनः कुन्ति.धारिभिः ।

musalai: musala.udArA: kuntina: kunti.dhAribhi: |

ऋष्टि.आयु*धा* ऋष्टि.धरैः प्रासिभिः प्रास.पाणयः ॥३।३६।१२॥

RSTi.AyudhA* RSTi.dharai: prAsibhi: prAsa.pANaya: ||3|36|12||

.

*maces are raised against maces*

*—*

*catapults fire.on catapults*

*javelins*

*—iron or wood—*

*roundspears against roundspears*

*—*

musalai: *w maces *

musala*.*udArA: *lofty maces *

kuntina: kunti.dhAribhi: *w lance.bearing lancers *

RSTi*.*AyudhA* RSTi.dharai: x

prAsibhi: prAsa.pANaya: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.l2. Maces were opposed to maces (musalas), and lancers were set

against the lance bearers (kuntas) in fighting. Spearmen braved the
spearmen (rishtis), and the throwers of missiles were crossed with missives
(prásas) in hand.

स.मुद्ग*रा* मुद्गरिभिः स.गदैर् विलसद् गदाः ।

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa.gadai:_vilasat_gadA: |

शाक्तिकैः शक्ति.योद्ध.आरः शूलैः शूल.विशारदाः ॥३।३६।१३॥

zAktikai: zakti.yoddha*.*Ara: zUlai: zUla.vizAradA: ||3|36|13||

.

*tapered clubs against tapered clubs*

*!*

*—*

*glittering iron maces*

*fight*

*maces*

*—*

*spikemen fight spikes*

*—*

*and clever pikemen battle pikes*

*—*

*vlmitra.13. Mallets militated against mallets (mudguras), and clubs were

contravened by clubmen in the conflict. Combatants with pikes (saktis),

encountered the pikemen (sakti.dharas) face to face; and iron rods were

crossed to pointed rods (súlas) in the strife.

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa.gadai:_vilasat_gadA: *x*

zAktikai: zakti.yoddha*.*Ara: zUlai: zUla.vizAradA: *x *

*.*



प्रास.असन.विदः प्रासैः परशु.उक्ताः परश्वधैः ।

prAsa*.*asana.vida: prAsai: parazu*.*uktA: parazvadhai: |

लकुट.उद्यैर् लकुटिनश् च उपलैर् उपल.आयुधाः ॥३।३६।१४॥

lakuTa*.*udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala*.*AyudhA: ||3|36|14||

.

*roundspears are hurled against roundspears*

*—*

*battleaxes*

*hack.at <http://hack.at>*

*poleaxes*

*—*

*mace against mace*

*—*

*catapult against catapult*

*.*

*vlmitra.14. Pugilists with missive weapons, counteracted the missiles of

their antagonists (prásas), and those fighting with battle axes (parasus),
baffled the poleaxes and pickaxes (paraswadhas) of their foes.

prAsa*.*asana.vida: prAsai: parazu*.*uktA: parazvadhai: =

lakuTa*.*udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala*.*AyudhA:* .* *x *

*. *



पाशिभिः पाश.धारिण्यः शङ्कुभिः शङ्कु.धारिणः ।

pAzibhi: pAza.dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku.dhAriNa: |

क्षुरिकाभिस् तु क्षुरिकाः भिन्दिपालैश् च तद्.गताः ॥३।३६।१५॥

kSurikAbhi:_tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat.gatA: ||3|36|15||

.

*Noosers snare Noosers,*

*Pikemen peck.at <http://peck.at> Pikemen,*

*Daggers stab Daggers,*

*short javelins*

*fight*

*their like*

*...*

*vlmitra.15. Trappers with their traps and snares, attacked the darters of

nooses and lassos (pásas); and the darters of javelins (sankus), withstood
the darts of the dartsmen on the other side. Daggers were opposed to
daggers (kshurikas), and cudgels were presented before the cudgels
(bhindipálas of the enemy).

.

pAzibhi: pAza.dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku.dhAriNa: + kSurikAbhi:tu kSurikA:
bhindipAlai:_ca tat.gatA:



वज्र.मुष्टि.ध*रा* वज्रैर् अङ्कुशैर् अङ्कुश.उद्धताः ।

vajra.muSTi.dharA* vajrai:_aGkuzai:_aGkuza.uddhatA: |

हलैर् हल.निकाष.ज्ञास् त्रिशूलैश् च त्रिशूलिनः ॥३।३६।१६॥

halai:_hala.nikASa.jJA:_trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: ||3|36|16||

.

*ThunderFists punch ThunderFists,*

*Meathooks hook Meathooks*

*—*

*Miners undermine Miners*

*&*

*Tridents prick Tridents*

*.*

vajra.muSTi.dharA* vajrai: aGkuzai:_aGkuza*.*uddhatA: +
halai:_hala.nikASa.jJA: trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina:

*.*

*vlmitra.16. Combatants with iron gloves contravened the boxers with iron

fistcuffs (Vajramushtis), and those with iron cranes, pursued the fighters
with crooked goads, (ankusas) in hand. Warriors with ploughshares attacked
the ploughmen, and those with tridents, fell upon the trident holders
(trisúlins) in contest.

शृङ्खला.जालिनो जालैः शृङ्खlair अलि.कोमलैः ।

zRGkhalA.jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai:_ali.komalai: |

क्षुभित.अकल्प.विक्षुब्ध.सागर.ऊर्मि.घटा इव ॥३।३६।१७॥

kSubhita.akalpa.vikSubdha.sAgara.Urmi.ghaTA* iva ||3|36|17||

.

*when chain.mail rubs chain.mail*

*it's*

*the sound of bees buzzing honey.blossoms*

*.*

*it's*

*a worried ocean,*

*with its troubled waves of wild disordered troops*

*.*

zRGkhalA.jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai: ali.komalai: +
kSubhita.akalpa.vikSubdha.sAgara.Urmi.ghaTA* iva.*like/as.if*

.

*vlmitra.17. Champions with chained armours set upon the soldiers attired

in mail (srinkhala jála); and they poured upon the field as flights of
locusts, or as the waves in the troubled sea.

क्षुब्ध.चक्र.दल.आवर्तः शर.सीकर.मारुतः ।

kSubdha.cakra.dala.Avarta: zara.sIkara.mAruta: |

प्रभ्रमद्धेति.मकरो व्योम.एक.अर्णव आबभौ ॥३।३६।१८॥

prabhramat*heti.makara:_vyoma.eka.arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||

.

*it's*

*a whirl of discuses,*

*a whirlpool of petaled arrows that shower in the wind,*

*and fire.catapults*

*—*

*sea.serpents flash in the sky.sea*

*.*

kSubdha.cakra.dala.Avarta: zara.sIkara.mAruta: +
prabhramat.heti.makara:_vyoma.eka.arNava* Ababhau

*vlmitra.p.18 The air also appeared like a sea, with flying discs whirling
like whirlpools and the flight of reeds whistling like gusts of wind.
Various flying weapons seemed like sharks and dolphins moving about it.



उत्फुल्ल.आयुध.कल्लोल.शिर.आकुल.जलेचरः ।

utphulla.Ayudha.kallola.zira.Akula.jalecara: |

रोदोरन्ध्र.समुद्रो ऽसौ बभूव अमर.दुस्तरः ॥३।३६।१९॥

rodorandhra.samudra:_asau babhUva_amara.dustara: ||3|36|19||

.

*blossoming*

*with weapons,*

*tossing*

*with wave.heads of waterRovers,*

*—this—*

*the rodorandhra Sea,*

*that lies between the heavens and earth,*

*is hard for immortals to cross*

*.*

utphulla.Ayudha.kallola.zira.Akula.jalecara: |

rodorandhra.samudra:_asau

babhUva_amara.dustara: *.* *x *

*. *

*vlmitra.19. The hollow of the heaven became as the great deep of the sea,

impassable by the celestials, owing to the waving weapons, moving as sea
monsters in the air.

दिव्या अष्टक.जन.अनीकम् पक्ष.द्वयतया तया ।

divyA_aSTaka.jana.anIkam pakSa.dvayatayA tayA |

अर्धेन अर्धेन कुपितम् भूपालाभ्याम् तथा स्थितम् ॥३।३६।२०॥

ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam ||3|36|20||

.

*all day*

*with eight battalions arrayed in two wings*

*—equal with equal quarreling—*

*so those two EarthLords came together and engaged*

*.*

divyA_aSTaka.jana.anIkam

pakSa.dvayatayA tayA |

ardhena_ardhena kupitam

bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam *.* *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.20. Thus the armies of the two belligerent potentates, each

composed of eight ranks or battalions, were furiously engaged with one
another, as described below.



+++

*ORDER OF BATTLE*



*MIDCOUNTRY EASTERN QUARTER*



मध्यदेश.आदि.संख्याने प्राग्.दिग्भ्यो ऽभ्यागतान् इमान् ।

madhya.deza.Adi.saMkhyAne prAk.digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |

लीला.नाथस्य पद्मस्य पक्षे जनपदान् शृणु ॥३।३६।२१॥

lIlA.nAthasya padmasya pakSe janapadAn zRNu ||3|36|21||

.

*these are the troops from the Eastern Quarter of the Midcountry,*

*come to support lIlA's Lord, King padma*

*:*

madhya.deza*.*Adi.saMkhyAne x

prAk.digbhy*a:_*abhyAgatAn imAn x

lIlA.nAthasya padmasya *of Lílà's husband Padma *

pakSe janapadAn zRNu *m the countries on the wings hear *

*.*

*vlmitra.21 SECTION III. CATALOGUE OF THE FORCES. Now hear me relate to

you, the forces on the side of padma, now named Vidúratha, and the allied
powers that came to his side, from the Central and Eastern districts.

*THE EAST*

पूर्वस्याम् कोसलाः काशि.माग*धा* मथिल.उत्कलाः ।

pUrvasyAm kosalA: kAzi.mAgadhA* mathila.utkalA: |

मेखलाः कर्क*रा* मुद्रास् तथा संग्राम.शौण्डकाः ॥३।३६।२२॥

mekhalA: karkarA* mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma.zauNDakA: ||3|36|22||

.

*kosalas, kAzis,*

*&*

*mAgadhas,*

*mathilas, utkalas,*

*&*

*mudras, mekhala.s*

*—*

*also the karkaras,*

*all of them drunken with battle;*

.

pUrvasyAm kosalA:

kAzi.mAgadhA*

mathila.utkalA: |

mekhalA: karkarA*

mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma.zauNDakA: *.* *x *

*. *

*vlmitra.22. There came the hardy warriors of Kosala (Oudh) and Kási

(Benares); those of Magadha (Behar) and Utkala (Orissa), situated in the
east; and the Mekhalas (of Vindhya range), the Karkars of Karnatic), and
the Madras (of Madura) in the south.

मुख्या हिमा रुद्रमुख्यास् ताम्र.लिप्तास् तथैव च ।

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:_tAmra.liptA:_tathaiva ca |

प्राग्.ज्योतिषा वाजि.मुखा अम्बष्ठाः पुरुषादकाः ॥३।३६।२३॥

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji.mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: ||3|36|23||

.

*&*

*the himA chiefs,*

*the rudra chiefs,*

*the tAmraliptas,*

*and likewise the horse.faced prAk.jyotiSas,*

*and*

*the maneater.cannibals of ambastha**

*...*

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:

tAmra.liptA:_tathaiva ca |

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji.mukhA*

ambaSThA: puruSAdakA:* .* *x *

*. *

* to the east of takSazilA. R.

*vlmitra.23. The chiefs of Hema (Imaus) and Rudras and the Támraliptas

(Tamils) from the south; the Prágjyotishas (of east Assam), and the horse
faced Osmuks and Ambashtha cannibals.

वर्ण.कोष्ठाः स.विश्वोत्रा आम.मीन.आशनास् तथा ।

varNa.koSThA: sa.vizvotrA* Ama.mIna.AzanA:_tathA |

व्याघ्र.वक्राः किराताश् च सौवी*रा* एक.पादकाः ॥३।३६।२४॥

vyAghra.vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka.pAdakA: ||3|36|24||

.

*there were*

*varna.koSTha.s*

*&*

*vizvotra.s*

*—those raw.fish.eaters—*

*and also the tiger.faced kirAta.s*

*and the lame.leg sauviras too*

*.*

varNa.koSThA: sa.vizvotrA*

Ama.mIna.AzanA:_tathA |

vyAghra.vakrA: kirAtA:_ca

sauvIrA* eka.pAdakA: *.* *x *

*. *

*vlmitra.24. Then there joined the varna.koshthas and Viswotras, and the

eaters of raw food and flesh and the fish eaters (piscivori); and those
with faces like tigers, the Kiratas (Kirrhoids and KirAntis), with the
sauviras and one legged people.

माल्यवान्.नाम शैलो 'त्र शिबि.राञ्जन* एव च ।

mAlyavAn.nAma zaila:_atra zibi.rAJjana* eva ca |

वृषल.ध्वज.पद्म.आdyAs तथा उदय.करो गिरिः ॥३।३६।२५॥

vRSala.dhvaja.padma.AdyA:_tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: ||3|36|25||

.

*here*

*—*

*this mountain called mAlyavAn*

*is the delight of the zibis & lotus.bannered vRSala.s*

*:*

*it is the mountain of sunrise*

*.*

mAlyavAn.nAma zaila:_atra x

zibi.rAJjana* eva ca x

vRSala.dhvaja.padma.AdyA:_x

tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.25. Next came the mountaineers of Mályavána, Sibira and

Anjanagiri; and others having the ensigns of bulls and lotuses, and the

people of the sun rising mountain (Udaya.giri) in the east.



*THE SOUTH*



अथ प्राग्.दक्षिणायाम् त्व् इमे विन्ध्य.आदि.वासिनः ।

atha prAk.dakSiNAyAm tu_ime vindhya.Adi.vAsina: |

चेदयो वत्स.दाशार्णा अङ्ग.वङ्ग.उपवङ्गकाः ॥३।३६।२६॥

cedaya:_vatsa.dAzArNA* aGga.vaGga.upavaGgakA: ||3|36|26||

.

*and in the South*

*—*

*these have their homes in the *vindhyA Range*

*:*

*the *chedis from the *vatsa calf country*

*&*

*angas, vangas, and upavangas*

*—*

*:*

atha p*r*Ak*.xx.*dakSiNa*.xx.*AyAm tu_ime x

vindhya.Adi.vAsi*.xx.*na: |

cedaya: vatsa.dAzArNA* x

aGga.vaGga*.*upavaGgakA: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.26. Those that joined from the south east (prágdaxina), are the

following, namely; the Vindhyaris. the Chedis, the Vatsas, the Dasárnas
(near the confluence of the ten streams); and the Angas, Bangas and
Upabangas (of Upper and Lower Bengal).

कलिङ्ग.पुण्ड्र.जठ*रा* विदर्भा* मेखलास् तथा ।

kaliGga.puNDra.jaTharA* vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA |

शबरानन.वर्णाश् च कर्णा.त्रिपुर.पूरकाः ॥३।३६।२७॥

zabarAnana.varNA:_ca karNA.tripura.pUrakA: ||3|36|27||

.

*kalingas, pundras, jatharas, vidarbhas,*

*mekhalas also, among the tribes of mixed caste:*

*and the karnas of tri.pura;—*

.

kaliGga.puNDra.jaTharA* x

vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA x

zabarAnana.varNA:_ca x

karNA.tripura.pUrakA: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.27. They that met from the south were, Kalingas and Pundras, the

Jatharas, Vidarbhas and the hill people (on the Karnatic coast); the
Sabaras, the outcasted savages, the Karnas and the Tripura people.

कण्टक.स्थल.नामानः पृथग्.दीपक.कोमलाः ।

kaNTaka.sthala.nAmAna: pRthak.dIpaka.komalA: |

कर्ण.अन्ध्राश् चौलिकाश् च एव तथा चार्मण्वता अपि ॥३।३६।२८॥

karNa*.*andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva tathA cArmaNvatA* api ||3|36|28||

.

*there were*

*Kantakas from Thornhill *

*(a bright and pleasant people, those Karnas)*

*& *

*Andhras;*

*Chaulikas also,*

*& *

*the Charmanvatas*

*—*

*vlmitra.28. Those named Kantakas from their thorny district,

the unenlightened Komalas (of Comilla?);

the Karnas (Canarese), the Ándhras, the Cholas

and the people on the borders of the Charmanvati river.

.

kaNTaka.sthala.*place\hill.*nAmAna: x

pRthak.dIpaka.komalA: x

karNa*.*andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva x

tathA.*thus/in.that.way . **the* *chArma*.Leatheries.*NvatA* api.*also*

*. *



काकका हेम.कुड्याश् च तथा श्मश्रु.ध*रा* अपि ।

kAkakA* hema.kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru.dharA* api |

बलिग्रीव.महाग्रीवाः किष्किन्धा नालि.केरिणः ॥३।३६।२९॥

baligrIva.mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli.keriNa: ||3|36|29||

.

*& *

*cackling Kaakaka.s*

*&*

*Hema.kudyas also*

*(those with the long beards)*

*&*

*Bali.Griivas, Mahaa.Griivas, Kishkindhas,*

*and Nalikeris from a land of coconut palms*

*—*

*vlmitra.29. The Kakos or bald beaded and bearded people,

and those of the Hema.kuta hills;

the frizzled and long necked people,

and the inhabitants of Kishkindha and cocoa forests.

.

kAkakA* hema.kuDyA:_ca xtathA zmazru.dharA* api *x*

baligrIva.mahAgrIvA: xkiSkindhA* nAli.keriNa: *x *

*.*





[image: image not displayed]







अथ लीला.पतेर् अस्य दक्षिणस्याम् इमे नृपाः ।

atha lIlA.pate:_asya dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: |

विन्ध्यो ऽथ कुसुम.आपीडो महेन्द्रो दर्दुअस् तथा ॥३।३६।३०॥

vindhya:_atha kusuma.ApIDa:_mahendra:_dardura:_tathA ||3|36|30||

.

*next are*

*THE SOUTHERN KINGS*

*who came to the relief of Liilaa's lord*

*:*

*flower.garlanded Vindhyas & Mahendra.Tricksters & Darduras*

*—*

*vlmitra. The princes that joined with Lila's husband from the south, were …

the Vindhyans, the Kusumians (of Patna)

the Mahendras and the Darduras, (of the hills of the same names).

.

atha lIlA.pate:_asya xdakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: xvindhy*a:_*atha kusuma*.*
ApIDa:_x

mahendra:_dardura:_tathA *x *

*.*



मलयः सूर्यवान् च एव गणा* राज्य.समृद्धकाः ।

malaya: sUryavAn ca_eva gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: |

अवन्तिर् इति विख्यातास् तथा शाम्भवाति इति च ॥३।३६।३१॥

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca ||3|36|31||

.

*the Malis of the Solar House also*

*and*

*the famous Royal Troops of Avanti,*

*and those of Shambavaati also*

*—*

*vlmitra.p.31 The Malays and the solar race,

and the Prince of the thirty.three united states

and the rich and united cities of Avanti and Sambavati.

.

malaya: sUryavAn_ca_eva gaNa.*herd/class..s.*A* rAjya.samRddha.*fulfilled*/
*successful*.kA: x

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_x tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca *x *

*.*



दश.पूर.कथा.चक्रा.रेषिक.अतुर.कच्छपाः ।

daza.pUra.kathA.cakrA* reSika.atura.kacchapA: |

वन.वास.उपगिरयस् ते भद्र.गिरयस् तथा ॥३।३६।३२॥

vana.vAsa.upagiraya:_te bhadra.giraya:_tathA ||3|36|32||

.

*troops of the Ten Cities,*

*Kathas & Chakras & Reshikas & hungry Kacchapa.SnapTurtles *

*and *

*forest.dwelling.by.the.Mountain Upa.giris; Bhadragiris,...*

*—*

daza.pUra.kathA.cakrA.reSika*.*atura.kacchapA: *x*

vana.vAsa*.*upagiraya:_te bhadra.giraya:_tathA *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.32. And those of Dasapura (or ten cities) of Katha (Kota), Chakra,

Reshika Cutch and others, and the foresters of Upagiri and Bhadragiri hills.

*vlmitra.p.32 And those of Dasapura of Katha, Chakra, Reshika Cutch and

others, and the foresters of Upagiri and Bhadragiri Hills.

नाग*रा* दण्डकाश् च एव गण.राष्ट्र.नृ.राष्ट्रकाः ।

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva gaNa.rASTra.nR.rASTrakA: |

साहा शैवर्ष्य.मूकाश् च कर्कोटा* वन.बिम्बलाः ॥३।३६।३३॥

sAhA.zaivarSya.mUkA:_ca karkoTA* vana.bimbalA: ||3|36|33||

.

*Naagaras, Dandaka.Macers of the People's State of Nr.Rashtra…*

*& *

*Saahas,*

*wretched in the rain;*

*Karkotas, forest Bimbalas*

*—*

*vlmitra.33. The prince of Nagore and the chiefs of Dandaka forest,

and the joint states of the people:

the Sahas, Saivas, and the hill people of the Rishyamuka and Karkota and
the Vimbila foresters.

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva xgaNa.rASTra.nR.rASTrakA: x sAhA zaivarSya.mUkA:_ca
xkarkoTA* vana.bimbalA: *x *



पम्पा.निवासिनश् च एव कैरकाः कर्क.वीरकाः ।

pampA.nivAsina:_ca_eva kairakA: karka.vIrakA: |

स्वेरिका यासिकाश् च एव धर्म.पत्तन.पञ्जिकाः ॥३।३६।३४॥

sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva dharma.pattana.paJjikA: ||3|36|34||

.

*the Pampaa.dwellers also,*

*the Kairakas & Karkaviras & Swerikas *

*and Yaasikas too*

*(of Dharma.pattana, a town of very righteous festivals)*

*—*

*vlmitra. Then came the inhabitants from the banks of Pampá, the Kerakas

and Karkaviras; with the Kherikas, Asikas and the people of Dhrumapattana.

.

nivAsin dharma pattana paJjika

*.*



काशिकास् तृष्ण.खल्लुला.यादास् ते ताम्र.पर्णकाः ।

kAzikA:_tRSNa.khallulA.yAdA:_te tAmra.parNakA: |

गोनर्दाः कनकाश् च एव दीन.पत्तन.नामकाः ॥३।३६।३५॥

gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva dIna.pattana.nAmakA: ||3|36|35||

.

*FROM KAASHI*

*thirsty Khallulas & Yaadas*

*and the red.spit Pan.Chewing Gonarda BullRoarers;*

*and golden Kanakas;*

*and also with them came men*

*from Dina.pattana, Sorry.ville;—*

*vlmitra. Next came the Kasikas and Khallukas,

the Yadas and Tamraparnikas; the Gonardas,

the Kanakas and the people of Dinapattam.

ताम्रीका दम्भर.आकीर्णाः सह.कार.एणकास् तथा ।

tAmrIkA* dambhara.AkIrNA: saha.kAra.eNakA:_tathA |

वैतुण्डकास् तुम्बवनाला.जिन.द्वीप.कर्णिकाः ॥३।३६।३६॥

vaituNDakA:_tumbavanAla.ajina.dvIpa.karNikA: ||3|36|36||

.

*coppery tAmrika.s—*

*crowding dambhara.s—*

*supporting Enaka.Hunters;*

*and the Vaitundakas joining the TumbavanAlas,*

*long.eared islanders in deerskins;*

*vlmitra.36. The Tamris (Tamils), Kadambharas, Sahakáras and Enakas (or
deer hUters); the Vaitundas, Tumba.vanalas, and those attired in deer and
elephant skins.



कर्णिक.आभाश् च शिबयः कौङ्कणाश् चित्रकूटकाः ।

karNika.AbhA:_ca zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |

कर्णाट.मण्ट.वटका महाकटकिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।३७॥

karNATa.maNTa.vaTakA* mahAkaTakikA:_tathA ||3|36|37||

.

*the light of meru,*

*the Shibis, Kaunkanas, Chitrakutas,*

*and*

*Karnaatas, Mantas, Vatakas*

*—*

*such are in one great encampment there*

*.*

*vlmitra.37. Then came the lotus.like Sibis and Konkans

and the inhabitants of Chitrakuta mountains;

with the people of Karnata, the Mantas, Batakas and those of Cattak.

आन्ध्राश् च कोल.गिरयश् च अवन्ति.कविचेरिकाः ।

AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca_avanti.kavicerikA: |

चण्डायत्ता* देवनकाः क्रौञ्चा* वाहास् तथैव च ॥३।३६।३८॥

caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|38||

.

*with the Andhras, the Kola.Hillers,*

*and the Kavicherikas of greater Avanti,*

*and the Fiery Chandaayattas,*

*the Devanaka.Dicers, the Krauncha.Curlews;*

*.*

*vlmitra. The Andhras and Kola hill people (Koles),

the Avantis and Chedis; with the Chandas and Devanakas and Krauncha.*vahas.



शिलाक्षार.उदभो.नन्द.मर्दना मलय.अभिधाः ।

zilA.akSAra.udabha:.nanda.mardanA* malaya.abhidhA: |

ते चित्रकूट.शिख*रा* लङ्का.रक्षः.गणाः स्मृताः ॥३।३६।३९॥

te citrakUTa.zikharA laGkA.rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: ||3|36|39||

.

*and so also the Waaha Carriers from stonestill Shilaakshara,*

*Udabha, Nanda.Mardana, Malaya, and Citrakuta peaks,*

*the seats of Rakshasa.Protectors from Lankaa*

*.*

*vlmitra. At last came the people from the three peaks of Chitrakuta

mountains,

called the Silákhára, Nanda mardana and Malaya,

which were the seats of the guardian rAkSasas of Lanká.



*SOUTHWEST —*



अथ प्रत्यg.दक्षिणस्याम् महा.राज्य.सुराष्ट्रकाः ।

atha pratyak.dakSiNasyAm mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: |

सिन्धु.सौवीर.शूद्र.आख्याः आभी*रा* द्रविडाः_तथा ॥३।३६।४०॥

sindhu.sauvIra.zUdra.AkhyA: AbhIrA* draviDA: tathA ||3|36|40||

.

*next, in the Southwest, the great realm of Suraashtra,*

*Sindhus, Sauvira Zuudras, Abhiras*

*also*

*the Drawids*

*.*

*vlmitra. Then those of the southwest where there is

the great realm of Surástra (Surat),

with the kingdoms of Sindhu (Sinde) sauvira, Abhíra, and Dravidas (in
Deccan).

कीकटाः सिद्ध.खण्ड.आख्यास् तथा कालि.रुहा अपि ।

kIkaTA: siddha.khaNDa.AkhyA:_tathA kAli.ruhA* api |

अत्र हेम.गिरिः शैलस् तथा रैवतको गिरिः ॥३।३६।४१॥

atra hema.giri: zaila:_tathA raivataka:_giri: ||3|36|41||

.

*the Kikatas (of the Siddhas),*

*and Kaaliruhas, too,*

*and—here—is the golden Hema.giri Mountain, in the Raivatakas;—*

*.*

*vlmitra. Also those of the districts of Kikata, Siddha Khanda, and

Kaliruha, and Mount Hemagiri or golden hills and the Raivataka range.

जय.कच्छो मयवरो यवनास् तत्र जन्तवः ।

jaya.kaccha:_mayavara:_yavanA:_tatra jantava: |

बाह्वीका मार्गण.आवन्ता* धूम्रास् तुम्बक.नामकाः ॥३।३६।४२॥

bAhvIkA* mArgaNa.AvantA* dhUmrA:tumbaka.nAmakA: ||3|36|42||

.

*the conquering.Cutch/victorious.ashore*

*Mayavara mercenaries*

*:*

*the Baahvikas, beggars from avanti,*

*dark.skinned Dhumras on camels,*

*Tumbakas*

*—*

*vlmitra. Then the warriors of Jaya Kachchha (the victorious Cutch),

and Mayavara (Mewar);

as also the Yavanas (Ionian.Greeks),

the Bahlikas (Balkhs), the Marganas (nomads),

and the grey coloured Tumbas (on the north).

तथा लाज.गणाश् च एव तथा अत्र गिरि.वासिनः ।

tathA lAja.gaNA:_ca_eva tathA_atra giri.vAsina: |

ततो ऽब्धि.तोक.नियुता एते लीला.पतेर् जनाः ॥३।३६।४३॥

tata:_abdhi.toka.niyutA* ete lIlA.pate:_janA: ||3|36|43||

.

*then the Laaja Troops also, and then,*

*here,*

*the hill.dwellers.*



*these*

*were the people of Liilaa's Lord,*

*the seething sea of his children*

*.*

*vlmitra.43. Then there came Lahsa races and many hill peoples, inhabiting

the borders of the sea (Caspean), forming the limit of the dominion of
Lila's husband (Hindu Government) on the north.

*+++ *





*THE ENEMY ORDER*



*WESTERN MOUNTAINEERS*



अथ तत्.प्रतिपक्ष.स्थान् इमान् जनपदान् शृणु ।

atha tat.pratipakSa.sthAn imAn janapadAn zRNu |

पश्चिमायाम् दिशि प्रौढा इमे तावत् महाद्रयः ॥३।३६।४४॥

pazcimAyAm dizi prauDhA* ime tAvan_mahA.adraya: ||3|36|44||

.

atha

tat.pratipakSa*.xx.*sthAn imAn janapadAn

zRNu =

pazcima*.xx.*AyAm dizi prauDha*.xx.*A*

ime tAvan_mahA.adraya:* .* *x *

*. *

*next are the opposing forces the Country.men.*

*hear about these:—*



*in the Western Quarter:—*



*there where many Great Mountains soar*

*:*

*vlmitra.44. Now know the names of the countries belonging to the enemy in

the west,

and of those composed of the following mountain ranges, viz.

मणिमान्.नाम शैल.इन्द्रः कुरार्पण.गिरिः तथा ।

maNimAn.nAma zaila.indra: kurArpaNa.giri: tathA |

वनो ऽर्क.हो मेघ.भवश् चक्रवान् अस्त.पर्वतः ॥३।३६।४५॥

vana:_arka.ha:_megha.bhava:_cakravAn asta.parvata: ||3|36|45||

.

*alled "Jewel.some", the lord of mountains,*

*kurArpana's all shady cool forests,*

*with clouds that drift like discuses on the rose mountain*

*.*

maNimAn.nAma zaila.indra: x

kurArpaNa.giri: tathA x

vana:_arka.ha:_megha.bhava: x

cakravAn asta.parvata: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.45. The mount Manimán and the Kurar.pana hills, with the hillocks
of Vanorka, Megha.bhava, and the Chakra.vana mountain.



46

जनाः पञ्च.जना नाम काश.ब्रह्म.चयान्तकाः ।

janA: paJca.janA* nAma kAza.brahma.cayAntakA: |

तथैव भार.क्षतथाः पारकाः शान्तिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४६॥

tathaiva bhAra.kSatathA: pArakA: zAntikA:_tathA ||3|36|46||

.

*there are the people called The *pancha.jana Fiver.Folk –*

*and groups of *kAsha Brâhmins*

*behind them*

*there*

**bhAra.kShatathas & *pArakas & *shAntikas*

*:*

*vlmitra.46. There is the country of the five peoples limiting the

territory of the Kása Brahmans,

and after that the BhárakSa, the Páraka and Sántika countries.

janA: paJca.janA* nAma – *the people called The Fiver.Folk . *

kAza*.xx.*brahma*.xx.*caya*.xx.*antaka*.xx.*A: |

tathA.*thus/in.that.way .* eva.*very**/only *.

bhAra.kSatathA:

pArakA:

*zAntika*.Placideans.*A: . tathA.*thus/in.that.way*



शैब्य.आरमरक.आयाच्छा गुहुत्वा* नियकास् तथा ।

zaibya.Aramaraka.AyAcchA* guhutvA* niyamA:_tathA |

हैहयाः सुह्य.गायाश् च ताजिका हूणकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४७॥

haihayA: suhya.gAyA:_ca tAjikA* hUNakA:_tathA ||3|36|47||

.

*the *shaibyas, the *Aramaka.Grovers, *AyAcchas, *guhutvas*

*in array;*

*haihayas and suhya.gAyas,*

*tAjikas, and hUnas also*

*.*

*vlmitra.47. Thence stretch the countries of the Saivyas, Amarakas, the

Pachchyas (Páschátyas) and Gubutwas; and then the Haihaya country, and
those of the Suhyas, Gayas and Tajikas and Hunas (Huns).

#*zibi, #zivi – *m. *an RSi*, the supposed author of RV.10.179) Anukr. • a
*king* (renowned for his liberality and unselfishness, and said to have

saved *agni (transformed into a dove) from *indra (transformed into a hawk)
by offering an equal quantity of his own flesh weighed in a balance) MBh.

Hariv. Pur. •• #*zaibya . **shibi's people +







*UPPER SOUTHLANDS —*



पार्श्वे.कतकयोः कर्का गिरि.पर्ण.अवmAs तथा ।

pArzve.katakayo: karkA* giri.parNa.avamA:_tathA |

संत्यक्त.धर्म.मर्याdAs ते वर्णा म्लेच्छ.जातयः ॥३।३६। ४८॥

saMtyakta.dharma.maryAdA:_te varNA* mleccha.jAtaya: ||3|36|48||

.

*the katakas are from the nearby karaka Mountains,*

*—these—*

*from Mount parna.vamas, who are devoid of dharmic customs,*

*a sad bunch of bad mleccha Barbarians*

*.*

*vlmitra.48. Then along the side of some other countries, there is the

range of Karka hills, inhabited by barbarous people, devoid of caste,
customs and limits of moral duties.

*DC. on one side of Katakas are Karkas, on another left side Parna

mountaineers, they have left dharmic ways and are of barbarious line.

*AS. I am not really sure what all these names are! However, I don't see

either of these meanings coming out of the words. The word does not seem to
break as suggested, since I don't see what "parNA" and "vamA" could

possibly mean. I would imagine the word giri.parNa*.a*vama with its nom.

plural form. The word avama can have a meaning of "lower" . These could be

inhabitants of giri.parNa . a branch of a mountain, or even people living

under a shelter of the branch or even in a valley of the branch. I agree
with your meaning of the second line. The word mleccha in modern times is
associated with the muslims, but in older literature, it often means
foreign, difficult to understand. mleccha speech means convoluted speech.

*jd. "mleccha in modern times".

here in tretA.yuga it has more general application

and in this and other Tales most esp. the chANDAla.s.

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् योजनानाम् शत.द्वयम् ।

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_yojanAnAm zata.dvayam |

ततो महेन्द्र.शिखरी मुक्ता.मणि.मय.अवनिः ॥३।३६।४९॥

tata:_mahendra.zikharI muktA.maNi.maya.avani: ||3|36|49||

.

*beyond them are two hundred leagues of desart land;*

*and, thereafter,*

*Mount mahendra, aboundink.in <http://aboundink.in> sapphires and diamonds
and pearls*

*—*



*kdm. tato *janapadA *bhUmir yojanAnA*m *zata.dvayam | *(? = ||3|36|63||)*
tato mahendra.zikharI muktA.maNi.mayAvani: ||3|36|49|| in zloka 63, the
author seems to be referring to another place "a.janapada", since the
measure here(in 49) is 200 yojana and in zloka 63 it is 8000 (azIti.zata).
Also, janapada being a place with people/civilization etc, a.janapada could
be waste land.. barren land and so on.
*vlmitra.49. Thence stretches a country hundreds of leagues in length, to

the boundary mountain of Mahendra, abounding in rich stones and gems.

युते मही.धर.शतैर् अथ अश्वो नाम पर्वतः ।

yute mahI.dhara.zatai:_atha_azva:_nAma parvata: |

ततो महार्णवो भीमः पातियात्र.गिरिस् तटे ॥३।३६।५०॥

tata:_mahArNava:_bhIma: pAtiyAtra.giri:_taTe ||3|36|50||

.

*connected with a hundred mountains,*

*next,*

*is the mountain called "Horse"*

*—*

*and then terrible ocean, with the pAtiyAtras on its shore.*

yute mahI.dhara.zatai:_x

atha_azva:_nAma parvata: x

tata:_mahArNava: bhIma: x

pAtiyAtra.giri:_taTe *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.50. After that stands the Aswa range with hundreds of hills about

it; and extending to the dread ocean on the north of the Pariyátra range.
(Paropamisus).

पश्चिम.उत्तर.दिग्.भागे देशो गिरिमति स्थितः ।

pazcima.uttara.dik.bhAge deza:_girimati sthita: |

तथा वेणुपतिश् च एव ततो नर.पतिर् मही ॥३।३६।५१॥

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva tata:_nara.pati: mahI ||3|36|51||

.

*NORTHWEST QUARTER*



pazcima.uttara.dik.bhAge x

deza:_girimati sthita: x

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva x

tata:_nara.pati:mahI x

.

*it is mountain country,*

*where veNupati, also, was once the mighty ManLord of ManLords*

*.*

*vlmitra.51. On the north western side, there are countries beyond the

boundary mountains (of Asia), where Venupati was the king of the land.

तथा फल्गुणकाश् च एव माण्डव्य.अनेक.नेत्रकाः ।

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya.aneka.netrakA: |

पुरुकुन्दाश् च पाराश् च भानु.मण्डल.भावनाः ॥३।३६।५२॥

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu.maNDala.bhAvanA: ||3|36|52||

.

*there*

*—*

*phalgunakas also, and mAndavyas,*

*with dual command*

*—*

*purukunda guards,*

*mandalas,*

*mandalas blazoning the Sun*

*—*

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya*.a*neka.netrakA: x

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu.maNDala.bhAvanA: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.52. Then there are the countries of the Phálgunakas and and

Mándavayas and many other peoples; and those of Purukundas and Paras
(Paris?) as bright as the orb of the sun.

वन्मिला नलिना दीर्घा दीर्घ.केश.अङ्ग.बाहवः ।

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha.keza*.*aGga.bAhava: |

रङ्गाश् च स्तनिकाश् च अन्या गुरुहाश् चलुहास् तथा ॥३।३६।५३॥

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA ||3|36|53||

.

*the vanmilas, the lotusly nalinas,*

*and*

*the Long dIrgha.s*

*—long hair, long person, and long arms—*

*the redskin raGgas, the chesty stanikas, hefty guruhas,*

*and the similar caluha.s*

*.*

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha.keza*.*aGga.bAhava: x

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.53. Then the races of Vanmilas and Nalinas and the Dirghas; who

are so called, from their tall statures and long arms and hairs. Then there
are the Rangas (Red men) Stánikas with protuberant breasts, and the Guruhas
and Chaluhas.

*NORTHERN MOUNTAINS*



ततः स्त्री.राष्ट्रम् अतुलम् गोवृष.अपत्य.भोजनम् ।

tata: strI.rASTram atulam govRSa.apatya.bhojanam |

अथ उत्तरस्याम् हिमवान् क्रौञ्चो ऽथ मधुमान् गिरिः ॥३।३६।५४॥

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: ||3|36|54||

.

*such is the matchless Queen's Country where eat the meat of calves *

*.*

#*govRSa . *a bull • Shiva +

*now,*

*in the North,*

*is the snowy Curlew Mountain—*

*and here*

*the sweet mountain, gandha.mAdana*

*.*

tata: strI.rASTram atula*m *govRSa*.*apatya.bhojanam x

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.54. After that is the kingdom of women (ruled by a queen), where

they feed upon bullocks and heifers. Now about the Himálayas and its hills
in the north (of India):—

*DC. such is the unequalled home country, not belonging to
bull.husband???and now northen mountains of Himavan, Kraunca and Madhuman

*AS. There is a serious typo: strI.rASTram. strIrASTram (kingdom of women)

My meaning is: Thereafter is the unique (atulam) Kingdom of Women where

they eat veal (meat of the calf born to cows and bulls . or it could also

mean all kind of beef). Further north from there (atha uttasasyAm) are the
mountains kraunca and madhumAn covered with snow (himavAn). It is rather
intriguing why the mention of eating habits of women is made here so
prominently!

कैलासे वसुमान् मेरुः तत्.पादेषु जना उभे ।

kailAse vasumAn meru: tat.pAdeSu janA* ubhe |

मद्र.आवारा इव यौधेया* मालवाः शूर.सेनिकाः ॥३।३६।५५॥

madra.AvArA* iva yaudheyA* mAlavA: zUra.senikA: ||3|36|55||

.

*in kailAsa, rich Mount*meru*

*there*

*two peoples*

*:*

*warlike *madras & mAlavas, the hero.warriors*

*. *

kailAse

vasumAn

meru:

tat.pAdeSu

janA:

ubhe =

madra.AvArA: iva

yaudheyA: mAlavA: zUra.senikA:* .* *x *

*. *

??? madrAvAreva...

*vlmitra.55. These are the Krauncha and Madhumán hills; and the Kailása,

Vasumán and the Sumeru peaks; at the foot of which are the people, known
under many names.

*DC. In Kailas, and rich Meru, . from these both places, people Madravas,
Yaudheyas, Malavas and Zurasenas

*AS. This seems to have numerous "typos". The word ubhe does not seem to

make sense. It probably should be ubhau, but it is not a typo made by the
current encoders. It may also be explained as ArSa, because ubhe is a valid
form in Rigveda. It is also possible that this was a very different word
"ime". I can easily see how it can be mistaken by transcribers. It would
make a more natural sense. The word senikA: seems to be also an original

typo . it should be sainikA:. The creative interpretation by DC as

zUrasenika would have resolved this, but in my opinion it still does not
explain the transformation of the word senA into senika. (Continuing the
list of northerly mountains) kailAsa, vasumAn, meru; in their regions are
the peoples: both madras who fight all the way to revA (ArevayaudheyAH) and
the brave fighters mAlava. It is unclear what two madras are being
described. I know of only one kind who live more in the Northwest.

राजन्याश् च तथा ज्ञेया अर्जुनातनयः तथा ।

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA* arjunAtanaya: tathA |

त्रिगर्त* एकपात्.क्षुद्राम् अबला.स्वस्त.वासिनः ॥३।३६।५६॥

trigarta* ekapAt.kSudrAm abalA.svasta.vAsina: ||3|36|56||

.

*the Princes there were to.be.known as arjunAtanis*

*.*

*here in trigarta,*

*the OneLegs,*

*lowly and weak,*

*dwell in the setting sun*

*.*

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA*

arjunAtanaya: tathA |

trigarta* ekapAt.kSudrAm

abalA.svasta.vAsina:* .* *x *

*. *

*vlmitra.56. Beside these there met the warlike tribes of India consisting

of the Madrawars, Malavas and Sura.senas. The Rajputs of the race of
Arjuna, the Trigartas and the one legged people and Khudras.

अबलाः प्रखलाः शाकाः क्षेम.धूर्तय एव च ।

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA: kSema.dhUrtaya_eva ca |

दश.धाना.गावसन्य.दण्डाहन्य.सनास् तथा ॥३।३६।५७॥

daza.dhAnA.gAvasanya.daNDAhanya.sanA:_tathA ||3|36|57||

.

*there were the weak and villainous zAkas,*

*who very much enjoy hurting people*

*—the club.throwing dazadhAnas and gAvasani.s—*

.

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA:

kSema.dhUrtaya_eva ca =

daza.dhAnA.gAvasanya.daNDAhanya.sanA:_tathA *.* *x *

*. *

*vlmitra.57. There were the Abalas, Prakhalas, and Sakas (Saccæ or

Scythians). The Khemadhúrtas, the Dasadhanas, the Gavásanas and Dandahanas
(club fighters).

धान.दाः सरकाश्_च एव वाटधानास् तथ एव च ।

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca |

अन्तर.द्वीप.गान्धारास् तथा अवन्ति.सुरास् तथा ॥३।३६।५८॥

antara.dvIpa.gAndhArA:_tathA_avanti.surA: tathA ||3|36|58||

.

*dhAnadas,*

*sarakas also*

*—*

*vAtadhAnas;*

*and there, also, gAndhara islanders;*

*—*

*and there*

*the Avanti warriors*

*—*

*just … there*

*!*

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva x

vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca x

antaradvIpa.gAndhArA:_x

tathA_avanti.surA: tathA *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.58. The Dhánadas and Sarakas and Bátadhánas also, with the

islanders and Gándháras and Avanti warriors of Malwa.

अथ तक्षशिला नाम तto वीलव.गोधनी ।

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava.godhanI |

पुष्कर.आवर्त.देशस्य यशोवति.मही ततः ॥३।३६।५९॥

puSkara.Avarta.dezasya yazovati.mahI tata: ||3|36|59||

.

*and*

*—there—*

*the takSa.zilas of Cutter Mountain—*

*vilavas and godhanis of the crowded DoomCloud country*

*—*

*land of great renown*

*.*

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava.godhanI |

puSkara.Avarta.dezasya

yazovati.mahI tata: *.* *x *

*. *

*vlmitra.59. The warlike TakSasilas (Taxilas), the Bilavas, Godhanas and

the renowned warriors of Pushkara (Pokhra).

ततो नाभिमतिर् भूमिस् तिक्षाः कालवरास् तथा ।

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA |

काहकम् नगरम् च एव सुर.भूति.पुरम् तथा ॥३।३६।६०॥

kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura.bhUti.puram tathA ||3|36|60||

.

*MIDCOUNTRY*



*the bitter Midcountry*

*offers*

*the kAlavara.s*

*—there—*

*and, there, Kahaka Town*

*—*

*and there, also,the City of sura.bhUti*

*.*

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: x

tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA x

kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura.bhUti.puram tathA *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.60. Then there were the TíkSas and Kálavaras, and the inhabitants

of the cities of Káhaka and Surabhúti likewise.

तथैव रतिकादर्शाः अन्तरादर्शे एव च ।

tathA_eva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca |

ततः पिङ्गल.पाण्डव्यम् यामुने यातु.धानकाः ॥३।३६।६१॥

tata: piGgala.pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: ||3|36|61||

.

*there were the ratikAdarzas,*

*and also antarAdarza.s*

*–*

*there, piGgalas and lily.white pAndavyas;*

*and, in yAmuna country*

*the yAtu.dhAnakas*

*.*

tathaiva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca x

tata: piGgala.pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.61. There were the people of the Katikádarsa and Antarádarsa also;

and the Pingalas, the Pandyas, Yamanas and Yátudhánas RákSasas too.

मानवा नाङ्गना हेम.तालाः स्वस्व.मुखास् तथा ।

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva.mukhA: tathA |

हिमवान् वसुमान् क्रौञ्च.कैलासाव् इत्य् अगास् तथा ॥३।३६।६२॥

himavAn vasumAn krauJca.kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA ||3|36|62||

.

*the mAnavas, the nAGganas,*

*the hematAla SilverHeights;*

*face.to.face in battle*

*—*

*thus*

*snowy himAlayas and rich vasumanis,*

*with Mount krauJca the Curlew*

*—and there—*

*shiva's own kailAsa*

*—those two mountains—*

*there*

*:*

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva.mukhA: tathA x

himavAn vasumAn_krauJca.kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.62. There were also the races of men, known as Hematálas and

Osmuks, together with the hilly tribes, inhabiting the Himalaya, Vasumán,
Krauncha and Kailasa mountains.

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् अशीति.शत.योजना ।

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata.yojanA |

अथ प्राग्.उत्तरस्याम् तु क्रमाज् जनपदाच्*छणु ॥३।३६।६३॥

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt*zRNu ||3|36|63||

.

*such were the peoples*

*from about 180 leagues around*

*.*

tata:_ajanapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata.yojanA *x*

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt_zRNu *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.63. Hear me now relate to you the peoples that came from the north

east quarter, which extends a hundred and eighty leagues in its
circumference.

*NORTHEAST*



*then, next, from the NORTHEAST*

*—from that section of people—*

*hear the roll*

*.*

*vlmitra.63 Hear me now relate to you the peoples that came from the north

east quarter, which extends a hundred and eighty leagues in its
circumference.

कालुता ब्रह्म.पुत्राश् च कुणिदाः खदिनास् तथा ।

kAlutA* brahma.putrA:_ca kuNidA: khadinA: tathA |

मालवा रन्ध्र.राज्याश् च वाना राष्ट्रास् तथा एव च ॥३।३६।६४॥

mAlavA* randhra.rAjyA:_ca vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|64||

.

*kaluta.s*

*—the Sons of brahmA—*

*Kunidas—Khadinas—and, there—mAlavas*

*—*

*and randhra princes of the forest countries also*

*—*

kAlutA* brahma.putrA:_ca x

kuNidA: khadinA: tathA x

mAlavA* randhra.rAjyA:_ca x

vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.64. There came also the Kalutas and Brahmaputras, the Kunidas and

Khudinas, with the warlike Malavas and the champions of the Randhra and
forest states.

केडवस् ताः सिंह.पुत्रास् तथा वामनताम् गताः ।

keDava:_tA: siMha.putrA: tathA vAmanatAm gatA: |

सावा.कच्चा.पलवहाः कामि*रा* दरदास् तथा ॥३।३६।६५॥

sAvA.kaccA.palavahA: kAmirA* daradA:_tathA ||3|36|65||

.

*the kedavas, those lion.cubs, gone to dwarfdom;*

*the sAvAs, the kaccAs, the palavahas,*

*the kAmiras, the darada.s*

*—*

keDava:_tA: siMha.putrA: x

tathA vAmanatAm gatA: x

sAvA.kaccA.palavahA: x

kAmirA* daradA:_tathA *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.65. Then there were the Kedavas and Sinhaputras of dwarfish

statures; the Sabas (Sabæ or Sabians?), the Kaccæs, the Pahlavis (ancient
Persians), the Kamiras and the Daradas (the present Darduis or Himalayan
hills).

अभिस.आसद.जार्वकाः पलोल.कुचि.कौतुकाः ।

abhisa.Asada.jArvakA: palola.kuci.kautukA: |

किरातायाम् उपाताश् च दीनाः स्वर्ग.मही ततः ॥३।३६।६६॥

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca dInA: svarga.mahI tata: ||3|36|66||

.

*abhisa troops,*

*and*

*jArvakas, palolas, kucis, kautukas, kirAta.s*

*—and poor upAtas—*

*and rich ones too*

*!*

*Heaven is great*

*.*

abhisa*.*Asada.jArvakA: x

palola.kuci.kautukA: x

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca x

dInA: svarga.mahI tata: *x *

*.*

*vlmitra.66. There were also the people of Abhisa, the Jarvakas, the

Pulolas and Kuves; the Kirátas and Yamupalas, together with the poor and
rich people of desert lands and tracts of gold.

*o**ॐm*



देव.स्थल.उपवन.भूस्तदनु.उदित.श्रीः

deva.sthala.upavana.bhU:tadanu.udita.zrI:

विश्वावसोर् तदनु मन्दिरम् उत्तमम् च ।

vizvAvaso:_tadanu mandiram uttamam ca |

कैलास.भूस् तदनु मञ्जु.वनश् च

kailAsa.bhU:_tadanu maJju.vana:_ca

शैलो विद्याधर.अमर.विमान.समान.भूमिः ॥३।३६।६७॥

zaila:_vidyAdhara.amara.vimAna.samAna.bhUmi: ||3|36|67||

*.*

*thus far*

*we have seen*

*the land of the gardens of the gods*

*thus far*

*the wonder.flight of the two space.travelers*

*thus far*

*we've seen*

*the highest of high temples, Mount kailAsa*

*&*

*thus far too*

*weve seen this beautiful forest and hill*

*where*

*some Sorcerer *widyAdharas watch from their SkyCars up above the Earth*

*.*

deva.sthala*.*upavana.bhU:tadanu*.*udita.zrI:

vizvAvaso:

tadanu

mandiram uttamam ca =

kailAsa.bhU:

tadanu

maJju.vana: ca

zaila:

vidyAdhara*.*amara.vimAna.samAna.bhUmi:* .* *x *

deva.*God*.sthala.*place\hill.*upavana*.garden/grove.*bhU*.earth.*tadanu
*.thereafter.*udita.*arisen/said.*zrI.*plenty.*: *.xx.* vizvAvasa*.xx.*o:
tadanu*.thereafter.*mandira*.tomb/temple.*m uttama.*ultimate/highest.*m ca
= kailAsa*.xx.*bhU*.earth.*: tadanu*.thereafter. *maJju*.xx.*vana.*forest*
*.*: ca = zaila.*stony/rocky.*: *vidyAdhara*.Sorcerer\Shapeshifter.*amara
*.Immortal\undying.*vimAna*.skycar.*samAna*.xx.*bhUmi.*earth*/land

.

*vlmitra.67. Thus Lila saw in one view, the residences of the devas; the

forest lands and the earth in all their beauty. She saw all the seats of
opulence (viswavasus), and the edifices with which they were adorned; she
beheld the summit of Kailása, and the delightful groves at its foot, and
the level lands traversed by the aerial cars of Vidyádhara and celestial
beings. * It was easy for the lively Lílá, to learn about these peoples and
their native lands in her lonely Yoga meditation, by the help of the
goddess of learning; but it is hard for us to identify them without
subjecting ourselves to a long labour of love, which is a sort of Yoga
also, called vidya Yoga, or intense application and self devotion to
learning.

*.*

*o*ॐ*m*

*.*



Group Page

https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga.vasishtha
<https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga-vasishtha>

Complete YVFiles
https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0



x

चित् संवित्त्या.उच्यते जीव:

cit saMvittyA_ucyate jIva:

संकल्पात्स मनो भवेत् ।

saMkalpAt sa: man*a: *bhavet |

बुद्धि: चित्तmaहंकार:

buddhi: cittam ahaMkAra:

माया-इति.आदि.अभिधम् तत:॥

mAyA.iti.Adi .abhidham tata:||

y3067.021/FM.3.67.21





next Canto:

FM3037 MEETING OF TROOPS 1.JE09-10 .z59

https://www.dropbox.com/s/hruqoe66uedv7dn/fm3037%201.je09-10%20Meeting%20of%20Troops%20.z59.docx?dl=0

FM.3.1-FM.3.49...

https://www.dropbox.com/s/cezwyr92jlzal0a/FM.3.1-FM.3.49....docx?dl=0

santoSaH paramo lAbhaH satsaGgaH paramA gatiH |
vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||

सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
-- Yoga Vasishtha


The complete YVFiles of this masterpiece can be found at

*http://goo.gl/k3hRBX <http://goo.gl/k3hRBX> *

> *o*ॐ*m*
>
>
>
>
>
> FM.4.36
>
>
>
> *HOW CONSCIOUSNESS CREATES*
>
>
>
> *RÂMA said—*

>
>
>
> यथा_ईदृशम् स्थितम् विश्वम् विश्व.अतीते चिdAत्मनि ।
>
> yathA_IdRzam sthitam vizvam vizva.atIte cit.Atmani |
>
> तन् मे कथय हे ब्रह्मन् पुनर् बोध-विवृद्धये ॥४।३६।१॥
>
> tat me kathaya he brahman punar bodha-vivRddhaye ||4|36|1||
>
> .
>

> *how*
>
> *does the universe have such a state*
>
> *when the consciousness-self goes beyond the universe?*
>
> *O yes, brAhmaNa, tell it to me again*
>
> *so my awakening may grow*
>
> *.*

>
> yathA_IdRzam sthitam vizvam x
>
> vizva.atIte cit.Atmani |
>

> tat me kathaya, he brahman, punar bodha-vivRddhaye *-* *x *
>
> *. *

>
> *vlm.p.1. Râma said, "Tell me O brAhmaNa, for the sake of my advancement
> in knowledge, how does the mundane system exists in the extra mundane
> immaterial soul?"
>
>
>

> *Vasishtha said—*

>
>
>
> 02
>
> यथा_ऊर्मयो ऽनभिव्यक्ता भाविन: पयसि स्थिताः ।
>
> yathA_Urmaya:_anabhivyaktA* bhAvina: payasi sthitA: |
>
> न स्थिताश् च_आत्मनो ऽन्यत्वाच् चित्तत्वे सृष्टयस् तथा ॥४।३६।२॥
>
> na sthitA: ca_Atmana:_anyatvAt cittatve sRSTaya: tathA ||4|36|2||
>
> .
>
> yathA Urmaya:
>

> *like waves are that are without distinction*
>
> *about to become, latent in the waters, *
>
> bhAvina: payasi sthitA:
>
> na sthitA:* c*a_Atmana:_anyatvAt - *not situate anywhere but the Self* =
>
> cittatve sRSTaya:* t*athA - *thus in Affectivity its creations*.

>
> #abhivyakta अभिव्यक्त #anabhivyakta - mfn. indistinct.
>
> *vwv.1337/4.36.2. As unmanifested waves, which are to appear in the
> future, exist (potentially) in water and also do not exist on account of
> their difference from its nature, so do the created worlds (exist and do
> not exist) in the principle of Consciousness.
>
> *m.2 Sri Vasista: O Rāma, this universe abides unmanifest in the chidatma
> like waves in water.
>
> *sv.2 VASISTHA replied: O Râma, this universe exists in the infinite
> consciousness just as future waves exist in a calm sea; non-different in
> truth but with the potentiality of an apparent difference.
>
> *vlm.p.2 Vasishtha replied:—Worlds have no separate existence except in
> the Supreme Mind. They are all situated in Divine Consciousness like future
> waves exist in a calm sea.
>
> *vlm.2. Vasishtha replied:"The worlds having no separate existence (before
> or after their formation) except in the Supreme mind, they are all situated
> in the Divine Intellect, like the unheaving and unseen would-be waves of
> the sea.
>
>
>
> 03
>
> यथा सर्व-गतः सौक्ष्म्याद् आकाशो न_उपलक्ष्यते ।
>
> yathA sarva-gata: saukSmyAt AkAza: na_upalakSyate |
>
> तथा निरंशश् चिद्भावः सर्वगो ऽपि न लक्ष्यते ॥४।३६।३॥
>
> tathA niraMza: cit.bhAva: sarva-ga:_api na lakSyate ||4|36|3||
>
> .
>
> yathA sarva-gata:
>

> *just as everywhere-going *

>
> saukSmyAt – thru subtlety - = AkAza: na_upalakSyate – Space is not to be
> observed - + tathA – thus - = niraMza: - without constituent aMsha.Bits
> Conscious.Feeling tho - = cit.bhAva: sarva-ga: api na lakSyate -
> everywhere-going is not seen.
>

> *just as*
>
> *Space*
>
> *is everywhere-going* *thru its subtlety*
>
> *so not to be observed*
>
> *just so*
>
> *lacking constituent aMsha.Bits*
>
> *Conscious.Feeling*
>
> *is* *everywhere-going tho not seen*.

>
> **var. KG sarvagato'pi
>
> *vlm.3. As the all-pervading sky is not to be seen owing to its extreme
> tenuity; so the undivided nature of the all-pervasive intellect, is not to
> be perceived on account of its rarity.
>
> *m.3 Subtlety is everywhere, all over in the ether/sky. Yet one cannot see
> it. In the same way the indivisible conscious nature is everywhere. It is
> not however visible (separated).
>
> *sv.3 The infinite consciousness is unmanifest, though omnipresent, even
> as space, though existing everywhere, is unmanifest.
>
> *jd. yathA sarva-gata: - just as x everywhere-going - = saukSmyAt – thru
> subtlety - = AkAza: na_upalakSyate – Space is not to be observed - + tathA
> – thus - = niraMza: - without constituent aMsha.Bits Conscious.Feeling tho
> - = cit.bhAva: sarva-ga: api na lakSyate - everywhere-going is not seen.
>

> *x*

> cit.sthai: sargai:* cit.*AdhArai:
>
> na spRSTA cit.parA tathA *- x. *

>
> *vwv.1309/5. As the sky is not touched by the clouds extisting within it
> and having it as their support, so, the Supreme Consciousness is not
> touched by the worlds which exist in Consciousness as their support.
>
> *sv.5 Again, just as space is unaffected by the clouds that float in it,
> this infinite consciousness is unaffected and untouched by the universe
> that appears in it.
>
> *vlm.5. As the clouds abiding in the sky, do not touch the sky or have a
> tangible feeling of its vacuity; so the worlds subsisting in the receptacle
> of the Intellectual soul, have no contact with the extraneous (paraa)
> intellect, which is unconnected with its contents.
>
> *m.5 Clouds in sky derive support from it. However sky is not touched by
> clouds. Similarly consciousness supports the creations inside it. But is
> never touched by them.
>
> 06
>
> जल.अधिष्ठित-तत्-तेजो यथा_अङ्ग प्रतिबिम्बति ।
>
> jala.adhiSThita-tat-teja: yathA_aGga prati.bimbati |
>
> तथा पुर्यष्टकेष्व्_एव विद्धि देहेषु लक्ष्यते ॥४।३६।६॥
>
> tathA puryaSTakeSu_eva viddhi deheSu lakSyate ||4|36|6||
>
> .
>
> jala.adhiSThita-tat-tejas
>
> yathA_aGga pratibimbati
>
> tathA puryaSTakeSu_eva
>

> viddhi deheSu lakSyate *- x. *

>
> *m.6 Sunbeams which enter the waters of ocean are revealed as reflections.
> Similarly consciousness appears as Puryastaka in a body.
>
> *vlm.6. As the light residing in the waters of the sea or a pot of water,
> is not connected either with the water or pot, nor is it felt by us but by
> its reflexion; so the intangible soul abides unconnected in its receptacle
> of the body, and reflects itself to our knowledge only.
>

> **sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting

> agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various
> bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are

> ascribed to its reflections.*

>
> AB. ... agGa iti saMbodhane | yathA jale saMyuktA: | ... ||4|36|
>

> *x*

>
> 04
>
> 05
>
> 06
>
>
>
> 07
>
> सर्व.संकल्प-रहिता सर्व.संज्ञा-विवर्जिता ।
>
> sarva.saMkalpa-rahitA sarva.saMjJA-vivarjitA |
>
> सा_एषा चिद्.अविनाश.आत्मा तच् चेत्यादि-कृत.अभिधा ॥४।३६।७॥
>
> sA_eSA cit.avinAza.AtmA tat cetya+Adi-kRta.abhidhA ||4|36|7||
>
> .
>
> sarva-saMkalpa-rahitA
>

> *without all Samkalpa Conceptions *
>
> sarva-saMjJA-vivarjitA
>
> *devoid of all designations *
>
> sA eSA cit.avinAza.AtmA
>
> *this is the Self of Indestructible Chit-Consciousness *
>
> tat cetya.Adi-kRta=abhidhA
>
> *That is defined as the maker of the conce[tual process*
>
> *. *

>
> *m.7 Consciousness-Self is without any determinations or resolutions. It
> has no identifications or symbols represent it. In such an indestructible
> Self, all objects are caused.
>
> *vlm.7. The intellect is devoid of every desire and designation; it is the
> indestructible soul, and is named by our intelligence of it as (Chetya)
> intelligible; or from some one of our intelligible ideas as the living soul
> &c.
>

> **sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting

> agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various
> bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are

> ascribed to its reflections.*

>
>
>
> 08
>
> आकाश-शत-भाग.अच्छा ज्ञेषु निष्कल-रूपिणी ।
>
> AkAza-zata-bhAga.acchA jJeSu niSkala-rUpiNI |
>
> सकल.अकल-संसार-स्वरूप.एक.आत्म्य-दर्शिनी ॥४।३६।८॥
>
> sakala.akala-saMsAra-svarUpa.eka.Atmya-darzinI ||4|36|8||
>
> .
>
> AkAza-zata-bhAga.acchA
>
> jJeSu niSkala-rUpiNI
>

> sakala.akala-saMsAra-svarUp*a.e*ka.Atmya-darzinI *- x. *

>
> *m.8 This Self is hundred times purer and subtler than sky/space. It is
> stainless. However it manifests as the world which is ugly.
>
> *vlm.8. It is clearer than the translucent air, and finer than it by a
> hundred times; it is known as an undivided whole by the learned; who view
> it as identic with the whole undivided world, which it comprehends within
> itself.
>

> **sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting

> agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various
> bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are

> ascribed to its reflections.*

>
> 09
>
> तरङ्गादि-मयी स्फारा नानाता_इयम् चिदर्णवे ।
>
> taraGga.Adi-mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave |
>
> तस्मान् न व्यतिरेकेण यथा भाव-विकारिणी ॥४।३६।९॥
>

> tasmA*t *na vyatirekeNa yathA bhAva-vikAriNI ||4|36|9||

>
> .
>
> taraGga.Adi-mayI sphArA
>
> nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave
>
> tasmAt na vyatirekeNa
>
> yathA bhAva-vikAriNI - x
>
> .
>
> sphAra
>
> vyatireka
>
> bhaava
>
> vikArin
>
> .
>
> *m.9 The waters of an ocean are full of waves. Yet none of them are in any
> way distinct or different in essence from the waters.
>
> *vlm.9. As the sea water shows itself in various forms in all its waves,
> so the intellect does not differ from it, in showing us its various
> representations of its own motion.
>

> **sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting

> agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various
> bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are

> ascribed to its reflections.*
>
> *x*

>
> 07
>
> 08
>
> 09
>
>
>
> 10
>
> त्वत्ता-मत्ता-मयी स्फारा नानाता_इयम् चिदर्णवे ।
>
> tvattA-mattA-mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam cit.arNave |
>
> चिन्मात्र-व्यतिरेकेण तथा न_एव प्रकाशते ॥४।३६।१०॥
>
> cit.mAtra-vyatirekeNa tathA na_eva prakAzate ||4|36|10||
>
> .
>

> tvattA-mattA=mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam *cit.*arNave
>
> *this varied expanse of yourness and myness in the Consciousness-ocean *
>
> cinmAtra-vyatirekeNa tathA
>
> *thus, except by the apportionment of Consciousness *
>
> na_eva prakAzate
>
> *is not manifest at-all*
>
> *. *
>
> tvattA-mattA=mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam *cit.*arNave
>
> *this varied expanse of yourness and myness in the Consciousness-ocean *
>
> cinmAtra-vyatirekeNa tathA
>
> *thus, except by the apportionment of Consciousness *
>
> na_eva prakAzate
>
> *is not manifest at-all*
>
> *. *
>
> mayI sphArA nAnAtA_iyam *cit.*arNave
>
> cinmAtra-vyatirekeNa tathA
>
> na_eva prakAzate
>
> *. *

>
> *m.10 (Similarly) the consciousness ocean is full of you and I. But
> nothing is in any capable of shining in distinction or opposition to
> consciousness.
>
> *vlm.10. The diversities of our subjective and objective knowledge of
> myself and thyself and these (ego, tu &c.), are like the varieties of waves
> and billows in the ocean of the intellect, these are but erroneous notions,
> since they are representations of the same element, and the very same
> intellect.
>

> **sv.6-7-8-9-10 Just as light is not seen except through the refracting

> agent, even so the infinite consciousness is revealed through these various
> bodies. It is essentially nameless and formless, but names and forms are

> ascribed to its reflections.*

>
>
>
> 11
>
> चिच्चिनोति चितम् चेत्यम् तेन_इदम् स्थितम् आत्मनि ।
>
> cit.cinoti citam cetyam tena_idam sthitam Atmani |
>
> अज्ञे ऽज्ञे त्व्_अन्यद् आयातम् अन्यद् अस्ति_इति कल्पना ॥४।३६।११॥
>
> ajJe_ajJe tu_anyat AyAtam anyat asti_iti kalpanA ||4|36|11||
>
> .
>

> cit cinoti citam *- Consciousness conceives Consciousness = *
>
> cetyam tena *- what is conceivable by that = *
>
> idam sthitam Atmani *- is existent as this in the soul = *
>
> ajJe *- in the unWise = *
>
> ajJe tu *- but in the unWise = *
>
> anyad AyAtam *- come to another = *
>
> anyad asti *- another exists = *
>
> iti kalpanA *- such is Imagination. *

>
> *m.11 Consciousness perceives and ponders over objects within itself. And
> so they abide in the Self. But ignorant people think otherwise and regard
> this world existing as a separate design/fabrication.
>
> *sv.11 Consciousness reflecting in consciousness shines as consciousness
> and exists as consciousness; yet, to one who is ignorant (though
> considering oneself as wise and rational) there arises the notion that
> there has come into being and there exists something other than this
> consciousness.
>
> *vlm.11. The various states of the intellect (Chit), intellection
> (Chintaa), intelligence (Chittam) and intelligibles (Chetyas), all
> appertain to the main principle of the soul. They are differently conceived
> by the learned and ignorant, but the difference is a mere conceit
> (Kalpanaa).
>
>
>
> 12
>
> अज्ञेष्व्_असत्-स्वभाव.उग्र-संसार-गण-गर्भिणी ।
>
> ajJeSu_asat-svabhAva.ugra-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI |
>
> ज्ञेषु प्रकाश-रूपा_एव सकल.एक.आत्मिका सती ॥४।३६।१२॥
>
> jJeSu prakAza-rUpA_eva sakala.eka.AtmikA satI ||4|36|12||
>
> .
>

> ajJeSu *– *
>
> *in those unWise is *
>
> asat-svabhAva.ugra-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI *- *
>
> *an unreal*-*nature*-*fierce*-*saMsAra*-gaNa-garbhiNI* = *
>
> jJeSu *– *
>
> *in those Wise is *
>
> prakAza-rUpA eva *– *
>
> *its very radiant form *
>
> sakal*a.e*ka.AtmikA satI –
>
> *a totally-one-Selfling. *

>
> *m.12 In the understanding of ignorant people, consciousness holds this
> world(s) which is intensely non-existing. However in the perception of
> jnanis, this world is a shining reflection of that one consciousness and
> exists as one with the consciousness.
>
> *vlm.12. The intellect presents its two different aspects to the wise and
> unwise people; to the ignorant, it shows its unreal nature in the realistic
> conception of the world, while to the learned it exhibits its luminous form
> in the identity of all things (with God).
>
> *sv.12-13 To the ignorant this consciousness appears as the terrible
> world-appearance; to the wise the same consciousness appears as the one
> self. This consciousness alone is known as pure experiencing; and it is
> thanks to it that the sun shines and all beings enjoy life here.
>
> * ajJeSu - in those unWise is = asat-svabhAva.ugra-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI -
> an unreal-nature-fierce-saMsAra-gaNa-garbhiNI = jJeSu - in those Wise is =
> prakAza-rUpA eva - its very radiant form = sakala.eka.AtmikA satI - a
> totally-one-Selfling.
>

> *x*

>
> x
>
> 10
>
> 11
>
> 12
>
>
>
> 13
>
> अनुभूति-वशान् नित्यम् अर्क.आदीनाम् प्रकाशिनी ।
>
> anubhUti-vazAn nityam arka.AdInAm prakAzinI |
>
> स्वादिनी सर्व-भूतानाम् भाविनी भव-भोगिनाम् ॥४।३६।१३॥
>
> svAdinI sarva-bhUtAnAm bhAvinI bhava-bhoginAm ||4|36|13||
>
> .
>

> *because of its constant experience of them*
>
> *it is the illuminator of sun-&c*
>
> *the enjoyer of all existent things*
>
> *the becomer of the enjoyers of becoming*
>
> *. *
>
> anubhUti-vazAt nityam
>
> *because of its constant experience of them = *arka.AdInAm prakAzinI - *it
> is the illuminator of sun-&c = *svAdinI sarva-bhUtAnAm - *the enjoyer of
> all beings/things = *bhAvinI bhava-bhoginAm - *the becomer of
> becoming-enjoyers*
>
> *. *

>
> anubhUti
>
> prakAzin
>
> bhaavin
>
> bhava
>
> bhogin
>

> *. *

>
> *m.13 This consciousness shines the sun, moon and such as a natural
> experiential characteristic of itself (Moreover) it is the essence of all
> beings and conceives all pleasures of the world.
>
> *vlm.13. The intellect enlightens the luminous bodies of the sun and
> stars, by its internal (intellectual) light; it gives a relish to things by
> its internal taste; and it gives birth to all beings from its inborn ideas
> of them.
>
> *sv. This consciousness alone is known as pure experiencing; and it is
> thanks to it that the sun shines and all beings enjoy life here.
>

> *jd.13 - anubhUti-vazAt nityam - *because of its constant experience of
> them = *arka.AdInAm prakAzinI - *it is the illuminator of sun-&c = *svAdinI
> sarva-bhUtAnAm - *the enjoyer of all beings/things = *bhAvinI
> bhava-bhoginAm - *the becomer of becoming-enjoyers. *

>
>
>
> 14
>
> न_अस्तम् एति न च_उदेति न_उत्तिष्ठति न तिष्ठति ।
>
> na_astam eti na ca_udeti na_uttiSThati na tiSThati |
>
> न च_आयाति न वा याति न च_इह न.च न_इह चित् ॥४।३६।१४॥
>
> na ca_AyAti na vA yAti na ca_iha na.ca na_iha cit ||4|36|14||
>
> .
>

> *it does not set nor does it rise*
>
> *doesn't go out, doesn't stay in*
>
> *neither comes nor goes*
>
> *nor is it here*
>
> *nor not here*
>
> *:*
>
> *such is **chit.Consciousness*
>
> *.*
>
> na astam eti
>
> *it does not set = = *na ca udeti *- nor does it rise = *na uttiSThati na
> tiSThati – *doesn't go out, doesn't stay in = *na ca AyAti na vA yAti – *neither
> comes nor goes = *na ca iha *- nor is it here = *na-ca na iha – *nor not
> here = *cit – *such is **chit.Consciousness. *

>
> *m.14 This consciousness never disappears nor it is born. It never emerges
> nor stays put. It never goes nor returns. It is never here nor there. It is
> everywhere.
>
> *vlm.14. It neither rises nor sets, nor gets up nor sits; it neither
> proceeds nor recedes to or fro, it is not here nor is it no where.
> (Omniscience is present everywhere and is ever the same).
>

> *jd.14 - na astam eti *- it does not set = = *na ca udeti *- nor does it
> rise = *na uttiSThati na tiSThati – *doesn't go out, doesn't stay in = *na
> ca AyAti na vA yAti – *neither comes nor goes = *na ca iha *- nor is it
> here = *na-ca na iha – *nor not here = *cit – *such is **chit.Consciousness.
> *

>
>
>
> 15
>
> सा_एषा चिद् अमल.आकारा स्वयम् आत्मनि संस्थिता ।
>
> sA_eSA cit amala.AkArA svayam Atmani saMsthitA |
>
> राघव_इत्थम् प्रपञ्चेन जगन्-नाम्ना विजृम्भते ॥४।३६।१५॥
>
> rAghava_ittham prapaJcena jagat-nAmnA vijRmbhate ||4|36|15||
>
> .
>
> sA eSA cid amala.AkArA
>

> *it is this Consciousness of immaculate embodiment = *svayam Atmani
> saMsthitA *- itself abiding in the Self = *o *rAghava = *ittham
> prapaJcena - *thus by the elemental = *jagat-nAmnA vijRmbhate - *is
> manifested this "world". *
>
> *it is this Consciousness*
>
> *of immaculate embodiment*
>
> *itself abiding in the Self*
>
> *rAghava*
>
> *.*
>
> *thus with its elements*
>
> *this "world" is manifest*
>
> *.*

>
> *m.15 O Rāghava, such is the stainless self. It abides within itself. As
> phenomenon (prapanch) it swells out with the name 'jagat' mutable world.
>
> *vlm.15. The pure and transpicuous intellect which is situated in the
> soul, displays in itself the phantasmagoria which is called the world.
>
> *sv.14..17 This consciousness is not created, nor does it perish; it is
> eternal and the world-appearance is superimposed on it, even as waves in
> relation to the ocean.
>

> * sA eSA cid amala.AkArA *- it is this Consciousness of immaculate
> embodiment = *svayam Atmani saMsthitA *- itself abiding in the Self = *o *rAghava
> = *ittham prapaJcena - *thus by the elemental = *jagat-nAmnA vijRmbhate - *is
> manifested this "world". *
>
> *x*

>
> x
>
> 13
>
> 14
>
> 15
>
>
>
> 16
>
> तेजःपुञ्जैर् यथा तेजः पयःपूरैर् यथा पयः ।
>
> teja:puJjai: yathA teja: paya:pUrai: yathA paya: |
>
> परिस्फुरति संस्पन्दैस् तथा चित्.सर्ग-विभ्रमैः ॥४।३६।१६॥
>
> parisphurati saMspandai: tathA cit.sarga-vibhramai: ||4|36|16||
>
> .
>

> teja:puJjai: yathA teja: *- with intense heat as Fire = *
>
> paya:pUrai: yathA paya: *- with plenty of liquid as Water = *
>
> parisphurati *- it expands = *
>
> saMspandai:
>
> tathA cit sarga-vibhramai: *- thus is Consciousness with its

> creation-confusion. *
>
> *m.16 Consciousness-creations are vibrational quiverings in consciousness.
> It is like brilliant light being a multitude of light beams. It is like a
> tide being full of assembled waters.
>
> *vwv.1308/16. As light shines with a multitude of beams of light and as
> water throbs with streams of water, so Consciousness throbs with the
> vibrations in the form of world-appearances (or whirlings of the worlds).
>
> *vlm.16. As a heap of fire emits its flame, and a luminous body blazes
> with its rays; and as the sea swells in surges and breaks in with its arms,
> so the intellect bursts out in its creations. (Omniscience is the cause and
> not percipience of the world"God makes all things, and does not perceive
> them like us).
>
> *sv.14..17 This consciousness is not created, nor does it perish; it is
> eternal and the world-appearance is superimposed on it, even as waves in
> relation to the ocean.
>

> #puJja पुञ्जः A heap, multitude, quantity, mass, collection. •• #*puJjita‑
> *पुञ्जित heaped, made up into a ball, pressed or put together.

>
> 17
>
> तत्-स्वभावेन चिन्नाम्ना सर्वगेन_उदित.आत्मना ।
>
> tat-svabhAvena cit.nAmnA sarvagena_udita.AtmanA |
>
> प्रकाशेन_अप्रकाशेन निरंशेन_अंशधारिणा ॥४।३६।१७॥
>
> prakAzena_a.prakAzena nir.aMzena_aMza.dhAriNA ||4|36|17||
>
> .
>

> tat-svabhAvena cin.nAmnA - *by that nature called Conscious = *
>
> sarvagena udita.AtmanA *– by the everywhere-arisen Self = *
>
> prakAzena aprakAzena
>
> niraMzena aMza-dhAriNA
>
> *. *

>
> sarvaga
>
> udita
>
> AtmanA
>
> prakAza
>
> aprakAza
>
> niraMza
>
> aMza
>
> dhArin
>

> *. *

>
> *m.17 That which is called consciousness is by nature all pervading. It
> radiantly manifests as soul (individual). When bereft of light (not
> radiant), the aspectless soul develops aspects.
>
> *vlm.17. Thus the intellect which is selfmanifest and omnipresent of its
> own nature, developes and envelopes the world by its own manifestation and
> occultation, and by its acts of integration and segregation (saanhara and
> nirhaara); or the acts of accretion and secretion.
>
> *sv.14..17 This consciousness is not created, nor does it perish; it is
> eternal and the world-appearance is superimposed on it, even as waves in
> relation to the ocean.
>
>
>
> 18
>
> स्वयम् स्व.कलनाभोगाद् अनन्तम् पदम् उज्झता ।
>
> svayam sva.kalanÂbhogAt anantam padam ujjhatA |
>
> अहम् अस्मि_इति भावेन गच्छता ज्ञ.पदम् शनैः ॥४।३६।१८॥
>
> aham asmi_iti bhAvena gacchatA jJa.padam zanai: ||4|36|18||
>
> .
>
> * svayam sva.kalanAbhogAt
>

> anantam padam *– boundless state = *
>
> ujjhatA
>
> aham asmi *- I am" = *
>
> iti
>
> bhAvena gacchatA
>
> jJa.padam
>
> zanai: *- x. *

>
> #ujjhatA
>
> *m.18 'I am' with this thought and musing, the Absolute slowly devolves
> into ignorant state, throwing away its exalted state by adopting and
> enjoying the pleasures of self conjecturing.
>
> *vlm.18. It is led by its own error and of its own accord, to forget and
> forsake its state of infinitude; and then by assuming its individual
> personality of egoism (that I am), it is converted to an ignoramus. (So men
> of contracted views turn to be dunces).
>

> **sv.18-19-20 In that consciousness, when it is reflected within itself,
> there arises the 'I am' notion which gives rise to diversity. *
>
> *x*

>
> x
>
> 16
>
> 17
>
> 18
>
>
>
> 19
>
> नानातायाम् प्ररूढायाम् अस्याम् संसृति-पूर्वकम् ।
>
> nAnAtAyAm prarUDhAyAm asyAm saMsRti-pUrvakam |
>
> भाव.अभाव-ग्रह.उत्सर्ग-पदे स्थितिम् उपागते ॥४।३६।१९॥
>
> bhAva.abhAva-graha.utsarga-pade sthitim upAgate ||4|36|19||
>
> .
>

> nAnAtAyAm *– *
>
> *in variety *
>
> prarUDhAyAm asyAm *– *
>
> *when this is overgrown *

>
> saMsRti-pUrvakam
>
> bhAva.abhAva-graha.utsarga-pade
>
> sthitim upAgate
>
> .
>
> *m.19 Settling down to division and multiplicity, it becomes mutable and
> changing. It arrives at a condition of 'having and not having', 'acceptable
> and disagreeable'.
>
> *vlm.19. It falls from its knowledge of generals to that of particulars,
> by its act of specialization; and comes to the discrimination of the
> positive, and negative, and of inclusion and exclusion (or admission or
> rejection).
>
> *sv. In that consciousness, when it is reflected within itself, there
> arises the 'I am' notion which gives rise to diversity.
>
>
>
> 20
>
> पुर्यष्टक-स्पन्द-शतैः करोति न करोति च ।
>
> puryaSTaka-spanda-zatai: karoti na karoti ca |
>
> उत्सेधम् एति भू-कोश-कोटर-स्थो ऽङ्कुर.उत्करः ॥४।३६।२०॥
>
> utsedham eti bhU-koza-koTara-stha:_aGkura.utkara: ||4|36|20||
>
> .
>
> puryaSTaka-spanda-zatai:
>

> *with hundreds of motions of the subtle puryaSTaka body = *karoti *– it
> acts = *na karoti ca *– and does not act = *utsedham eti *– it *goes to
> ascent/increase* – **comes to growth** = *bhU-koza-koTara-stha: *- in a
> hole in the ground = *aGkura.utkara: *- *shoot-outgrowth – a *weed**. *
>
> *with hundreds of subtle-body=motions*
>
> *it acts & does not act*
>
> *but*
>
> *comes to growth*
>
> *like **a weed** in a hole in the ground*
>
> *.*

>
> *m.20 It shakes out hundreds of "puryastakas" and throws up millions of
> worlds and universes.
>
> *vlm.20. It strives and struggles within the confines of the sensuous body
> (owing to its degradation from spirituality); and it multiplies in these
> bodies like the weeds sprouting out of the bosom of the earth. (i.e. From
> its unity becomes a multiplicity in the many animal bodies).
>
> .AB. utsedham upacayena_unnatyam ||4|36|
>

> *jd.20 - puryaSTaka-spanda-zatai: *- with hundreds of motions of the
> subtle puryaSTaka body = *karoti *– it acts = *na karoti ca *– and does
> not act = *utsedham eti *– it *goes to ascent/increase* – **comes to
> growth** = *bhU-koza-koTara-stha: *- in a hole in the ground = *aGkura.utkara:
> *- *shoot-outgrowth – a *weed**. *

>
>
>
> 21
>
> व्योम सौषिर्यम् आदत्ते सर्व-मूर्त्य्.अविरोधि यत् ।
>
> vyoma sauSiryam Adatte sarva-mUrti.avirodhi yat |
>
> स्पन्द.एक-धर्मवान् वातो रस-रूपतया जलम् ॥४।३६।२१॥
>
> spanda.eka-dharmavAn vAta: rasa-rUpatayA jalam ||4|36|21||
>
> .
>

> *the spacious sky is like a sponge*
>
> *which accepts all sorts of things*
>
> *:*
>
> *Air*
>
> *(which has the character of motion)*
>
> *water*
>
> *(which has the form of flavor) –*
>
> *vibrant with a single quality*
>
> .
>
> vyoma sauSiryam Adatte - *the spacious sky presents a channel = *sarva-mUrti-a-virodhi
> yat - *which accepts all formations: = *vAta: rasa-rUpatayA jalam - *the

> air (which has the character of motion) = water (which has the form of

> flavor) – *spand*a.e*ka-dharmavAn – *vibrant with a single quality... *

>
> *m.21 Forms emerge out of the ether and this consciousness becomes
> friendly (will not resist) with formations. (Among these) The one with the
> nature of vibration is wind. The one with fluidity is water.
>
> *vlm.21. It is the intellect that stretches the spacious vacuum, to make
> room for the subsistence and growth of every thing; and makes the all and
> ever moving air and the liquid water, for the vitality and nourishment of
> all.
>

> #rudh -> #virudh ->#virodha विरोध ->#*avirodha* *–m.-* without
> obstruction/opposition.to *•* living or being in agreement with (in comp.
> or inst.) MBh.&c. *•* non-incompatibility, consistency, harmony Ya1n5. ii

> , 186 , &c. •• #avirodhin a. not being out of harmony with, not being
> obstructive to (gen. or in comp.).
>

> #murch* to become thick -> #*mUrta **मूर्त* *-adj.-* coagulated [=

> #ghana]; settled into any fixed shape, embodied, incarnate. •• #

> *mUrtatvam* material form, incarnate existence. •• #*mUrti* *–f.-* any

> material embodiment, having definite shape or limits (= #Amaya, as in

> #nirAmaya) *•* an image, idol, statue. •• #mUrti*dhara*- mUrti-dhara
> having a body, corporeal, incarnate. •• #*mUrtitvam* - the having a body,
> materiality; (in phil) the *having a finite or fixed measure or motion*. #
> *amUrta* - shapeless, unembodied; consisting of different parts. •• #
> *amUrti* - f. shapelessness, absence of shape or form....
>
> * vyoma sauSiryam Adatte - *the spacious sky presents a channel = *sarva-mUrti-a-virodhi
> yat - *which accepts all formations: = *vAta: rasa-rUpatayA jalam - *the

> air (which has the character of motion) = water (which has the form of

> flavor) – *spand*a.e*ka-dharmavAn – *vibrant with a single quality... *
>
> *x*

>
> 19
>
> 20
>
> 21
>
>
>
> 22
>
> दृढा_ऊर्वी प्रकटम् तेजः स्थितिमन्ति जगन्ति च ।
>
> dRDhA_UrvI prakaTam teja: sthitimanti jaganti ca |
>
> प्रतिबन्ध.अभ्यनुज्ञासु कालः कलनया स्थितः ॥४।३६।२२॥
>
> pratibandha.abhi.anujJAsu kAla: kalanayA sthita: ||4|36|22||
>
> .
>

> dRDhA UrvI *- solid Earth = *
>
> prakaTam teja: *- radiant Fire = *
>
> sthitimanti jaganti ca
>
> pratibandha.abhyanujJAsu
>
> kAla: kalanayA sthita: *- time set with its mark*
>
> *. *

>
> dRDhA
>
> UrvI
>
> prakaTa
>
> tejas
>
> sthitiman
>
> pratibandha
>
> abhyanujJA
>
> kalanA
>

> *. *

>
> *m.22 It manifests solidity as earth, effulgence as light and manifests
> the mutable world. It fancies time as the restraining and regulating agency.
>
> *vlm.22. It makes the firm earth (terra firma) and the light-some fire and
> the fixed worlds all around; and employs time by its injunctions and
> prohibitions (to do or undo any thing).
>
> *sv.21-22 As space, the same consciousness enables the seed to sprout; as
> air, it draws the sprout, as it were; as water, it nourishes it; as earth,
> it stabilises it; and as light, the consciousness itself reveals the new
> life.
>
> #pratibandha
>
> #abhyanujJA
>
>
>
> 23
>
> पुष्पेषु गन्धताम् याति शनै: संचित-केसरम् ।
>
> puSpeSu gandhatAm yAti zanai: saMcita-kesaram |
>
> मृत्-कोटर-रस.उल्लास: स्थानुताम् एति भूतले ॥४।३६।२३॥
>
> mRt-koTara-rasa.ullAsa: sthAnutAm eti bhUtale ||4|36|23||
>
> .
>

> * puSpeSu gandhatAm yAti *- in flowers it comes to perfumery = *
>
> zanai: saMcita-kesaram
>
> mRt-koTara-rasa.ullAsa:
>
> sthAnutAm eti bhUtale* – goes to stability in the ground. *

>
> *m.23 As Flowers develop fragrance and follicles: this consciousness
> develops immobility as earth and soil.
>
> *vlm.23. It gives fragrance to flowers, and grows by degrees their
> filaments and pistils; and it makes the moisture of the porous ground, to
> grow vegetables on earth.
>
> *sv.23-24-25 It is the consciousness in the seed that in due course
> manifests as the fruit.
>
> #saMcita – heaped, dense.
>

> #kesara* – *hair, (horse's) mane.

>
>
>
> 24
>
> मूल-स्थाः फलम् आयान्ति पेलवा रस-लेशकाः ।
>
> mUla-sthA: phalam AyAnti pelavA* rasa-lezakA: |
>
> संनिवेशम् व्रजन्त्य्_एता रेखा: पल्लव-पालिषु ॥४।३६।२४॥
>
> saMnivezam vrajanti_etA* rekhA: pallava-pAliSu ||4|36|24||
>
> .
>

> mUla-sthA: phalam AyAnti – *the rooted (trees) come to fruit = *
>
> pelavA: *- tender = *
>
> rasa-lezakA: *- drops of sap = *
>
> saMnivezam
>
> vrajanti etA: rekhA: *- these lines grow into = *
>
> pallava-pAliSu *– shoot-rows. *

>
> *m.24. As trees, it manifests tender leaves, branches and fruits and sap
> carrying channels. It stays new all the time like a rainbow. This is an
> endless process supporting the world manifestation.
>
> *vlm.24. The rooted trees fructify with fruits, by their juicy saps from
> beneath; and they produce their fruitage, and display their foliage with
> lineaments in them, as their veins and arteries.
>
> *sv.23-24-25 It is the consciousness in the seed that in due course
> manifests as the fruit.
>

> #li*: *- #*leza*-H, #lezaka-: a small part or portion, particle, atom,
> little bit or slight trace of (gen. or comp.; #*lezatas* and #lezatena,

> ind. = very slightly or briefly; #lezazas, in small pieces R.) MBh. &c.; •
> a partic. division or short space of time (= 2 or 12 kalA-s) L. •-• #

> *hima*leza snowflake.
>
> विश् #vi*: *-> #nivi*: *-> #*saMniveza: *- sitting down, settlement,

> foundation (of a city); abode, dwelling-place; arrangement, preparation;
> state, condition; shape, form, appearance.
>

> *x*

> puSpa-pallava-rAzaya: *- flower-bud=sprigs = *
>
> nidAgha-vidhim AyAnti
>
> daiva-dAha-vibhUtaya: *- x. *

>
> *m.26-27 In rainy season it pours and fills lakes and tanks. In autumn, it
> covers the entire land with fog and snow. Thus in all the seasons and years
> it never violates the law of existence,_aNiyati’.
>
> *vlm.26. It bids the folia, fruits and flowers to wait on the flowery
> season of spring; and then brings their fruitage to perfection, under the
> heat of the summer sun.
>
> *sv. This consciousness alone is the different seasons and their
> characteristics.
>
> Øtt. SEASONS – "six seasons are enumerated, viz. vasanta, "spring " •
> grISma, "the hot season" • varSAs (f. nom. pl), "the Rains " • zarad,
> "autumn" • hemanta, "winter" • and zizira, "the cool season".
>
>
>
> 27
>
> प्रावृट् समयम् ईहन्ते नीला जलद-राशयः ।
>
> prAvRT samayam Ihante nIlA* jalada-rAzaya: |
>
> शरदम् च_अनुधावन्ति समग्राः फल-राशयः ॥४।३६।२७॥
>
> zaradam ca_anudhAvanti samagrA: phala-rAzaya: ||4|36|27||
>
> .
>
> prAvRT-samayam –
>

> *in the time of the rains *
>
> *= *Ihante *– *
>
> *they proceed *
>
> nIlA: jalada-rAzaya: *- *
>
> *blue streaks of cloud *
>
> *= *zaradam ca anudhAvanti *– *
>
> *in the autumn following *
>
> *= *samagrA: *- *
>
> *abundant *
>
> *= *phala-rAzaya: -
>
> *fruit-crops. *

>
> *m.26-27 In rainy season it pours and fills lakes and tanks. In autumn, it
> covers the entire land with fog and snow. Thus in all the seasons and years
> it never violates the law of existence, 'Niyati'.
>
> *vlm.27. It makes the dark blue clouds of heaven, to wait on the approach
> of the rainy weather; and causes the harvest of fields, to follow in the
> train of autumn.
>
> *sv.26-27-28-29 This consciousness alone is the different seasons and
> their characteristics.
>
> वस् #vas – to shine -> #vasanta: - "brilliant (season)" [the Shining],
> spring (comprising the months caitra and vaizAkha or from mid-March to
> mid-May) 1 of the 6 #Rtu.Seasons • personified as a friend or attendant
> of kAmadeva, the god of love) *RV. &c
>

> वृष् #vRS -> #*pravRS* -> #prAvRS *prAvRt -f.- the rainy season, wet

> season, rains (the months ASADha and zravaNa, comprising the first half of
> the rainy season which lasts in some parts from the middle of June till the
> middle of October) RV. &c ( °Si-ja mfn. produced in the rainy seasons. –
> there are 6 Rtu.Seasons -> vasanta, "spring " • grISma, "the hot season" •

> *varSA:* (f. nom. pl), "*the Rain*s " • zarad, "autumn" • hemanta,

> "winter " • and zizira, "the cool season".
>

> *x*

>
> x
>
> 25
>
> 26
>
> 27
>
>
>
> 28
>
> हेमन्ते हिम-हासिन्यो भवन्ति ककुभो दश ।
>
> hemante hima-hAsinya: bhavanti kakubha: daza |
>
> नयन्त्य्_उपलताम् अम्बु शिशिरे शीतल.अनिलाः ॥४।३६।२८॥
>
> nayanti_upalatAm ambu zizire zItala.anilA: ||4|36|28||
>
> .
>

> hemante *– *
>
> *in winter *
>
> hima-hAsinya: *- *
>
> *sparkling white snows *
>
> bhavanti kakubha: daza *– *
>
> *become the ten directions *
>
> nayanti upalatAm ambu* – *
>
> *turning water to stone *
>
> zizire zItala.anilA:
>
> *. *

>
> hemanta
>
> hima
>
> hAsin
>
> bhavanti
>
> nayanti
>
> upala
>
> upalatA
>
> zizira
>
> zItala
>
> anila
>

> *. *

>
> *vlm.28. The cold season is decorated with its smiling frost, in its faces
> of the ten sides of the sky; and the dewy weather is made to waft its
> icicles of dew drops, on the pinions of the chilling winds of winter.
>
> *sv.26-27-28-29 This consciousness alone is the different seasons and
> their characteristics.
>
>
>
> 29
>
> न जहाति स्वमर्यादाम् कालो युग-मयीम् इमाम् ।
>
> na jahAti sva.maryAdAm kAla: yuga-mayIm imAm |
>
> तरङ्गिणी-तरङ्ग.ओघ-लीलया यान्ति सृष्टयः ॥४।३६।२९॥
>
> taraGgiNI-taraGga.ogha-lIlayA yAnti sRSTaya: ||4|36|29||
>
> .
>
> na jahAti sva.maryAdAm kAla: yuga-mayIm imAm
>

> taraGgiNI-taraGga-ogha-lIlayA yAnti sRSTaya: - *by the play of waves in a
> flood of waves the creations come*
>
> *. *

>
> jahAti
>
> maryAdA
>
> yuga
>
> taraGgiN
>
> ogha
>
> lIlA
>
> yAnti
>
> sRSTi
>
> .
>
> *vlm.29. It makes the ever moving time, to revolve in its rotation of
> years and cycles and Yuga ages; and causes the tide of creation to roll on
> in its waves of worlds, on its bosom of the ocean of eternity.
>
> *sv.26-27-28-29 This consciousness alone is the different seasons and
> their characteristics.
>
> #jahAti - limits
>

> दा #dA -> #AdA -> #*maryAdA -* "giving or containing clear marks or

> signs", a frontier, boundary, extreme point, goal (in space and time)
> (#SaN-mAs-maryAdayA, within six months) • the limits of morality or custom
> • propriety of conduct.
>
>
>
> 30
>
> नियतिः स्थितिम् आयाति स्थैर्य-चातुर्य-कारिणी ।
>
> niyati: sthitim AyAti sthairya-cAturya-kAriNI |
>
> तिष्ठत्य्_आप्रलयम् धीरा धर.अधरण-धर्मिणी ॥४।३६।३०॥
>
> tiSThati_A=pralayam dhIrA dhara.adharaNa-dharmiNI ||4|36|30||
>
> .
>

> niyati*.x.*: sthiti*.x.*m AyAti*.coming* *- niyati.Destiny comes to a
> state = *
>
> sthairya*.x.*cAturya*.skill\cleverness*.kAriN*.x.*I
>
> tiSThat*.x.*i Apralaya*.x.*m *- remains till Doomsday = *
>
> dhIrA*.x.* dhara*.x.*adharaNa*.x.*dharmiN*.x.*I
>
> *. *

>
> sthairya
>
> kArin
>
> tiSThati
>
> Apralaya
>
> dhIra
>
> dhara
>
> adharaNa
>
> dharmin
>

> *. *

>
> *m.30 With this_'niyati' followed in stable manner in an unflinching way,
> earth continues till the doomsday.
>
> *vlm.30. Its decrees remain fixed with a wonderful stability, and the
> earth (terra or dhara), continues firm (dhira or sthira), with its quality
> of containing all things. (In this sloka there is both a homonym and
> paronym of similar sound and sense in the word dharaa derived from the root
> dhri: namely, dhiraa, dharaa, = sthiraa, terra and dharana and dharini).
>
> *sv.30..33 It is on account of this consciousness that the entire universe
> exists as it does supporting an infinite number of beings, till the time of
> the cosmic dissolution.
>

> *. *
>
> यम् #yam - #niyam - #*niyati *-f.- the fixed order of things, necessity,

> destiny, = svabhAva, #svabhAvasya niyate - y6021.024 • fate, Destiny •
> restraint, restriction • self-command, self-restraint. •• "The infinite
> consciousness becomes aware of its inherent power, even as one becomes
> aware of the limbs of his body: such awareness is known as niyati (the
> power of the absolute that determines nature). It is also known as daiva or
> divine dispensation. "- SV.
>

> *x*

>
> x
>
> 28
>
> 29
>
> 30
>
>
>
> 31
>
> चतुर्दश-विधानि_इह भूतानि भुवन.अन्तरे ।
>
> caturdaza-vidhAni_iha bhUtAni bhuvana.antare |
>
> नानाचार-विहारिणि नाना-विरचनानि च ॥४।३६।३१॥
>
> nAnAcAra-vihAriNi nAnA-viracanAni ca ||4|36|31||
>
> .
>

> *fourteen sorts of beings here among the worlds*
>
> *follow their various ways and various means*
>
> *.*

>
> *vlm.31. It made the universe teem with fourteen kinds of beings in its as
> many worlds of the chaturdasa-bhuvanas; and these are as different in their
> modes of life as in their forms and figures. (The Atharvan or last Veda
> reckons tri-sapta or thrice seven worlds).
>
> *m.31 In all the fourteens worlds with all their multifarious traditions
> and beliefs, with varied costumes, the fourteen living species are born and
> annihilated again and again.
>
> *sv.30..33 It is on account of this consciousness that the entire universe
> exists as it does supporting an infinite number of beings, till the time of
> the cosmic dissolution.
>

> *jd.31 – caturdaza-vidhAni iha bhUtAni - *there are fourteen sorts of
> beings here = *bhuvana=antare - *among the worlds = *nAnA-AcAra-vihAriNi
> - *carrying-on in various ways = *nAnA-viracanAni ca - *and various
> formations. *

>
>
>
> 32
>
> पुनः पुनर् विलीयन्ते जायन्ते च पुनः पुनः ।
>
> puna: punar vilIyante jAyante ca puna: puna: |
>
> धारा-परम्परा याति विना वारि_इव बुद्बुदाः ॥४।३६।३२॥
>
> dhArA-paramparA yAti vinA vAri_iva budbudA: ||4|36|32||
>
> .
>

> *again and again*
>
> *they subside*
>
> *again and again*
>
> *they are born*
>
> *they come and go in their own flow*
>
> *like bubbles in a waterless sea*
>
> *. *
>
> puna: punar_vilIyante
>
> *again and again they subside = *jAyante ca puna: puna: - *again and
> again they are born = *dhArA-paramparA yAti - *their respective flow
> comes = *vinA vAri iva budbudA: - *like bubbles without water*
>
> *. *

>
> vilIyante
>
> jAyante
>
> dhArA
>
> paramparA
>
> vAri
>
> budbuda
>

> *. *

>
> *vlm.32. These are repeatedly produced from and reduced to nothing, and
> move in their wonted courses for ever, as bubbles in the waterless ocean of
> eternity.
>
> *sv.30..33 It is on account of this consciousness that the entire universe
> exists as it does supporting an infinite number of beings, till the time of
> the cosmic dissolution.
>
> *m.32 This world comes and goes with a sense of play. Beings deluded by
> the mutable things behave like a mad crowd and return again and again to
> the world till the day of liberation.
>

> *jd.32 - puna: punar_vilIyante - *again and again they subside = *jAyante
> ca puna: puna: - *again and again they are born = *dhArA-paramparA yAti - *they
> come to their respective flow = *vinA vAri iva budbudA: - *like bubbles
> without water. *

>
>
>
> 33
>
> आयाति याति परितिष्ठति लीलया_अति=
>
> AyAti yAti paritiSThati lIlayA_ati=
>
> स्वर्था_अनुपार्जयति धावति जन्मनाशैः ।
>
> svarthA_anupArjayati dhAvati janmanAzai: |
>
> उन्मत्तवद् विहित-भावनम् आहित.ईहा
>
> unmattavat vihita-bhAvanam Ahita.IhA
>
> मुग्धा कृतान्त-विवशा जनता वराकी ॥४।३६।३३॥
>
> mugdhA kRtAnta-vivazA janatA varAkI ||4|36|33||
>
> .
>

> AyAti yAti *– *
>
> *coming and going *

>
> paritiSThati lIlayA ati-svarthA anupArjayati
>
> dhAvati x
>
> janma-nAzai: / janmanA_Azai:
>

> *running with birth and destruction *
>
> unmattavad vihita-bhAvanam AhitA IhA
>
> mugdhA kRtAnta-vivazA janatA varAkI *- x. *

>
> *vlm.33. Here the miserable multitudes, moving mad in vain struggles after
> their desired objects, and in their imbecility under the subjection of
> disease and death. They are incessantly coming to life and going away in
> their exits, remaining in their living states and acquiring their ends, and
> for ever running to and fro, in their repeated births and deaths in this
> world.
>
> *sv.30..33 It is on account of this consciousness that the entire universe
> exists as it does supporting an infinite number of beings, till the time of
> the cosmic dissolution.
>
> .
>
> x
>

> *fourteen sorts of beings here among the worlds *
>
> *follow their various ways and various means*
>
>
>
> *.*
>
> *o*ॐ*m*
>
> *.*
>
>
>
> Group Page
>
> https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga.vasishtha
> <https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga-vasishtha>

>
> Complete YVFiles
> https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0
>
>
>
> x
>
> चित् संवित्त्या.उच्यते जीव:
>
> cit saMvittyA_ucyate jIva:
>
> संकल्पात्स मनो भवेत् ।
>

> saMkalpAt sa: man*a: *bhavet |

>
> बुद्धि: चित्तmaहंकार:
>
> buddhi: cittam ahaMkAra:
>
> माया-इति.आदि.अभिधम् तत:॥
>
> mAyA.iti.Adi .abhidham tata:||
>
> y3067.021/FM.3.67.21
>
>
>
>
>
> next Canto:
>
> FM4037-38 STILLNESS 1.DC20-21 14+23=.z37
>
>
> https://www.dropbox.com/s/vc99cbznfk0xor7/fm4037-38%201.dc20-21%20STILLNESS%2014%2B23%3Dz.37.docx?dl=0
>
> FM.4.1-FM.4.29
>
> https://www.dropbox.com/s/j9npbjjp4qnopj5/FM.4.1-FM.4.29.docx?dl=0
>
>
>
> +++
>
>
> santoSaH paramo lAbhaH satsaGgaH paramA gatiH |
> vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||
>
> सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
> विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
> Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
> Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
> -- Yoga Vasishtha
>
>
> The complete YVFiles of this masterpiece can be found at
>

> *http://goo.gl/k3hRBX <http://goo.gl/k3hRBX> *

>
>
> On Thu, Jun 6, 2019 at 9:44 PM jivadas <das....@gmail.com> wrote:
>
>>
>>
>> DAILY READINGS fr 7 June, 2019
>>
>> fm5083 2.je07-08 FAREWELL to the Senses .z48
>>
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/yt5gs57h5nyit3o/fm5083%202.je07-08%20FAREWELL%20to%20the%20Senses%20.z48.docx?dl=0
>>
>> fm7091 3.je06-07 StoneWorld - FIRE VISION .z66
>>
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/q12bc55x4sc0v7o/fm7091%203.je06-07%20StoneWorld%20-%20FIRE%20VISION%20.z66.docx?dl=0
>>
>> fm3037 1.je09-10 Meeting of Troops .z59
>>
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/hruqoe66uedv7dn/fm3037%201.je09-10%20Meeting%20of%20Troops%20.z59.docx?dl=0
>>
>>
>>
>> fm3036 1.je04-06 The ORDER OF BATTLE .z67
>>
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/r1emvu1vewvvsit/fm3036%201.je04-06%20The%20ORDER%20OF%20BATTLE%20.z67.docx?dl=0
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

>> *O*ॐm
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> [image: http://srimadbhagavatam.org/images/caligraphy.gif]
>>
>>
>>
>> *[image: image not displayed]*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *The Order of Battle*

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> ON CATALOGUES:
>>
>>
>>
>> jd:
>>
>> this and the next Canto
>>
>> represent a form
>>
>> that is common to many schools of narrative poetry
>>
>> .
>>
>> early in the Iliad,
>>
>> for example,
>>
>> Homer has a catalog of all the ships invading Troy
>>
>> .
>>
>> here
>>

>> in our mini*-e*pic

>> *+++*
>>
>>
>>
>> **vasiShTha said—*

>>
>>
>>
>> 3.36.1
>>
>> अथ शृङ्ग-उपमानेषु स्थितेषु शर-राशिषु ।
>>
>> atha zRGga-upamAneSu sthiteSu zara-rAziSu |
>>
>> सर्व.भीरुषु भग्नेषु विद्रुतेषु दिशो दश ॥३।३६।१॥
>>
>> sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu vidruteSu diza:_daza ||3|36|1||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *and so it was*
>>
>> *: *
>>
>> *they looked like hills, high heaps of spears*
>>
>> *abandoned by the ever-fearful*
>>
>> *runners *
>>
>> *broken in spirit*
>>
>> *wounded in flesh*
>>
>> *who fled in all ten directions*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> *jd. "ten directions: S,SW,W,NW,N,NE,E,SE,Up,Down
>>
>> :
>>
>> in one sense
>>
>> some soldier is Up a Tree or Down a hiding.Hole
>>
>> but more broadly
>>
>> we've shifted dimensions
>>
>> from the flat plane of 4 Primary (SWEN) + 4 Secondary (SW.NW.NE.SE)
>>
>> Up and Down take us to solidity
>>
>> .
>>
>> atha zRGga-upamAneSu x
>>
>> sthiteSu zara-rAziSu x
>>
>> sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu x
>>
>> vidruteSu diza:_daza x
>>
>> .
>>

>> *-*vlm.3.36.1 The heaps of arrows rising in spires above the ground,

>> drove the cowards and the wounded afar from the field.
>>
>>
>>
>> 02
>>
>> मातङ्ग-शव-शैलेषु विश्रान्त-अम्बुद-पङ्क्तिषु ।
>>
>> mAtaGga-zava-zaileSu vizrAnta-ambuda-paGktiSu |
>>
>> यक्ष-रक्षःपिशाचेषु क्रीडत्सु रुधिर-अर्णवे ॥३।३६।२॥
>>
>> yakSa-rakSa:pizAceSu krIDatsu rudhira-arNave ||3|36|2||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *. *
>>
>> *they*
>>
>> *rushed past*
>>
>> *hills of dead elephants;*
>>
>> *and clouds of*
>>
>> *yakSa.Guardians, rakSa.Demons, & pizAca.Cannibals*
>>
>> *playing their games*
>>
>> *in the bloody ocean*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> mAtaGga-zava-zaileSu
>>
>> vizrAnta-ambuda-paGktiSu =
>>
>> yakSa-rakSa:pizAceSu
>>

>> krIDatsu rudhira-arNave * -* *x *
>>
>> *-*vlm.2. The hills of the dead bodies of men, horses and elephants,

>> heaving in promiscuous heaps, and appearing as clouds fallen upon earth,
>> invited the yakSas and RákSasas, and the carnivorous Pisáchas, to come and
>> sport in the wide ocean of blood.
>>
>>
>>
>> 03
>>
>> महताम् धर्म-निष्ठानाम् शील-ओजस्-सत्त्व-शालिनाम् ।
>>
>> mahatAm dharma-niSThAnAm zIla-ojas-sattva-zAlinAm |
>>
>> शुद्धानाम् कुल-पद्मानाम् वीराणाम् अनिवर्तिनाम् ॥३।३६।३॥
>>
>> zuddhAnAm kula-padmAnAm vIrANAm a.nivartinAm ||3|36|3||
>>
>> .
>>
>> mahatAm dharma-niSThAnAm
>>
>> zIla-ojas-sattva-zAlinAm |
>>
>> zuddhAnAm kula-padmAnAm
>>

>> vIrANAm a.nivartinAm * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *but*
>>
>> *of the great ones,*
>>
>> *of the dharma.settled ones,*
>>
>> *with good manners,*
>>
>> *full of courage in sattva,*
>>
>> *of those pure ones,*
>>
>> *of the lotuses of their clan,*
>>
>> *of the heroic ones,*
>>
>> *of those who do not run away*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> mahatAm dharma-niSThAnAm x
>>
>> zIla*-*ojas-sattva-zAlinAm x
>>
>> zuddhAnAm kula-padmAnAm x
>>
>> vIrANAm a.nivartinAm *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.3. Now there commenced a commutual contest, betwixt men of rank

>> and virtue, and those of good character, valour and strength on both sides;
>> not excepting even the holy and household people, all of whom took part in
>> the combat, (that is, no condition of life, nor age nor sex, could escape
>> the contagion of a warfare).
>>

>> *x*
>>
>> xx*1.12.1 *02 03
>>
>> *x*

>>
>>
>>
>> 04
>>
>> द्वन्द्व-युद्धानि जानानि मेघानाम् इव गर्जताम् ।
>>
>> dvandva-yuddhAni jAnAni meghAnAm iva garjatAm |
>>
>> मिथः-निगरणता_उत्कानि_मिलन्ति_आपग-पूरवत् ॥३।३६।४॥
>>

>> mitha:*-*nigaraNatA_utkAni_milanti_Apaga-pUravat* ||3|36|*4||
>>
>> .
>>
>> *two*
>>
>> *dueling troops of peoples*
>>
>> *meet*
>>
>> *like two contending clouds as each seeks to swallow each *
>>
>> *or as a river floods a city*
>>
>> *. *

>>
>> dvandva-yuddhAni jAnAni x
>>
>> meghAnAm iva garjatAm x
>>

>> mitha:*-*nigaraNatA_utkAni x
>>
>> milanti_Apaga-pUravat *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.4. Duels were fought between these, like the clashing of one

>> cloud with another; and like the confluence of two streams discharging
>> their fury against each other.
>>

>> #gRR - to eat - #nigRR to swallow, devour. - *#**nigaraNa* *-n.-* =
>> #nigara, zaMk.; *-m.-* the throat. Lex.; the smoke of a burnt offering
>> Lex. (cf. #nigaNa). *-* *nigaraNatA *the state of swallowing, the
>> mingling (of clouds) meghAnA*m *iva garjatAm | mithas-nigaraNatA, y3036.004.

>>
>>
>>
>>
>> 05
>>
>> पञ्जरः पञ्जरेन_इव गज-ओघेन गज-उच्चयः ।
>>

>> paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja*-*oghena gaja*-*uccaya: |

>>
>> स.वनः स.वनेन_अdrir अद्रिणा_इव_अमिलd बलात् ॥३।३६।५॥
>>

>> sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt* ||3|36|*5||
>>
>> .
>>
>> paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja*-*oghena gaja*-*uccaya: =
>>
>> sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *skeletons clank against skeletons,*
>>
>> *elephant-herds meet elephants,*
>>
>> *—hour after hour, watch after watch—*
>>
>> *mountain meets mountain,*
>>
>> *strength meets strength*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.5. As a rib is joined to another, and one side with the other, so

>> met the horse against the horse, and elephant opposed the elephant in
>> mutual conflict.
>>
>>
>>
>> 06
>>
>> अश्व-ओघो मिलद्_अश्वानाम् वृन्देन_आरावि-रहंसा ।
>>

>> azva*-*ogha:_milat_azvAnAm vRndena_ArAvi-rahaMsA |

>>
>> तरङ्ग-ओघेन घोषेण तरङ्ग-ओघ* इव_अर्णवे ॥३।३६।६॥
>>
>> taraGga-oghena ghoSeNa taraGga-ogha* iva_arNave ||3|36|6||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the horses*
>>
>> *meet*
>>
>> *like joining floods*
>>
>> *a jangling crushing multitude meeting in their neigh-saying noise*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *an ocean.surge of waves that dash & burst against another surge*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> azva*-*ogha:_milat_azvAnAm
>>
>> vRndena_ArAvi-rahaMsA |
>>
>> taraGga*-*oghena ghoSeNa
>>
>> taraGga*-*ogha* iva_arNave* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *-*vlm.6. As one forest clasps and clings to another, and one hill is

>> linked with the other in a range, so the duelists strove together, as one
>> wave dashes against the other.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx04 05 06
>>
>>
>>
>> 07
>>
>> नर-अनीकम् नर-अनीकः समायुधम् अयोधयत् ।
>>
>> nara-anIkam nara-anIka: samAyudham ayodhayat |
>>
>> वेण्वौघम् इव वेण्वौघो मरुल्लोलो मरुद्वलम् ॥३।३६।७॥
>>
>> veNu-ogham iva veNu-ogha:_marut-lola:_marut-valam ||3|36|7||
>>

>> *.*
>>
>> *infantry meet infantry*
>>
>> *fighting together equally*
>>
>> *as bamboo spears meet bamboo spears*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *a forest clattering in the wind*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> nara-anIkam
>>
>> nara-anIka:
>>
>> samAyudham
>>
>> ayodhayat |
>>
>> veNu-ogham iva
>>
>> veNu-ogha:
>>

>> marut-lola:_marut-valam * -* *x *
>>
>> *-*vlm.7. Footmen fought with footmen, as the reeds crush the reeds, and

>> bamboos clash against one another, and the contrary winds struggle between
>> themselves.
>>
>>
>>
>> 08
>>
>> रथ-ओघश् च रथ-ओघेन निष्पिपेष_अखिलम् वपुः ।
>>
>> ratha-ogha:_ca ratha-oghena niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: |
>>
>> नगरम् नगरेन_इव दैवेन_उड्डीनम् असुरम् ॥३।३६।८॥
>>
>> nagaram nagarena_iva daivena_uDDInam asuram ||3|36|8||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *chariot-flood against chariot-flood*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *frame pounding against frame*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *it was like city fighting city*
>>
>> *when*
>>
>> *the gods fought the asura Darklings*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> ratha*-*ogha:_ca ratha*-*oghena x

>>
>> niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: x
>>
>> nagaram nagarena_iva x
>>

>> daivena_uDDInam asuram *x *
>>
>> .
>>
>> *-*vlm.8. Cars falling upon cars, and chariots running against chariots,

>> broke one another to pieces; and the citizens beat the rustics, as the
>> Devas smote the demons of old.
>>
>>
>>
>> 09
>>
>> सरच्-छर-भरासार-रचित-आपूर्व-वारिदम् ।
>>
>> sarat-zara-bharAsAra-racita-ApUrva-vAridam |
>>
>> युयुधे स्थगित-आकाशा धनुर् धर-पताकिनी ॥३।३६।९॥
>>
>> yuyudhe sthagita-AkAzA dhanu: dhara-patAkinI ||3|36|9||
>>
>> .
>>
>> sarat-zara-bharAsAra-racita-ApUrva-vAridam |
>>
>> yuyudhe sthagita-AkAzA
>>

>> dhanu: dhara-patAkinI * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *the archers*
>>
>> *sent*
>>
>> *a flow of arrows in an overflowing cloud*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *they battled hidden by their many banners, those bannered bowmen*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> sarat-zara-bharAsAra-racita*-*A.pUrva-vAridam
>>
>> *m *sarat-*arrow*-bharAsAra-racita*-*A.pUrva-vArida
>>
>> yuyudhe sthagita*-*AkAzA *they warred hiding the sky *
>>
>> dhanu:-dhara-patAkinI *bow-bearer-banners *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.9. The sky which had been erewhile clouded by the flight of

>> arrows, was now emblazoned by the banner of the bowyer, resembling the
>> rainbow of various colours.
>>

>> #sthag - #*sthagita *- covered, concealed, hidden (#sthagitA sarasvatI,

>> "sarasvatI has hidden herself "= "I cannot express myself") • closed, shut
>> (as a door) • stopped, interrupted -
>>

>> *x *

>>
>> xx07 08 09
>>
>>
>>
>> 10
>>
>> विषम-आयुध-युद्धेषु योद्धारः पेलव-आशयाः ।
>>
>> viSama-Ayudha-yuddheSu yoddhAra: pelava-AzayA: |
>>
>> यदा युक्त्या पलायन्ते रण-कल्प-अनले तदा ॥३।३६।१०॥
>>
>> yadA yuktyA palAyante raNa-kalpa-anale tadA ||3|36|10||
>>
>> .
>>
>> viSama-Ayudha-yuddheSu
>>
>> yoddhAra: pelava-AzayA: |
>>
>> yadA yuktyA palAyante
>>

>> raNa-kalpa-anale tadA * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *where*
>>
>> *the sides were unequal,*
>>
>> *those more numerous won easily;*
>>
>> *but when*
>>
>> *they were outnumbered,*
>>
>> *those warriors fled the hellfire of war*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> viSama*-*Ayudha-yuddheSu x
>>
>> yoddhAra: pelava*-*AzayA: x

>>
>> yadA
>>
>> yuktyA palAyante x
>>
>> raNa-kalpa.anale
>>

>> tadA *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.10. At last the warriors who were overpowered in their conflict

>> with unequal arms, fled away from the field, as they do from the fire of a
>> conflagration.
>>
>>
>>
>> 11
>>
>> मिलिताश् चक्रिणो चक्रो धनुर् धारैर् धनुर् धराः ।
>>
>> militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:_dhArai:_dhanu:-dharA: |
>>
>> खड्गिभिः खड्ग-योद्धारो भुशुण्डीभिर् भुशुण्डयः ॥३।३६।११॥
>>
>> khaDgibhi: khaDga-yoddhAra:_bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: ||3|36|11||
>>
>> .
>>
>> militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:
>>
>> dhArai:_dhanu:-dharA: |
>>
>> khaDgibhi: khaDga-yoddhAra:
>>

>> bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *but*
>>
>> *here they met*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *Discuses meet Discuses*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *Archery meets Archery*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *Cudgels meet Cudgels*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *Quake.earths meet Quake.earths*
>>
>> *—*

>>
>> militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_x
>>
>> dhanu:_dhArai:_dhanu:-dharA: x
>>
>> khaDgibhi: khaDga-yoddhAra:_x
>>

>> bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.11. Now the armigerents with discuses, met the thwarters of disks

>> (chakras) in contest; and bowyers were opposed to bowmen, and swordsmen
>> challenged the sword fighters in the field. So met the hookers and crookers
>> with their co-rivals with crowbars (bhusundis) in hand.
>>
>>
>>
>> 12
>>
>> मुसलैर् मुसल-उदाराः कुन्तिनः कुन्ति-धारिभिः ।
>>
>> musalai: musala-udArA: kuntina: kunti-dhAribhi: |
>>
>> ऋष्टि-आयुधा* ऋष्टि-धरैः प्रासिभिः प्रास-पाणयः ॥३।३६।१२॥
>>
>> RSTi-AyudhA* RSTi-dharai: prAsibhi: prAsa-pANaya: ||3|36|12||
>>
>> .
>>
>> musalai: musala-udArA:
>>
>> kuntina: kunti-dhAribhi: =
>>
>> RSTi-AyudhA* RSTi-dharai:
>>

>> prAsibhi: prAsa-pANaya: * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *maces are raised against maces*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *catapults fire.on catapults*
>>
>> *javelins*
>>
>> *—iron or wood—*
>>
>> *roundspears against roundspears*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> musalai: *w maces *
>>
>> musala*-*udArA: *lofty maces *
>>
>> kuntina: kunti-dhAribhi: *w lance-bearing lancers *
>>
>> RSTi*-*AyudhA* RSTi-dharai: x
>>
>> prAsibhi: prAsa-pANaya: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.l2. Maces were opposed to maces (musalas), and lancers were set

>> against the lance bearers (kuntas) in fighting. Spearmen braved the
>> spearmen (rishtis), and the throwers of missiles were crossed with missives
>> (prásas) in hand.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx10 11 12
>>
>>
>>
>> 13
>>
>> स.मुद्गरा* मुद्गरिभिः स-गdair विलसd गदाः ।
>>
>> sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa-gadai:_vilasat_gadA: |
>>
>> शाक्तिकैः शक्ति-योद्ध-आरः शूलैः शूल-विशारदाः ॥३।३६।१३॥
>>

>> zAktikai: zakti-yoddha*-*Ara: zUlai: zUla-vizAradA:* ||3|36|*13||
>>
>> .
>>
>> sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi:
>>
>> sa-gadai:_vilasat_gadA: *x*
>>
>> zAktikai: zakti-yoddha*-*Ara:
>>
>> zUlai: zUla-vizAradA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *tapered clubs against tapered clubs*
>>
>> *!*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *glittering iron maces*
>>
>> *fight*
>>
>> *maces*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *spikemen fight spikes*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *and clever pikemen battle pikes*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *-*vlm.13. Mallets militated against mallets (mudguras), and clubs were

>> contravened by clubmen in the conflict. Combatants with pikes (saktis),
>> encountered the pikemen (sakti-dharas) face to face; and iron rods were
>> crossed to pointed rods (súlas) in the strife.
>>
>>
>>
>> 14
>>
>> प्रास-असन-विदः प्रासैः परशु-उक्ताः परश्वधैः ।
>>

>> prAsa*-*asana-vida: prAsai: parazu*-*uktA: parazvadhai: |

>>
>> लकुट-उद्यैर् लकुटिनश् च_उपलैर् उपल-आयुधाः ॥३।३६।१४॥
>>

>> lakuTa*-*udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala*-*AyudhA:* ||3|36|*14||
>>
>> .
>>
>> prAsa*-*asana-vida: prAsai: parazu*-*uktA: parazvadhai: =
>>
>> lakuTa*-*udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala*-*AyudhA:* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *roundspears are hurled against roundspears*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *battleaxes*
>>
>> *hack.at <http://hack.at>*
>>
>> *poleaxes*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *mace against mace*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *catapult against catapult*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.14. Pugilists with missive weapons, counteracted the missiles of

>> their antagonists (prásas), and those fighting with battle axes (parasus),
>> baffled the poleaxes and pickaxes (paraswadhas) of their foes.
>>
>>
>>
>> 15
>>
>> पाशिभिः पाश-धारिण्यः शङ्कुभिः शङ्कु-धारिणः ।
>>
>> pAzibhi: pAza-dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku-dhAriNa: |
>>
>> क्षुरिकाभिस् तु क्षुरिकाः भिन्दिपालैश् च तद्-गताः ॥३।३६।१५॥
>>
>> kSurikAbhi:_tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat-gatA: ||3|36|15||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *Noosers snare Noosers,*
>>
>> *Pikemen peck.at <http://peck.at> Pikemen,*
>>
>> *Daggers stab Daggers,*
>>
>> *short javelins*
>>
>> *fight*
>>
>> *their like*
>>
>> *...*

>>
>> pAzibhi: pAza-dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku-dhAriNa: x
>>

>> kSurikAbhi:tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat-gatA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.15. Trappers with their traps and snares, attacked the darters of

>> nooses and lassos (pásas); and the darters of javelins (sankus), withstood
>> the darts of the dartsmen on the other side. Daggers were opposed to
>> daggers (kshurikas), and cudgels were presented before the cudgels
>> (bhindipálas of the enemy).
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx13 14 15
>>
>>
>>
>> 16
>>
>> वज्र-मुष्टि-धरा* वज्रैर् अङ्कुशैर् अङ्कुश-उद्धताः ।
>>
>> vajra-muSTi-dharA* vajrai:_aGkuzai:_aGkuza-uddhatA: |
>>
>> हलैर् हल-निकाष-ज्ञास् त्रिशूलैश् च त्रिशूलिनः ॥३।३६।१६॥
>>
>> halai:_hala-nikASa-jJA:_trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: ||3|36|16||
>>
>> .
>>
>> vajra-muSTi-dharA* vajrai:
>>
>> aGkuzai:_aGkuza-uddhatA: |
>>
>> halai:_hala-nikASa-jJA:
>>

>> trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *ThunderFists punch ThunderFists,*
>>
>> *Meathooks hook Meathooks*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *Miners undermine Miners*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *Tridents prick Tridents*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> vajra-muSTi-dharA* vajrai: x
>>
>> aGkuzai:_aGkuza*-*uddhatA: x
>>
>> halai:_hala-nikASa-jJA: x
>>
>> trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.16. Combatants with iron gloves contravened the boxers with iron

>> fistcuffs (Vajramushtis), and those with iron cranes, pursued the fighters
>> with crooked goads, (ankusas) in hand. Warriors with ploughshares attacked
>> the ploughmen, and those with tridents, fell upon the trident holders
>> (trisúlins) in contest.
>>
>>
>>
>> 17
>>
>> शृङ्खला-जालिनो जालैः शृङ्खlair अलि-कोमलैः ।
>>
>> zRGkhalA-jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai:_ali-komalai: |
>>
>> क्षुभित-अकल्प-विक्षुब्ध.सागर-ऊर्मि-घटा* इव ॥३।३६।१७॥
>>
>> kSubhita-akalpa-vikSubdha.sAgara-Urmi-ghaTA* iva ||3|36|17||
>>
>> .
>>
>> zRGkhalA-jAlina: jAlai:
>>
>> zRGkhalai:_ali-komalai: |
>>
>> kSubhita-akalpa-vikSubdha.sAgara-Urmi-ghaTA* iva - x
>>
>> .
>>

>> *when chain-mail rubs chain-mail*
>>
>> *it's*
>>
>> *the sound of bees buzzing honey-blossoms*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *it's*
>>
>> *a worried ocean,*
>>
>> *with its troubled waves of wild disordered troops*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.17. Champions with chained armours set upon the soldiers attired

>> in mail (srinkhala jála); and they poured upon the field as flights of
>> locusts, or as the waves in the troubled sea.
>>
>>
>>
>> 36
>>
>> क्षुब्ध-चक्र-दल-आवर्तः शर.सीकर-मारुतः ।
>>
>> kSubdha-cakra-dala-Avarta: zara.sIkara-mAruta: |
>>
>> प्रभ्रमद्*धेति-मकरो व्योम-एक-अर्णव* आबभौ ॥३।३६।१८॥
>>
>> prabhramat*heti-makara:_vyoma-eka-arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||
>>
>> .
>>
>> kSubdha-cakra-dala-Avarta: zara.sIkara-mAruta: |
>>
>> prabhramat*heti-makara:_vyoma-eka-arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *it's*
>>
>> *a whirl of discuses,*
>>
>> *a whirlpool of petaled arrows that shower in the wind,*
>>
>> *and fire-catapults*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *sea.serpents flash in the sky.sea*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> kSubdha-cakra-dala*-*Avarta: x
>>
>> zara.sIkara-mAruta: x
>>
>> prabhramat.*heti-makara*:_x*
>>
>> *v*yoma*-e*ka*-*arNava* Ababhau *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> vlm
>>
>> *x*

>>
>> xx16 17 18
>>
>>
>>
>> 19
>>
>> उत्फुल्ल-आयुध-कल्लोल-शिर-आकुल-जलेचरः ।
>>
>> utphulla-Ayudha-kallola-zira-Akula-jalecara: |
>>
>> रोदोरन्ध्र-समुद्रो ऽसौ बभूव_अमर-दुस्तरः ॥३।३६।१९॥
>>
>> rodorandhra-samudra:_asau babhUva_amara-dustara: ||3|36|19||
>>
>> .
>>
>> utphulla-Ayudha-kallola-zira-Akula-jalecara: |
>>
>> rodorandhra-samudra:_asau
>>

>> babhUva_amara-dustara: * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *blossoming*
>>
>> *with weapons,*
>>
>> *tossing*
>>
>> *with wave-heads of waterRovers,*
>>
>> *—this—*
>>
>> *the rodorandhra Sea,*
>>
>> *that lies between the heavens and earth,*
>>
>> *is hard for immortals to cross*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> utphulla.Ayudha-kallola-zira*-*Akula-jale.cara: x
>>
>> rodorandhra-samudr*a:_*asau babhUva_amara-dustara: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.19. The hollow of the heaven became as the great deep of the sea,

>> impassable by the celestials, owing to the waving weapons, moving as sea
>> monsters in the air.
>>
>>
>>
>> 20
>>
>> दिव्या_अष्टक-जन-अनीकम् पक्ष-द्वयतया तया ।
>>
>> divyA_aSTaka-jana-anIkam pakSa-dvayatayA tayA |
>>
>> अर्धेन_अर्धेन कुपितम् भूपालाभ्याम् तथा स्थितम् ॥३।३६।२०॥
>>
>> ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam ||3|36|20||
>>
>> .
>>
>> divyA_aSTaka-jana-anIkam
>>
>> pakSa-dvayatayA tayA |
>>
>> ardhena_ardhena kupitam
>>

>> bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *all day*
>>
>> *with eight battalions arrayed in two wings*
>>
>> *—equal with equal quarreling—*
>>
>> *so those two EarthLords came together and engaged*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> divyA_aSTaka-jana*-*anIkam pakSa-dvayatayA tayA x
>>
>> ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.20. Thus the armies of the two belligerent potentates, each

>> composed of eight ranks or battalions, were furiously engaged with one
>> another, as described below.
>>
>>
>>
>> +++
>>
>>
>>

>> *ORDER OF BATTLE*
>>
>>
>>
>> *MIDCOUNTRY EASTERN QUARTER *

>>
>>
>>
>> 21
>>
>> मध्यदेश.आदि-संख्याने प्राग्-दिग्भ्यो ऽभ्यागतान् इमान् ।
>>
>> madhya.deza-Adi-saMkhyAne prAk-digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |
>>
>> लीला-नाथस्य पद्मस्य पक्षे जनपदान् शृणु ॥३।३६।२१॥
>>
>> lIlA-nAthasya padmasya pakSe janapadAn zRNu ||3|36|21||
>>
>> .
>>
>> madhya.deza-Adi-saMkhyAne
>>
>> prAk-digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |
>>
>> lIlA-nAthasya padmasya
>>

>> pakSe janapadAn zRNu * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *these are the troops from the Eastern Quarter of the Midcountry,*
>>
>> *come to support lIlA's Lord, King padma*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> madhya.deza*-*Adi.saMkhyAne x
>>
>> prAk-digbhy*a:_*abhyAgatAn imAn x
>>
>> lIlA-nAthasya padmasya *of Lílà's husband Padma *
>>
>> pakSe janapadAn zRNu *m the countries on the wings hear *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.21 SECTION III. CATALOGUE OF THE FORCES. Now hear me relate to

>> you, the forces on the side of padma, now named Vidúratha, and the allied
>> powers that came to his side, from the Central and Eastern districts.
>>

>> *x*
>>
>> xx19 20 21
>>
>>
>>
>> 22
>>
>> *THE EAST *

>>
>> पूर्वस्याम् कोसलाः काशि-मागधा* मथिल-उत्कलाः ।
>>
>> pUrvasyAm kosalA: kAzi-mAgadhA* mathila-utkalA: |
>>
>> मेखलाः कर्करा* मुद्रास् तथा संग्राम-शौण्डकाः ॥३।३६।२२॥
>>
>> mekhalA: karkarA* mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma-zauNDakA: ||3|36|22||
>>
>> .
>>
>> pUrvasyAm kosalA:
>>
>> kAzi-mAgadhA*
>>
>> mathila-utkalA: |
>>
>> mekhalA: karkarA*
>>

>> mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma-zauNDakA: * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *kosalas, kAzis,*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *mAgadhas,*
>>
>> *mathilas, utkalas,*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *mudras, mekhala.s*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *also the karkaras,*
>>
>> *all of them drunken with battle;*
>>
>> .
>>
>> *-*vlm.22. There came the hardy warriors of Kosala (Oudh) and Kási

>> (Benares); those of Magadha (Behar) and Utkala (Orissa), situated in the
>> east; and the Mekhalas (of Vindhya range), the Karkars of Karnatic), and
>> the Madras (of Madura) in the south.
>>
>>
>>
>> 23
>>
>> मुख्या* हिमा* रुद्रमुख्यास् ताम्र-लिप्तास्_तथैव च ।
>>
>> mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:_tAmra-liptA:_tathaiva ca |
>>
>> प्राग्.ज्योतिषा* वाजि-मुखा* अम्बष्ठाः पुरुषादकाः ॥३।३६।२३॥
>>
>> prAk.jyotiSA* vAji-mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: ||3|36|23||
>>
>> .
>>
>> mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:
>>
>> tAmra-liptA:_tathaiva ca |
>>
>> prAk.jyotiSA* vAji-mukhA*
>>

>> ambaSThA: puruSAdakA:* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *the himA chiefs,*
>>
>> *the rudra chiefs,*
>>
>> *the tAmraliptas,*
>>
>> *and likewise the horse-faced prAk-jyotiSas,*
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *the maneater.cannibals of ambastha**
>>
>> *...*

>>
>> mukhyA* himA* rudramukhyA:_tAmra-liptA:_tathaiva ca x
>>

>> prAk.jyotiSA* vAji-mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: *x *
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> * to the east of takSazilA. R.
>>

>> *-*vlm.23. The chiefs of Hema (Imaus) and Rudras and the Támraliptas

>> (Tamils) from the south; the Prágjyotishas (of east Assam), and the horse
>> faced Osmuks and Ambashtha cannibals.
>>
>>
>>
>> 24
>>
>> वर्ण.कोष्ठाः स-विश्वोत्रा* आम-मीन-आशnA:_तथा ।
>>
>> varNa.koSThA: sa-vizvotrA* Ama-mIna-AzanA:_tathA |
>>
>> व्याघ्र-वक्राः किराtAz च सौवीरा* एक-पादकाः ॥३।३६।२४॥
>>
>> vyAghra-vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka-pAdakA: ||3|36|24||
>>
>> .
>>
>> varNa.koSThA: sa-vizvotrA*
>>
>> Ama-mIna-AzanA:_tathA |
>>
>> vyAghra-vakrA: kirAtA:_ca
>>

>> sauvIrA* eka-pAdakA: * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *there were*
>>
>> *varna-koSTha.s*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *vizvotra.s*
>>
>> *—those raw.fish-eaters—*
>>
>> *and also the tiger-faced kirAta.s*
>>
>> *and the lame-leg sauviras too*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> varNa.koSThA: sa-vizvotrA* Ama-mIna*-*AzanA:_tathA x
>>
>> vyAghra-vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka-pAdakA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.24. Then there joined the varna-koshthas and Viswotras, and the

>> eaters of raw food and flesh and the fish eaters (piscivori); and those
>> with faces like tigers, the Kiratas (Kirrhoids and KirAntis), with the
>> sauviras and one legged people.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx22 23 24
>>
>>
>>
>> 25
>>
>> माल्यवान्-नाम शैलो 'त्र शिबि-राञ्जन* एव च ।
>>
>> mAlyavAn-nAma zaila:_atra zibi-rAJjana* eva ca |
>>
>> वृषल-ध्वज-पद्म-आdyAs तथा_उदय-करो गिरिः ॥३।३६।२५॥
>>
>> vRSala-dhvaja-padma-AdyA:_tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: ||3|36|25||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *here*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *this mountain called mAlyavAn*
>>
>> *is the delight of the zibis & lotus-bannered vRSala.s*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *it is the mountain of sunrise*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> mAlyavAn-nAma zaila:_atra x
>>
>> zibi-rAJjana* eva ca x
>>
>> vRSala-dhvaja-padma.AdyA:_x
>>

>> tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.25. Next came the mountaineers of Mályavána, Sibira and

>> Anjanagiri; and others having the ensigns of bulls and lotuses, and the
>> people of the sun rising mountain (Udaya-giri) in the east.
>>
>>
>>

>> *THE SOUTH *

>>
>> 26
>>
>> अथ प्राग्-दक्षिणायाम् त्व्_इमे विन्ध्य-आदि-वासिनः ।
>>
>> atha prAk-dakSiNAyAm tu_ime vindhya-Adi-vAsina: |
>>
>> चेदयो वत्स-दाशार्णा* अङ्ग-वङ्ग-उपवङ्गकाः ॥३।३६।२६॥
>>
>> cedaya:_vatsa-dAzArNA* aGga-vaGga-upavaGgakA: ||3|36|26||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *and in the South*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *these have their homes in the *vindhyA Range*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *the *chedis from the *vatsa calf country*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *angas, vangas, and upavangas*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> atha p*r*Ak*.xx-*dakSiNa*.xx-*AyAm tu_ime x
>>
>> vindhya.Adi-vAsi*.xx-*na: |
>>
>> cedaya: vatsa-dAzArNA* x
>>
>> aGga-vaGga*-*upavaGgakA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.26. Those that joined from the south east (prágdaxina), are the

>> following, namely; the Vindhyaris. the Chedis, the Vatsas, the Dasárnas
>> (near the confluence of the ten streams); and the Angas, Bangas and
>> Upabangas (of Upper and Lower Bengal).
>>
>>
>>
>> 27
>>
>> कलिङ्ग-पुण्ड्र-जठरा* विदर्भा* मेखलास् तथा ।
>>
>> kaliGga-puNDra-jaTharA* vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA |
>>
>> शबरानन-वर्णाश् च कर्णा-त्रिपुर-पूरकाः ॥३।३६।२७॥
>>
>> zabarAnana-varNA:_ca karNA-tripura-pUrakA: ||3|36|27||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *kalingas, pundras, jatharas, vidarbhas,*
>>
>> *mekhalas also, among the tribes of mixed caste:*
>>
>> *and the karnas of tri.pura;—*

>>
>> kaliGga-puNDra-jaTharA* x
>>
>> vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA x
>>
>> zabarAnana-varNA:_ca x
>>

>> karNA-tripura-pUrakA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.27. They that met from the south were, Kalingas and Pundras, the

>> Jatharas, Vidarbhas and the hill people (on the Karnatic coast); the
>> Sabaras, the outcasted savages, the Karnas and the Tripura people.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx25 26 27
>>
>>
>>
>> 28
>>
>> कण्टक.स्थल-नामानः पृथग्-दीपक-कोमलाः ।
>>
>> kaNTaka.sthala-nAmAna: pRthak-dIpaka-komalA: |
>>
>> कर्ण-अन्ध्राश् चौलिकाश् च_एव तथा चार्मण्वता* अपि ॥३।३६।२८॥
>>

>> karNa*-*andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva tathA cArmaNvatA* api ||3|36|28||
>>
>> .
>>
>> *there were *
>>
>> **kantakas from the thorn country*
>>
>> *(a bright and pleasant people, those *karNas)*
>>
>> *and *andhras;*
>>
>> *chaulikas also,*
>>
>> *and the charmanvatas*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> kaNTaka.sthala.*place\hill-*nAmAna: x
>>
>> pRthak-dIpaka-komalA: x
>>
>> karNa*-*andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva x
>>
>> tathA.*thus/in.that.way - **the* *chArma*.Leatheries-*NvatA* api.*also*
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *-*vlm.28. Those named Kantakas from their thorny district, the

>> unenlightened Komalas (of Comilla?); the Karnas (Canarese), the Ándhras,
>> the Cholas and the people on the borders of the Charmanvati river.
>>
>>
>>
>> 29
>>
>> काकका* हेम-कुड्याश् च तथा श्मश्रु-धरा* अपि ।
>>
>> kAkakA* hema-kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru-dharA* api |
>>
>> बलिग्रीव-महाग्रीवाः किष्किन्धा* नालि-केरिणः ॥३।३६।२९॥
>>
>> baligrIva-mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli-keriNa: ||3|36|29||
>>
>> .
>>
>> kAkakA* hema-kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru-dharA* api =
>>

>> baligrIva-mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli-keriNa:* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *kAkaka.s*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *hema.kudyas also*
>>
>> *(those with the long beards)*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *bali.grIvas, mahA.grIvas, kiSkindhas,*
>>
>> *and nalikeris from a land of coconut palms*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> kAkakA* hema-kuDyA:_ca x
>>
>> tathA zmazru-dharA* api *x*
>>
>> baligrIva-mahAgrIvA: x
>>
>> kiSkindhA* nAli-keriNa: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.29. The Kakos or bald beaded and bearded people, and those of the

>> Hema-kuta hills; the frizzled and long necked people, and the inhabitants
>> of Kishkindha and cocoa forests.
>>
>>
>>
>> 30
>>
>> अथ लीला-पतेर् अस्य दक्षिणस्याम् इमे नृपाः ।
>>
>> atha lIlA-pate:_asya dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: |
>>
>> विन्ध्यो ऽथ कुसुम-आपीडो महेन्द्रो दर्दुअस् तथा ॥३।३६।३०॥
>>
>> vindhya:_atha kusuma-ApIDa:_mahendra:_dardura:_tathA ||3|36|30||
>>
>> .
>>

>> atha lIlA-pat*e:_*asya x
>>
>> dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: x
>>
>> vindhy*a:_*atha kusuma*-*ApIDa:_x
>>
>> mahendra:_dardura:_tathA *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *such were*
>>
>> *the Southern Kings*
>>
>> *who came to the relief of lIlA's lord*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *flower-garlanded vindhyas, mahendras and dardura.s*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *-*vlm.30. The princes that joined with Lila's husband from the south,

>> were as follows viz. the Vindhyans, the Kusumians (of Patna) the Mahendras
>> and the Darduras, (of the hills of the same names).
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx28 29 30
>>
>>
>>
>> 31
>>
>> मलयः सूर्यवान् च_एव गणा* राज्य.समृद्धकाः ।
>>
>> malaya: sUryavAn ca_eva gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: |
>>
>> अवन्तिर् इति विख्यातास् तथा शाम्भवाति_इति च ॥३।३६।३१॥
>>
>> avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca ||3|36|31||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the malis of the Solar House also*
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *the celebrated Royal Troops of avanti,*
>>
>> *and those of zambavAti also*
>>
>> *—*

>>
>> malaya: sUryavAn_ca_eva x
>>
>> gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: x
>>
>> avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_x
>>

>> tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.31. The Malays and the solar race, and the Prince of the (33)

>> united states and the rich and united cities of Avanti and Sámbavati.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.31 The Malays and the solar race, and the Prince of the
>> thirty-three united states and the rich and united cities of Avanti and
>> Sambavati.
>>
>>
>>
>> 32
>>
>> दश-पूर-कथा-चक्रा-रेषिक-अतुर-कच्छपाः ।
>>
>> daza-pUra-kathA-cakrA* reSika-atura-kacchapA: |
>>
>> वन.वास-उपगिरयस्_ते भद्र-गिरयस्_तथा ॥३।३६।३२॥
>>
>> vana.vAsa-upagiraya:_te bhadra-giraya:_tathA ||3|36|32||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *troops of the Ten Cities,*
>>
>> *kathAs, chakrAs, reshikas, and hungry kacchapas,*
>>
>> *and forest-dwelling upagiris; bhadragiris,...*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> daza-pUra-kathA-cakrA-reSika*-*atura-kacchapA: *x*
>>
>> vana.vAsa*-*upagiraya:_te bhadra-giraya:_tathA *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.32. And those of Dasapura (or ten cities) of Katha (Kota),

>> Chakra, Reshika Cutch and others, and the foresters of Upagiri and
>> Bhadragiri hills.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.32 And those of Dasapura of Katha, Chakra, Reshika Cutch and
>> others, and the foresters of Upagiri and Bhadragiri Hills.
>>
>>
>>
>> 33
>>
>> नागरा* दण्डकाश् च_एव गण-राष्ट्र-नृ-राष्ट्रकाः ।
>>
>> nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva gaNa-rASTra-nR-rASTrakA: |
>>
>> साहा शैवर्ष्य-मूकाश् च कर्कोटा* वन-बिम्बलाः ॥३।३६।३३॥
>>
>> sAhA-zaivarSya-mUkA:_ca karkoTA* vana-bimbalA: ||3|36|33||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *nAgaras, dandaka-Foresters;*
>>
>> *the People's State of nR.rashtra;*
>>
>> *and sAhas,*
>>
>> *wretched in the rain;*
>>
>> *karkotas, forest bimbala.s*
>>
>> *—*

>>
>> nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva x
>>
>> gaNa-rASTra-nR-rASTrakA: x
>>
>> sAhA zaivarSya-mUkA:_ca x
>>

>> karkoTA* vana-bimbalA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.33. The prince of Nagore and the chiefs of Dandaka forest, and

>> the joint states of the people; the Sahas, Saivas, and the hill people of
>> the Rishyamuka and Karkota and the Vimbila foresters.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.33 The prince of Nagore and the chiefs of Dandaka Forest, and the
>> joint states of the people; the Sahas, Saivas, and the hill people of the
>> Rishyamuka and Karkota and the Vimbila foresters.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx31 32 33
>>
>>
>>
>> 34
>>
>> पम्पा-निवासिनश् च_एव कैरकाः कर्क-वीरकाः ।
>>
>> pampA-nivAsina:_ca_eva kairakA: karka-vIrakA: |
>>
>> स्वेरिका* यासिकाश् च_एव धर्म-पत्तन-पञ्जिकाः ॥३।३६।३४॥
>>
>> sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva dharma-pattana-paJjikA: ||3|36|34||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the pampA-dwellers also,*
>>
>> *the kairakas,*
>>
>> *karkaviras,*
>>
>> *sverikas,*
>>
>> *yAsikas also*
>>
>> *(of dharma-pattana, a town of very righteous festivals)*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> pampA-nivAsina:_ca_eva x
>>
>> kairakA: karka-vIrakA: *x*
>>
>> sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva x
>>
>> dharma-pattana-paJjikA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.34. Then came the inhabitants from the banks of Pampá, the

>> Kerakas and Karkaviras; with the Kherikas, Asikas and the people of
>> Dhrumapattana.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.34 Then came the inhabitants from the banks of Pampa, the Kerakas
>> and Karkaviras; with the Kherikas, Asikas and the people of Dhrumapattana.
>>
>>
>>
>> 35
>>
>> काशिकास् तृष्ण-खल्लुला-यादास् ते ताम्र-पर्णकाः ।
>>
>> kAzikA:_tRSNa-khallulA-yAdA:_te tAmra-parNakA: |
>>
>> गोनर्दाः कनकाश् च_एव दीन-पत्तन-नामकाः ॥३।३६।३५॥
>>
>> gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva dIna-pattana-nAmakA: ||3|36|35||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *from kAzi,*
>>
>> *thirsty khallulas and yAdas*
>>
>> *and the red.spit Pan-Chewing gonarda BullRoarers;*
>>
>> *and golden kanakas;*
>>
>> *and also with them came men*
>>
>> *from dina.pattana, Sorry.ville;—*

>>
>> kAzikA:_tRSNa-khallulA-yAdA: x
>>
>> te tAmra-parNakA: x
>>
>> gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva x
>>

>> dIna-pattana-nAmakA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.35. Next came the Kásikas and Khallukas, the Yadas and

>> Tamraparnikas; the Gonardas, the Kanakas and the people of Dinapattam.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.35 Next came the Kasikas and Khallukas, the Yadas and
>> Tamraparnikas; the Gonardas, the Kanakas and the people of Dinapattam.
>>
>>
>>
>> 36
>>
>> ताम्रीका* दम्भर-आकीर्णाः सह.कार-एणकास् तथा ।
>>
>> tAmrIkA* dambhara-AkIrNA: saha.kAra-eNakA:_tathA |
>>
>> वैतुण्डकास् तुम्बवनाला-जिन-द्वीप-कर्णिकाः ॥३।३६।३६॥
>>
>> vaituNDakA:_tumbavanAlA-jina-dvIpa-karNikA: ||3|36|36||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *coppery tAmrika.s—*
>>
>> *crowding dambhara.s—*
>>
>> *supporting enaka Hunters;*
>>
>> *and the vaitundakas joining the tumbavanAlas,*
>>
>> *lonk-eared islanders in deerskins;*
>>
>> tAmrIkA* dambhara*-*AkIrNA: x
>>
>> saha.kAra*-e*NakA:_tathA x
>>
>> vaituNDakA:_x
>>
>> tumbavanAlA-jina-dvIpa-karNikA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.36. The Tamris (Tamils), Kadambharas, Sahakáras and Enakas (or

>> deer hUters); the Vaitundas, Tumba-vanalas, and those attired in deer and
>> elephant skins.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.36 The Tamils, Kadambharas, Sahakaras and Deer Hunters, the
>> Vaitundas, Tumbavanalas, and those attired in deer and elephant skins.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx 34 35 36
>>
>>
>>
>> 37
>>
>> कर्णिक-आभाश् च शिबयः कौङ्कणाश् चित्रकूटकाः ।
>>
>> karNika-AbhA:_ca zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |
>>
>> कर्णाट-मण्ट-वटका* महाकटकिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।३७॥
>>
>> karNATa-maNTa-vaTakA* mahAkaTakikA:_tathA ||3|36|37||
>>
>> .
>>
>> karNika-AbhA:_ca
>>
>> zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |
>>
>> karNATa-maNTa-vaTakA*
>>
>> mahAkaTakikA:_tathA - x
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the light of meru,*
>>
>> *the zibis,kaunkanas, chitrakutas,*
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *karnAtas, mantas, vataka.s*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *such was one great encampment there*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.37. Then came the lotus-like Sibis and Konkans and the

>> inhabitants of Chitrakuta mountains; with the people of Karnata, the
>> Mantas, Batakas and those of Cattak.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.37 Then came the lotus-like Sibis and Konkans and the inhabitants
>> of #citrakuta mountains; with the people of Karnata, the Mantas, Batakas
>> and those of Cattak.
>>
>>
>>
>> 38
>>
>> आन्ध्राश् च कोल.गिरयश् च_अवन्ति-कविचेरिकाः ।
>>
>> AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca_avanti-kavicerikA: |
>>
>> चण्डायत्ता* देवनकाः क्रौञ्चा* वाहास् तथैव च ॥३।३६।३८॥
>>
>> caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|38||
>>
>> .
>>
>> AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca
>>
>> avanti-kavicerikA: |
>>
>> caNDAyattA* devanakA:
>>

>> krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *with the andhras, kola.giris,*
>>
>> *and the kavicherikas of greater avanti,*
>>
>> *and the fiery chandAyattas,*
>>
>> *devanaka Dicers, krauncha Curlews;*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> AndhrA*:_c*a kola.giraya*:_c*a_avanti-kavicerikA: x
>>
>> caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathaiva ca *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.38. The Andhras and Kola hill people (Koles), the Avantis and

>> Chedis; with the Chandas and Devanakas and Krauncha-*vahas.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.38 The Andhras and Kola hill people, the Avantis and Chedis; with
>> the Chandas and Devanakas and Krauncha-vahas.
>>
>>
>>
>> 39
>>
>> शिलाक्षार-उदभो-नन्द.मर्दना* मलय-अभिधाः ।
>>
>> zilA-akSAra-udabha:-nanda.mardanA* malaya-abhidhA: |
>>
>> ते चित्रकूट-शिखरा* लङ्का-रक्षः-गणाः स्मृताः ॥३।३६।३९॥
>>
>> te citrakUTa-zikharA laGkA-rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: ||3|36|39||
>>
>> .
>>
>> zilA-akSAra-udabha:-nanda.mardanA*
>>

>> malaya*-a*bhidhA: |
>>
>> te citrakUTa-zikharA
>>
>> laGkA-rakSa:gaNA: smRtA:* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *and so also the vAha Carriers from stonestill zilAkSara,*
>>
>> *udabha, nanda.mardana, malaya, and citrakuta peaks,*
>>
>> *the seats of rakSasas from zrI.lankA*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> zilAkSAra*-u*dabho-nanda.mardanA malaya*-a*bhidhA: x
>>
>> te citrakUTa-zikharA laGkA-rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.39. At last came the people from the three peaks of Chitrakuta

>> mountains, called the Silákhára, Nanda mardana and Malaya, which were the

>> seats of the guardian Bá*kSa*sas of Lanká.

>>
>> ~vlm.p.39 At last came the people from the three peaks of #citrakuta
>> mountains, called the Silakhara, Nanda mardana and Malaya, which were the
>> seats of the guardian Bakshasas of Lanka.
>>

>> *x*
>>
>> xx37 38 39
>>
>>
>>
>> *SOUTHWEST — *

>>
>> 40
>>
>> अथ प्रत्यg-दक्षिणस्याम् महा.राज्य.सुराष्ट्रकाः ।
>>
>> atha pratyak-dakSiNasyAm mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: |
>>
>> सिन्धु.सौवीर-शूद्र-आख्याः आभीरा* द्रविडाः_तथा ॥३।३६।४०॥
>>
>> sindhu.sauvIra-zUdra-AkhyA: AbhIrA* draviDA: tathA ||3|36|40||
>>
>> .
>>
>> atha pratyak-dakSiNasyAm x
>>
>> mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: x
>>

>> sindhu.sauvIra-zUdra*-*AkhyA: x
>>
>> AbhIrA* draviDA:_tathA *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *next, in the Southwest, the great realm of surAshtra,*
>>
>> *sindhus, sauvira zUdras, abhira.s*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *the Dravids*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.40. Then those of the southwest where there is the great realm of

>> Surástra (Surat), with the kingdoms of Sindhu (Sinde) sauvira, Abhíra, and
>> Dravidas (in Deccan).
>>
>> ~vlm.p.40 Then those of the southwest where there is the great realm of
>> Surat, with the kingdoms of the Sind, Sauvira, Abhira, and Dravidas (in
>> Deccan).
>>
>>
>>
>> 41
>>
>> कीकटाः सिद्ध-खण्ड-आख्यास् तथा कालि.रुहा* अपि ।
>>
>> kIkaTA: siddha-khaNDa-AkhyA:_tathA kAli.ruhA* api |
>>
>> अत्र हेम.गिरिः शैलस् तथा रैवतको गिरिः ॥३।३६।४१॥
>>
>> atra hema.giri: zaila:_tathA raivataka:_giri: ||3|36|41||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the kikatas (of the siddha.s),*
>>
>> *and kAliruhas, too,*
>>
>> *and—here—is the golden hema.giri Mountain, in the raivatakas;—*
>>
>> kIkaTA: siddha-khaNDa*-*AkhyA: x

>>
>> tathA kAli.ruhA* api x
>>
>> atra hema.giri: zaila: x
>>

>> tathA raivataka:_giri: *x *
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> ~vlm.p.41 Also those of the districts of Kikata, Siddha Khanda, and
>> Kaliruha, and Mount Hemagiri or golden hills and the Raivataka range.
>>
>>
>>
>> 42
>>
>> जय.कच्छो_मयवरो यवनास् तत्र जन्तवः ।
>>
>> jaya.kaccha:_mayavara:_yavanA:_tatra jantava: |
>>
>> बाह्वीका* मार्गण-आवन्ता* धूम्रास् तुम्बक-नामकाः ॥३।३६।४२॥
>>
>> bAhvIkA* mArgaNa-AvantA* dhUmrA:tumbaka-nAmakA: ||3|36|42||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *var. TPD jayakucch*A*mayavaro

>>
>> jaya.kaccha: x
>>
>> mayavara:_x
>>
>> yavanA: / *var. paTanA:
>>
>> tatra jantava: x
>>
>> bAhvIkA* mArgaNa-AvantA* dhUmrA:tumbaka-nAmakA: x
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the conquerink-Cutch/victorious.ashore *
>>
>> *mayavara mercenaries*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *the bAhvikas, beggars from avanti,*
>>
>> *dark.skinned dhumras on camels,*
>>
>> *tumbakas*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *-*vlm.42. Then the warriors of Jaya Kachchha (the victorious Cutch),

>> and Mayavara (Mewar); as also the Yavanas (Ionians), the Bahlikas (Balkhs),
>> the Marganas (nomads), and the grey coloured Tumbas (on the north).
>>
>> ~vlm.p.42 Then the warriors of Jaya Kachchha, and Mewar; as also the
>> Yavanas, the Bahlikas, the Marganas (nomads), and the grey colored Tumbas
>> (on the north).
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx40 41 42
>>
>>
>>
>> 43
>>
>> तथा लाज-गणाश् च_एव तथा_अत्र गिरि-वासिनः ।
>>
>> tathA lAja-gaNA:_ca_eva tathA_atra giri-vAsina: |
>>
>> ततो ऽब्धि-तोक-नियुता* एते लीला-पतेर् जनाः ॥३।३६।४३॥
>>
>> tata:_abdhi-toka-niyutA* ete lIlA-pate:_janA: ||3|36|43||
>>
>> .
>>
>> tathA lAja-gaNA:_ca_eva
>>
>> tathA_atra giri-vAsina: |
>>
>> tata:_abdhi-toka-niyutA*
>>

>> ete lIlA-pate:_janA: * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *then the lAja Troops also, and then,*
>>
>> *here,*
>>
>> *the hill-dwellers.*
>>
>>
>>
>> *these*
>>
>> *were the people of lIlA's Lord,*
>>
>> *the seething sea of his children*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> tathA lAja-gaNA:_ca_eva x
>>
>> tathA_atra giri-vAsina: x
>>
>> tata:_abdhi-toka-niyutA* x
>>

>> ete lIlA-pate:_janA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.43. Then there came Lahsa races and many hill peoples, inhabiting

>> the borders of the sea (Caspean), forming the limit of the dominion of
>> Lila's husband (Hindu Government) on the north.
>>
>> ~vlm.p.43 Then there came Lahsa races and many hill peoples, inhabiting
>> the borders of the sea, forming the limit of the dominion of Lîlâ’s husband
>> on the north.
>>
>>
>>

>> *+++ *
>>
>>
>>
>> *THE ENEMY ORDER *
>>
>>
>>
>> *WESTERN MOUNTAINEERS *

>>
>>
>>
>> 44
>>
>> अथ तत्-प्रतिपक्ष.स्थान् इमान् जनपदान् शृणु ।
>>
>> atha tat-pratipakSa.sthAn imAn janapadAn zRNu |
>>
>> पश्चिमायाम् दिशि प्रौढा* इमे तावत्_महाद्रयः ॥३।३६।४४॥
>>
>> pazcimAyAm dizi prauDhA* ime tAvan_mahA.adraya: ||3|36|44||
>>
>> .
>>
>> atha
>>

>> tat-pratipakSa*.xx-*sthAn imAn janapadAn
>>
>> zRNu =
>>
>> pazcima*.xx-*AyAm dizi prauDha*.xx-*A*
>>
>> ime tAvan_mahA.adraya:* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *next are the opposing forces the Country-men.*
>>
>> *hear about these:—*
>>
>>
>>
>> *in the Western Quarter:—*
>>
>>
>>
>> *there where many Great Mountains soar*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *-*vlm.44. Now know the names of the countries belonging to the enemy in

>> the west,
>>
>> and of those composed of the following mountain ranges, viz.
>>
>>
>>
>> 45
>>
>> मणिमान्-नाम शैल.इन्द्रः कुरार्पण-गिरिः तथा ।
>>
>> maNimAn-nAma zaila.indra: kurArpaNa-giri: tathA |
>>
>> वनो ऽर्क.हो मेघ-भवश् चक्रवान् अस्त-पर्वतः ॥३।३६।४५॥
>>
>> vana:_arka.ha:_megha-bhava:_cakravAn asta-parvata: ||3|36|45||
>>
>> .
>>
>> maNimAn-nAma zaila.indra:
>>
>> kurArpaNa-giri: tathA |
>>
>> vana:_arka.ha:_megha-bhava:
>>
>> cakravAn asta-parvata: - x
>>
>> .
>>

>> *called "Jewel.some", the lord of mountains,*
>>
>> *kurArpana's all shady cool forests,*
>>
>> *with clouds that drift like discuses on the rose mountain*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> maNimAn-nAma zaila.indra: x
>>
>> kurArpaNa-giri: tathA x
>>
>> vana:_arka.ha:_megha-bhava: x
>>

>> cakravAn asta-parvata: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.45. The mount Manimán and the Kurar-pana hills, with the hillocks

>> of Vanorka, Megha-bhava, and the Chakra-vana mountain.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx43 44 45
>>
>>
>>
>> 46
>>
>> जनाः पञ्च-जना* नाम काश-ब्रह्म-चयान्तकाः ।
>>
>> janA: paJca-janA* nAma kAza-brahma-cayAntakA: |
>>
>> तथैव भार-क्षतथाः पारकाः शान्तिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४६॥
>>
>> tathaiva bhAra-kSatathA: pArakA: zAntikA:_tathA ||3|36|46||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *there are the people called The *pancha.jana Fiver.Folk –*
>>
>> *and groups of *kAsha Brâhmins*
>>
>> *behind them*
>>
>> *there*
>>
>> **bhAra-kShatathas & *pArakas & *shAntikas*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> ***vlm.46. There is the country of the five peoples limiting the

>> territory of the Kása Brahmans,
>>
>> and after that the BhárakSa, the Páraka and Sántika countries.
>>
>>
>>

>> janA: paJca.janA* nAma – *the people called The Fiver.Folk - *
>>
>> kAza*.xx-*brahma*.xx-*caya*.xx-*antaka*.xx-*A: |
>>
>> tathA.*thus/in.that.way -* eva.*very**/only *-
>>
>> bhAra-kSatathA:
>>
>> pArakA:
>>
>> *zAntika*.Placideans-*A: - tathA.*thus/in.that.way*

>>
>>
>>
>> 47
>>
>> शैब्य-आरमरक-आयाच्छा* गुहुत्वा* नियकास् तथा ।
>>
>> zaibya-Aramaraka-AyAcchA* guhutvA* niyamA:_tathA |
>>
>> हैहयाः सुह्य-गायाश् च ताजिका* हूणकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४७॥
>>
>> haihayA: suhya-gAyA:_ca tAjikA* hUNakA:_tathA ||3|36|47||
>>
>> .
>>
>> zaibya-Aramaraka-AyAcchA*
>>
>> guhutvA* niyamA:_tathA |
>>
>> haihayA: suhya-gAyA:_ca
>>

>> tAjikA* hUNakA:_tathA * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *the *shaibyas, the *Aramaka.Grovers, *AyAcchas, *guhutvas*
>>
>> *in array;*
>>
>> *haihayas and suhya-gAyas,*
>>
>> *tAjikas, and hUnas also*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.47. Thence stretch the countries of the Saivyas, Amarakas, the

>> Pachchyas (Páschátyas) and Gubutwas; and then the Haihaya country, and
>> those of the Suhyas, Gayas and Tajikas and Hunas (Huns).
>>

>> #*zibi, #zivi – *m. *an RSi*, the supposed author of RV.10.179) Anukr. •
>> a *king* (renowned for his liberality and unselfishness, and said to

>> have saved *agni (transformed into a dove) from *indra (transformed into a
>> hawk) by offering an equal quantity of his own flesh weighed in a balance)

>> MBh. Hariv. Pur. •• #*zaibya - **shibi's people +
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *UPPER SOUTHLANDS —*

>>
>> 48
>>
>> पार्श्वे-कतकयोः कर्का* गिरि-पर्ण-अवmAs तथा ।
>>
>> pArzve-katakayo: karkA* giri-parNa-avamA:_tathA |
>>
>> संत्यक्त-धर्म-मर्याdAs ते वर्णा* म्लेच्छ-जातयः ॥३।३६। ४८॥
>>
>> saMtyakta-dharma-maryAdA:_te varNA* mleccha-jAtaya: ||3|36|48||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the katakas are from the nearby karaka Mountains,*
>>
>> *—these—*
>>
>> *from Mount parna.vamas, who are devoid of dharmic customs,*
>>
>> *a sad bunch of bad mleccha Barbarians*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> pArzve-katakayo: karkA* x
>>
>> giri-parNa-avamA:_tathA *x*
>>
>> saMtyakta-dharma-maryAdA:_x
>>
>> te varNA* mleccha-jAtaya: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.48. Then along the side of some other countries, there is the

>> range of Karka hills, inhabited by barbarous people, devoid of caste,
>> customs and limits of moral duties.
>>

>> *-*DC. on one side of Katakas are Karkas, on another left side Parna

>> mountaineers, they have left dharmic ways and are of barbarious line.
>>

>> *-*AS. I am not really sure what all these names are! However, I don't

>> see either of these meanings coming out of the words. The word does not
>> seem to break as suggested, since I don't see what "parNA" and "vamA" could

>> possibly mean. I would imagine the word giri-parNa*-a*vama with its nom.

>> plural form. The word avama can have a meaning of "lower" . These could be
>> inhabitants of giri-parNa - a branch of a mountain, or even people living
>> under a shelter of the branch or even in a valley of the branch. I agree
>> with your meaning of the second line. The word mleccha in modern times is
>> associated with the muslims, but in older literature, it often means
>> foreign, difficult to understand. mleccha speech means convoluted speech.
>>

>> *-*jd. "mleccha in modern times".

>>
>> here in tretA.yuga it has more general application
>>
>> and in this and other Tales most esp. the chANDAla.s.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx46 47 48
>>
>>
>>
>> 49
>>
>> ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् योजनानाम् शत-द्वयम् ।
>>
>> tata:_a-janapadA bhUmi:_yojanAnAm zata-dvayam |
>>
>> ततो महेन्द्र-शिखरी मुक्ता-मणि-मय-अवनिः ॥३।३६।४९॥
>>
>> tata:_mahendra-zikharI muktA-maNi-maya-avani: ||3|36|49||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *beyond them are two hundred leagues of desart land;*
>>
>> *and, thereafter,*
>>
>> *Mount mahendra, aboundink-in sapphires and diamonds and pearls*
>>
>> *—*

>>
>> tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_x
>>
>> yojanAnAm zata-dvayam x
>>
>> tata:_mahendra-zikharI x
>>

>> muktA-maNi-maya*-*avani: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*kdm. tato *janapadA *bhUmir yojanAnA*m *zata-dvayam | *(? =* ||3|36|*63||)*
>> tato mahendra-zikharI muktA-maNi-mayAvani:* ||3|36|*49|| in zloka 63,

>> the author seems to be referring to another place "a-janapada", since the
>> measure here(in 49) is 200 yojana and in zloka 63 it is 8000 (azIti-zata).
>> Also, janapada being a place with people/civilization etc, a-janapada could
>> be waste land-- barren land and so on.

>> *-*vlm.49. Thence stretches a country hundreds of leagues in length, to

>> the boundary mountain of Mahendra, abounding in rich stones and gems.
>>
>>
>>
>> 50
>>
>> युते मही.धर-शतैर् अथ_अश्वो नाम पर्वतः ।
>>
>> yute mahI.dhara-zatai:_atha_azva:_nAma parvata: |
>>
>> ततो महार्णवो भीमः पातियात्र-गिरिस् तटे ॥३।३६।५०॥
>>

>> tata:_mahArNava:_bhIma: pAtiyAtra-giri:_taTe* ||3|36|*50||

>>
>> .
>>
>> yute
>>
>> mahI.dhara-zatai:
>>
>> atha
>>
>> azva:_nAma parvata: =
>>
>> tata:
>>
>> mahArNava:_bhIma:
>>

>> pAtiyAtra-giri:_taTe* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *connected with a hundred mountains,*
>>
>> *next,*
>>
>> *is the mountain called "Horse"*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *and then terrible ocean, with the pAtiyAtras on its shore.*

>>
>> yute mahI.dhara-zatai:_x
>>
>> atha_azva:_nAma parvata: x
>>
>> tata:_mahArNava: bhIma: x
>>

>> pAtiyAtra-giri:_taTe *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.50. After that stands the Aswa range with hundreds of hills about

>> it; and extending to the dread ocean on the north of the Pariyátra range.
>> (Paropamisus).
>>
>>
>>
>> 51
>>
>> पश्चिम-उत्तर-दिग्-भागे देशो गिरिमति स्थितः ।
>>
>> pazcima-uttara-dik-bhAge deza:_girimati sthita: |
>>
>> तथा वेणुपतिश् च_एव ततो नर-पतिर् मही ॥३।३६।५१॥
>>
>> tathA veNupati:_ca_eva tata:_nara-pati: mahI ||3|36|51||
>>
>> .
>>

>> pazcima*-*uttara-di*k-*bhAge x
>>
>> deza:_girimati sthita: x
>>
>> tathA veNupati*:_ca_eva* x
>>
>> tata:_nara-pati:mahI *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *NORTHWEST QUARTER *
>>
>>
>>
>> *it is mountain country,*
>>
>> *where veNupati, also, was once the mighty ManLord of ManLords*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.51. On the north western side, there are countries beyond the

>> boundary mountains (of Asia), where Venupati was the king of the land.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx49 50 51
>>
>>
>>
>> 52
>>
>> तथा फल्गुणकाश् च_एव माण्डव्य-अनेक-नेत्रकाः ।
>>
>> tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya-aneka-netrakA: |
>>
>> पुरुकुन्दाश् च पाराश् च भानु-मण्डल-भावनाः ॥३।३६।५२॥
>>
>> purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu-maNDala-bhAvanA: ||3|36|52||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *there*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *phalgunakas also, and mAndavyas,*
>>
>> *with dual command*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *purukunda guards,*
>>
>> *mandalas,*
>>
>> *mandalas blazoning the Sun*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya*-a*neka-netrakA: x
>>
>> purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu-maNDala-bhAvanA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.52. Then there are the countries of the Phálgunakas and and

>> Mándavayas and many other peoples; and those of Purukundas and Paras
>> (Paris?) as bright as the orb of the sun.
>>
>>
>>
>> 53
>>
>> वन्मिला* नलिना* दीर्घा* दीर्घ-केश-अङ्ग-बाहवः ।
>>

>> vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha-keza*-*aGga-bAhava: |

>>
>> रङ्गाश् च स्तनिकाश् च_अन्या* गुरुहाश् चलुहास् तथा ॥३।३६।५३॥
>>

>> raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA* ||3|36|*53||
>>
>> .
>>
>> *the vanmilas, the lotusly nalinas,*
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *the Long dIrgha.s*
>>
>> *—long hair, long person, and long arms—*
>>
>> *the redskin raGgas, the chesty stanikas, hefty guruhas,*
>>
>> *and the similar caluha.s*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha-keza*-*aGga-bAhava: x
>>
>> raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.53. Then the races of Vanmilas and Nalinas and the Dirghas; who

>> are so called, from their tall statures and long arms and hairs. Then there
>> are the Rangas (Red men) Stánikas with protuberant breasts, and the Guruhas
>> and Chaluhas.
>>
>>
>>

>> *NORTHERN MOUNTAINS *

>>
>>
>>
>> 54
>>
>> ततः स्त्री-राष्ट्रम् अतुलम् गोवृष-अपत्य-भोजनम् ।
>>
>> tata: strI-rASTram atulam govRSa-apatya-bhojanam |
>>
>> अथ_उत्तरस्याम् हिमवान् क्रौञ्चो ऽथ मधुमान् गिरिः ॥३।३६।५४॥
>>
>> atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: ||3|36|54||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *such is the matchless Queen's Country where eat the meat of calves *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> #*govRSa - *a bull • Shiva +
>>
>> *now,*
>>
>> *in the North,*
>>
>> *is the snowy Curlew Mountain—*
>>
>> *and here*
>>
>> *the sweet mountain, gandha-mAdana*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> tata: strI.rASTram atula*m *govRSa*-*apatya-bhojanam x
>>
>> atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.54. After that is the kingdom of women (ruled by a queen), where

>> they feed upon bullocks and heifers. Now about the Himálayas and its hills
>> in the north (of India):—
>>

>> *-*DC. such is the unequalled home country, not belonging to

>> bull-husband???and now northen mountains of Himavan, Kraunca and Madhuman
>>

>> *-*AS. There is a serious typo: strI-rASTram- strIrASTram (kingdom of

>> women) My meaning is: Thereafter is the unique (atulam) Kingdom of Women
>> where they eat veal (meat of the calf born to cows and bulls - or it could
>> also mean all kind of beef). Further north from there (atha uttasasyAm) are
>> the mountains kraunca and madhumAn covered with snow (himavAn). It is
>> rather intriguing why the mention of eating habits of women is made here so
>> prominently!

>> *x*

>>
>> xx52 53 54
>>
>>
>>
>> 55
>>
>> कैलासे वसुमान् मेरुः तत्.पादेषु जना* उभे ।
>>
>> kailAse vasumAn meru: tat.pAdeSu janA* ubhe |
>>
>> मद्र.आवारा* इव यौधेया* मालवाः शूर.सेनिकाः ॥३।३६।५५॥
>>
>> madra.AvArA* iva yaudheyA* mAlavA: zUra.senikA: ||3|36|55||
>>
>> .
>>
>> kailAse
>>
>> vasumAn
>>
>> meru:
>>
>> tat.pAdeSu
>>
>> janA:
>>
>> ubhe =
>>
>> madra.AvArA: iva
>>

>> yaudheyA: mAlavA: zUra.senikA:* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *in kailAsa, rich Mount*meru*
>>
>> *there*
>>
>> *two peoples*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *warlike *madras & mAlavas, the hero-warriors*
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> ??? madrAvAreva...
>>
>> *-*vlm.55. These are the Krauncha and Madhumán hills; and the Kailása,

>> Vasumán and the Sumeru peaks; at the foot of which are the people, known
>> under many names.
>>

>> *-*DC. In Kailas, and rich Meru, - from these both places, people

>> Madravas, Yaudheyas, Malavas and Zurasenas
>>

>> *-*AS. This seems to have numerous "typos". The word ubhe does not seem

>> to make sense. It probably should be ubhau, but it is not a typo made by
>> the current encoders. It may also be explained as ArSa, because ubhe is a
>> valid form in Rigveda. It is also possible that this was a very different
>> word "ime". I can easily see how it can be mistaken by transcribers. It
>> would make a more natural sense. The word senikA: seems to be also an
>> original typo - it should be sainikA:. The creative interpretation by DC as
>> zUrasenika would have resolved this, but in my opinion it still does not
>> explain the transformation of the word senA into senika. (Continuing the
>> list of northerly mountains) kailAsa, vasumAn, meru; in their regions are
>> the peoples: both madras who fight all the way to revA (ArevayaudheyAH) and
>> the brave fighters mAlava. It is unclear what two madras are being
>> described. I know of only one kind who live more in the Northwest.
>>
>> 56
>>
>> राजन्याश् च तथा ज्ञेया* अर्जुनातनयः तथा ।
>>
>> rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA* arjunAtanaya: tathA |
>>
>> त्रिगर्त* एकपात्-क्षुद्राम् अबला.स्वस्त-वासिनः ॥३।३६।५६॥
>>

>> trigarta* ekapAt-kSudrAm abalA.svasta-vAsina:* ||3|36|*56||

>>
>> .
>>
>> rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA*
>>
>> arjunAtanaya: tathA |
>>
>> trigarta* ekapAt-kSudrAm
>>

>> abalA.svasta-vAsina:* -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *the Princes there were to-be-known as arjunAtanis*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *here in trigarta,*
>>
>> *the OneLegs,*
>>
>> *lowly and weak,*
>>
>> *dwell in the setting sun*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.56. Beside these there met the warlike tribes of India consisting

>> of the Madrawars, Malavas and Sura.senas. The Rajputs of the race of
>> Arjuna, the Trigartas and the one legged people and Khudras.
>>
>>
>>
>> 57
>>
>> अबलाः प्रखलाः शाकाः क्षेम-धूर्तय_एव च ।
>>
>> abalA: prakhalA: zAkA: kSema-dhUrtaya_eva ca |
>>
>> दश.धाना-गावसन्य-दण्डाहन्य-सनास् तथा ॥३।३६।५७॥
>>
>> daza.dhAnA-gAvasanya-daNDAhanya-sanA:_tathA ||3|36|57||
>>
>> .
>>
>> abalA: prakhalA: zAkA:
>>
>> kSema-dhUrtaya_eva ca =
>>

>> daza.dhAnA-gAvasanya-daNDAhanya-sanA:_tathA * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *there were the weak and villainous zAkas,*
>>
>> *who very much enjoy hurting people*
>>
>> *—the club-throwing dazadhAnas and gAvasani.s—*
>>
>> *-*vlm.57. There were the Abalas, Prakhalas, and Sakas (Saccæ or

>> Scythians). The Khemadhúrtas, the Dasadhanas, the Gavásanas and Dandahanas
>> (club fighters).
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> 55 56 57
>>
>>
>>
>> 58
>>
>> धान.दाः सरकाश्_च_एव वाटधानास् तथ_एव च ।
>>
>> dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca |
>>
>> अन्तर-द्वीप-गान्धारास् तथा_अवन्ति.सुरास् तथा ॥३।३६।५८॥
>>
>> antara-dvIpa-gAndhArA:_tathA_avanti.surA: tathA ||3|36|58||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *dhAnadas,*
>>
>> *sarakas also*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *vAtadhAnas;*
>>
>> *and there, also, gAndhara islanders;*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *and there*
>>
>> *the Avanti warriors*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *just … there*
>>
>> *!*

>>
>> dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva x
>>
>> vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca x
>>
>> antaradvIpa-gAndhArA:_x
>>

>> tathA_avanti.surA: tathA *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.58. The Dhánadas and Sarakas and Bátadhánas also, with the

>> islanders and Gándháras and Avanti warriors of Malwa.
>>
>>
>>
>> 59
>>
>> अथ तक्षशिला* नाम तto वीलव-गोधनी ।
>>
>> atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava-godhanI |
>>
>> पुष्कर.आवर्त-देशस्य यशोवति-मही ततः ॥३।३६।५९॥
>>
>> puSkara.Avarta-dezasya yazovati-mahI tata: ||3|36|59||
>>
>> .
>>
>> atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava-godhanI |
>>
>> puSkara.Avarta-dezasya
>>

>> yazovati-mahI tata: * -* *x *
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *—there—*
>>
>> *the takSa.zilas of Cutter Mountain—*
>>
>> *vilavas and godhanis of the crowded DoomCloud country*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *land of great renown*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.59. The warlike TakSasilas (Taxilas), the Bilavas, Godhanas and

>> the renowned warriors of Pushkara (Pokhra).
>>
>>
>>
>> 60
>>
>> ततो नाभिमतिर् भूमिस् तिक्षाः कालवरास् तथा ।
>>
>> tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA |
>>
>> काहकम् नगरम् च_एव सुर-भूति-पुरम् तथा ॥३।३६।६०॥
>>
>> kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura-bhUti-puram tathA ||3|36|60||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *MIDCOUNTRY *
>>
>>
>>
>> *the bitter Midcountry*
>>
>> *offers*
>>
>> *the kAlavara.s*
>>
>> *—there—*
>>
>> *and, there, Kahaka Town*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *and there, also,the City of sura.bhUti*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: x
>>
>> tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA x
>>

>> kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura-bhUti-puram tathA *x *
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> -vlm.60. Then there were the TíkSas and Kálavaras, and the inhabitants of
>> the cities of Káhaka and Surabhúti likewise.
>>

>> *x*

>>
>> xx58 59 60
>>
>>
>>
>> 61
>>
>> तथैव रतिकादर्शाः अन्तरादर्शे एव च ।
>>
>> tathA_eva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca |
>>
>> ततः पिङ्गल-पाण्डव्यम् यामुने यातु.धानकाः ॥३।३६।६१॥
>>

>> tata: piGgala-pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA:* ||3|36|*61||
>>
>> .
>>
>> *there were the ratikAdarzas,*
>>
>> *and also antarAdarza.s*
>>
>> *–*
>>
>> *there, piGgalas and lily-white pAndavyas;*
>>
>> *and, in yAmuna country*
>>
>> *the yAtu.dhAnakas*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> tathaiva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca x
>>

>> tata: piGgala-pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.61. There were the people of the Katikádarsa and Antarádarsa

>> also; and the Pingalas, the Pandyas, Yamanas and Yátudhánas RákSasas too.
>>
>>
>>
>> 62
>>
>> मानवा* नाङ्गना* हेम.तालाः स्वस्व-मुखास् तथा ।
>>
>> mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva-mukhA: tathA |
>>
>> हिमवान् वसुमान् क्रौञ्च-कैलासाव्_इत्य्_अगास् तथा ॥३।३६।६२॥
>>
>> himavAn vasumAn krauJca-kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA ||3|36|62||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the mAnavas, the nAGganas,*
>>
>> *the hematAla SilverHeights;*
>>
>> *face-to-face in battle*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *thus*
>>
>> *snowy himAlayas and rich vasumanis,*
>>
>> *with Mount krauJca the Curlew*
>>
>> *—and there—*
>>
>> *shiva's own kailAsa*
>>
>> *—those two mountains—*
>>
>> *there*
>>
>> *:*

>>
>> mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva-mukhA: tathA x
>>

>> himavAn vasumAn_krauJca-kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.62. There were also the races of men, known as Hematálas and

>> Osmuks, together with the hilly tribes, inhabiting the Himalaya, Vasumán,
>> Krauncha and Kailasa mountains.
>>
>>
>>
>> 63
>>
>> ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् अशीति.शत-योजना ।
>>
>> tata:_a-janapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata-yojanA |
>>
>> अथ प्राग्.उत्तरस्याम् तु क्रमाज् जनपदाच्*छणु ॥३।३६।६३॥
>>
>> atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt*zRNu ||3|36|63||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *such were the peoples*
>>
>> *from about 180 leagues around*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> tata:_ajanapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata-yojanA *x*
>>
>> atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt_zRNu *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.63. Hear me now relate to you the peoples that came from the

>> north east quarter, which extends a hundred and eighty leagues in its
>> circumference.
>>

>> *x*
>>
>> xx61 62 63
>>
>>
>>
>> *NORTHEAST *
>>
>>
>>
>> *then, next, from the NORTHEAST*
>>
>> *—from that section of people—*
>>
>> *hear the roll*
>>
>> *.*

>>
>> vlm
>>
>>
>>
>> 64
>>
>> कालुता* ब्रह्म-पुत्राश् च कुणिदाः खदिनास् तथा ।
>>
>> kAlutA* brahma-putrA:_ca kuNidA: khadinA: tathA |
>>
>> मालवा* रन्ध्र-राज्याश् च वाना* राष्ट्रास् तथा_एव च ॥३।३६।६४॥
>>
>> mAlavA* randhra-rAjyA:_ca vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|64||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *kaluta.s*
>>
>> *—the Sons of brahmA—*
>>
>> *Kunidas—Khadinas—and, there—mAlavas*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *and randhra princes of the forest countries also*
>>
>> *—*

>>
>> kAlutA* brahma-putrA:_ca x
>>
>> kuNidA: khadinA: tathA x
>>
>> mAlavA* randhra-rAjyA:_ca x
>>

>> vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.64. There came also the Kalutas and Brahmaputras, the Kunidas and

>> Khudinas, with the warlike Malavas and the champions of the Randhra and
>> forest states.
>>
>>
>>
>> 65
>>
>> केडवस् ताः सिंह-पुत्रास् तथा वामनताम् गताः ।
>>
>> keDava:_tA: siMha-putrA: tathA vAmanatAm gatA: |
>>
>> सावा-कच्चा-पलवहाः कामिरा* दरदास् तथा ॥३।३६।६५॥
>>
>> sAvA-kaccA-palavahA: kAmirA* daradA:_tathA ||3|36|65||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *the kedavas, those lion-cubs, gone to dwarfdom;*
>>
>> *the sAvAs, the kaccAs, the palavahas,*
>>
>> *the kAmiras, the darada.s*
>>
>> *—*

>>
>> keDava:_tA: siMha-putrA: x
>>
>> tathA vAmanatAm gatA: x
>>
>> sAvA-kaccA-palavahA: x
>>

>> kAmirA* daradA:_tathA *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.65. Then there were the Kedavas and Sinhaputras of dwarfish

>> statures; the Sabas (Sabæ or Sabians?), the Kaccæs, the Pahlavis (ancient
>> Persians), the Kamiras and the Daradas (the present Darduis or Himalayan
>> hills).
>>
>>
>>
>> 66
>>
>> अभिस-आसद-जार्वकाः पलोल-कुचि-कौतुकाः ।
>>
>> abhisa-Asada-jArvakA: palola-kuci-kautukA: |
>>
>> किरातायाम् उपाताश् च दीनाः स्वर्ग-मही ततः ॥३।३६।६६॥
>>
>> kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca dInA: svarga-mahI tata: ||3|36|66||
>>
>> .
>>

>> *abhisa troops,*
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *jArvakas, palolas, kucis, kautukas, kirAta.s*
>>
>> *—and poor upAtas—*
>>
>> *and rich ones too*
>>
>> *!*
>>
>> *Heaven is great*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> abhisa*-*Asada-jArvakA: x

>>
>> palola-kuci-kautukA: x
>>
>> kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca x
>>

>> dInA: svarga-mahI tata: *x *
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *-*vlm.66. There were also the people of Abhisa, the Jarvakas, the

>> Pulolas and Kuves; the Kirátas and Yamupalas, together with the poor and
>> rich people of desert lands and tracts of gold.
>>

>> *x*
>>
>> xx64 65 66
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *o*ॐ*m*

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> 67
>>
>> देव.स्थल-उपवन-भूस्तदनु-उदित-श्रीः
>>
>> deva.sthala-upavana-bhU:tadanu-udita-zrI:
>>
>> विश्वावसोर् तदनु मन्दिरम् उत्तमम् च ।
>>
>> vizvAvaso:_tadanu mandiram uttamam ca |
>>
>> कैलास-भूस् तदनु मञ्जु-वनश् च
>>
>> kailAsa-bhU:_tadanu maJju-vana:_ca
>>
>> शैलो विद्याधर-अमर-विमान.समान-भूमिः ॥३।३६।६७॥
>>
>> zaila:_vidyAdhara-amara-vimAna.samAna-bhUmi: ||3|36|67||
>>

>> *.*
>>
>> *thus far*
>>
>> *we have seen*
>>
>> *the land of the gardens of the gods*
>>
>> *thus far*
>>
>> *the wonder-flight of the two space-travelers*
>>
>> *thus far*
>>
>> *we've seen*
>>
>> *the highest of high temples, Mount kailAsa*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *thus far too*
>>
>> *weve seen this beautiful forest and hill*
>>
>> *where*
>>
>> *some Sorcerer *widyAdharas watch from their SkyCars up above the Earth*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> deva.sthala*-*upavana-bhU:tadanu*-*udita-zrI:

>>
>> vizvAvaso:
>>
>> tadanu
>>
>> mandiram uttamam ca =
>>
>> kailAsa-bhU:
>>
>> tadanu
>>
>> maJju-vana: ca
>>
>> zaila:
>>

>> vidyAdhara*-*amara-vimAna.samAna-bhUmi:* -* *x *
>>
>> deva.*God*-sthala.*place\hill-*upavana*.garden/grove-*bhU*.earth-*tadanu
>> *.thereafter-*udita.*arisen/said-*zrI.*plenty-*: *.xx-* vizvAvasa*.xx-*o:
>> tadanu*.thereafter-*mandira*.tomb/temple-*m uttama.*ultimate/highest-*m
>> ca = kailAsa*.xx-*bhU*.earth-*: tadanu*.thereafter- *maJju*.xx-*vana.
>> *forest**-*: ca = zaila.*stony/rocky-*: *vidyAdhara
>> *.Sorcerer\Shapeshifter-*amara*.Immortal\undying-*vimAna*.skycar-*samAna
>> *.xx-*bhUmi.*earth*/land
>>
>> .
>>
>> ****vlm.67. Thus Lila saw in one view, the residences of the devas; the

>> forest lands and the earth in all their beauty. She saw all the seats of
>> opulence (viswavasus), and the edifices with which they were adorned; she
>> beheld the summit of Kailása, and the delightful groves at its foot, and
>> the level lands traversed by the aerial cars of Vidyádhara and celestial
>> beings. * It was easy for the lively Lílá, to learn about these peoples and
>> their native lands in her lonely Yoga meditation, by the help of the
>> goddess of learning; but it is hard for us to identify them without
>> subjecting ourselves to a long labour of love, which is a sort of Yoga
>> also, called vidya Yoga, or intense application and self devotion to

>> learning.*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *o*ॐ*m*

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> DAILY READINGS fr 7 June, 2019
>>
>> fm5083 2.je07-08 FAREWELL to the Senses .z48
>>
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/yt5gs57h5nyit3o/fm5083%202.je07-08%20FAREWELL%20to%20the%20Senses%20.z48.docx?dl=0
>>
>> fm7091 3.je06-07 StoneWorld - FIRE VISION .z66
>>
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/q12bc55x4sc0v7o/fm7091%203.je06-07%20StoneWorld%20-%20FIRE%20VISION%20.z66.docx?dl=0
>>
>> fm3037 1.je09-10 Meeting of Troops .z59
>>
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/hruqoe66uedv7dn/fm3037%201.je09-10%20Meeting%20of%20Troops%20.z59.docx?dl=0
>>
>>
>>

>> *o*ॐ*m*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *Â**U*U*M**m*mmm....
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> s*a*MtoSa: paramo lAbha: sat-saGga: paramA gati: |

>>
>> vicAra: paramam jJAnam zama: hi paramam sukham ||3|103|19||
>>

>> *Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,*
>>
>> *Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment. **2.16.19*
>>
>>
>>
>> *+++*
>>
>> *++*
>>
>> *+*
>>
>>
>>
>> *Comments and suggestions*
>>
>> are welcome at
>>
>> das.jiva[at]gmail.com <das....@gmail.com>

>>
>> Please begin the Subject line with the relevant sarga/canto Number, e.g.

>> "re*:* y5084".
>>
>> *+*
>>
>> *The complete YVFiles*,

>>
>> including the Concordant Glossary, and every Sarga/Canto,
>>
>> in their most recent update,
>>
>> can be downloaded at:
>>
>> All YVFiles:
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0
>>
>> Concordant Glossary (CGl1405)
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/mats7olf4xfvsnm/CGl.1405.docx?dl=0
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

>> *o*ॐ*m*

>>
>>
>>
>> "Rare Ramana video", with a wise Cow, and a monkey Prince!
>>

>> http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w814-Pj3b*m*8
>> <http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w814-Pj3bM8>

>> vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha-keza*-*aGga-bAhava: |

>>
>> रङ्गाश् च स्तनिकाश् च_अन्या* गुरुहाश् चलुहास् तथा ॥३।३६।५३॥
>>

>> raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA* ||3|36|*53||

>>
>> ततः स्त्री-राष्ट्रम् अतुलम् गोवृष-अपत्य-भोजनम् ।
>>
>> tata: strI-rASTram atulam govRSa-apatya-bhojanam |
>>
>> अथ_उत्तरस्याम् हिमवान् क्रौञ्चो ऽथ मधुमान् गिरिः ॥३।३६।५४॥
>>
>> atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: ||3|36|54||
>>
>> कैलासे वसुमान् मेरुः तत्.पादेषु जना* उभे ।
>>
>> kailAse vasumAn meru: tat.pAdeSu janA* ubhe |
>>
>> मद्र.आवारा* इव यौधेया* मालवाः शूर.सेनिकाः ॥३।३६।५५॥
>>
>> madra.AvArA* iva yaudheyA* mAlavA: zUra.senikA: ||3|36|55||
>>
>> राजन्याश् च तथा ज्ञेया* अर्जुनातनयः तथा ।
>>
>> rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA* arjunAtanaya: tathA |
>>
>> त्रिगर्त* एकपात्-क्षुद्राम् अबला.स्वस्त-वासिनः ॥३।३६।५६॥
>>

>> trigarta* ekapAt-kSudrAm abalA.svasta-vAsina:* ||3|36|*56||

>> *FM.Canto 3.36 *
>>
>> **vasiShTha said—*

>>
>> 3.36.1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
>>

>> *ORDER OF BATTLE*
>>
>> *MIDCOUNTRY EASTERN QUARTER *
>>
>> 21
>>
>> *THE EAST *

>>
>> 22 23 24 25
>>
>> 26
>>

>> *and in the South*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *these have their homes in the *vindhyA Range*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *the *chedis from the *vatsa calf country*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *angas, vangas, and upavangas*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *:*

>>
>> 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
>>

>> *SOUTHWEST — *

>>
>> 40 41 42 43
>>
>> 44
>>
>> 45
>>
>> 46
>>

>> *there *
>>
>> *are the people called The *pancha.jana Fiver.Folk –*
>>
>> *and groups of *kAsha Brâhmins*
>>
>> *behind them*
>>
>> *there*
>>
>> *bhAra-kSatathas & pArakas & zAntikas*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> ***vlm.46. There is the country of the five peoples limiting the

>> territory of the Kása Brahmans,
>>
>> and after that the BhárakSa, the Páraka and Sántika countries
>>
>> .
>>
>> 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
>>

>> *NORTHERN MOUNTAINS *

>>
>> 54 55 56 57 58 59
>>

>> *MIDCOUNTRY *

>>
>> 60 61 62 63 64 65 66
>>
>> 67
>>

>> *thus far*
>>
>> *we have seen*
>>
>> *the land of the gardens of the gods*
>>
>> *thus far*
>>
>> *the wonder-flight of the two space-travelers*
>>
>> *thus far*
>>
>> *we've seen*
>>
>> *the highest of high temples, Mount *kailAsa*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *thus far too*
>>
>> *weve seen this beautiful forest and hill*
>>
>> *where*
>>
>> *some Sorcerer *widyA-dharAs watch from their SkyCars up above the Earth*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> ||
>>
>>
>>
>> +++
>>
>>
>>
>> *28|*18|41|56|54|*09|*17|*10|*57|55|*12|*37|*13|14|16|*64|31|43|
>> *20|21|22|*29|03|30|67|*23|*56|04|*24|25|*41|51|*27|32|*11|55|*33|34|35|*
>> 64|44|*45|*19|*41|*45|*28|*17|43|18|*36|*41|15|*38|39|40|42|*
>> 54|67|51|57|30|28|*47|48|49|50|*19|*52|53|58|59|*15|03|*60|*37|
>> *61|62|63|*04|*65|66|01|*44|31|11|*02|*29|*05|06|07|08|45|*

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> --
>> You received this message because you are subscribed to the Google Groups
>> "yoga vasishtha" group.
>> To unsubscribe from this group and stop receiving emails from it, send an
>> email to yoga-vasishth...@googlegroups.com.
>> To post to this group, send email to yoga-va...@googlegroups.com.
>> To view this discussion on the web visit
>> https://groups.google.com/d/msgid/yoga-vasishtha/b2cfd699-654b-4bd6-a8cb-d32ca4f898b1%40googlegroups.com

>> <https://groups.google.com/d/msgid/yoga-vasishtha/b2cfd699-654b-4bd6-a8cb-d32ca4f898b1%40googlegroups.com?utm_medium=email&utm_source=footer>
>> .

[Jiva Das]

 

FM3036 THE ORDER OF BATTLE 1.JE04-06

https://www.dropbox.com/s/r1emvu1vewvvsit/fm3036%201.je04-06%20The%20ORDER%20OF%20BATTLE%20.z67.docx?dl=0

FM.3.1-FM.3.49...

https://www.dropbox.com/s/cezwyr92jlzal0a/FM.3.1-FM.3.49....docx?dl=0

 

 

oॐm

 

 

 

FM.3.36

 

THE ORDER OF BATTLE

 

ON CATALOGUES:

+++

 

VASISHTHA said—

 

अथ शृङ्ग.उपमानेषु स्थितेषु शर.राशिषु ।

atha zRGga.upamAneSu sthiteSu zara.rAziSu |

सर्व.भीरुषु भग्नेषु विद्रुतेषु दिशो दश ॥३।३६।१॥

sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu vidruteSu diza:_daza ||3|36|1||

.

and so it was

:

they looked like hills, high heaps of spears

abandoned by the ever.fearful

runners

broken in spirit

wounded in flesh

who fled in all ten directions

.

*jd. "ten directions: S,SW,W,NW,N,NE,E,SE,Up,Down

:

in one sense

some soldier is Up a Tree or Down a hiding.Hole

but more broadly

we've shifted dimensions

from the flat plane of 4 Primary (SWEN) + 4 Secondary (SW.NW.NE.SE)

Up and Down take us to solidity

.

atha.then/next whin zRGga.xx.upamAna.xx.eSu sthita.existent/situate..eSu zara.arrow.rAzi.xx.Su + sarva.all/everything.bhIru.xx.Su bhagna.xx.eSu vidruta.xx.s.eSu diz.direction/place.s.a: daza.ten.xx.

.

*vlmitra.3.36.1 The heaps of arrows rising in spires above the ground, drove the cowards and the wounded afar from the field.

 

मातङ्ग.शव.शैलेषु विश्रान्त.अम्बुद.पङ्क्तिषु ।

mAtaGga.zava.zaileSu vizrAnta.ambuda.paGktiSu |

यक्ष.रक्षःपिशाचेषु क्रीडत्सु रुधिर.अर्णवे ॥३।३६।२॥

yakSa.rakSa:pizAceSu krIDatsu rudhira.arNave ||3|36|2||

.

.

they

rushed past

hills of dead elephants;

and clouds of

yakSa.Guardians, rakSa.Demons, & pizAca.Cannibals

playing their games

in the bloody ocean

.

whin mAtaGga.elephant.zava.corpse.zaila.stony/mountain.s.eSu vizrAnta.reposed.a water.giving ambuda.raincloud.paGkti.collection..s.Su + yakSa.Warder.demon.rakSas.Guard.demon.pizAca.Pishaacha.Cannibal.eSu krIDant.playing/sporting.su whin rudhira.bloody.arNava.foaming.sea.e

.

*vlmitra.2. The hills of the dead bodies of men, horses and elephants, heaving in promiscuous heaps, and appearing as clouds fallen upon earth, invited the yakSas and RákSasas, and the carnivorous Pisáchas, to come and sport in the wide ocean of blood.

*whin mAtaGga.elephant.zava.corpse.zaila.stony/mountain.s.eSu vizrAnta.reposed.a water.giving ambuda.raincloud.paGkti.collection..s.Su + yakSa.Warder.demon.rakSas.Guard.demon.pizAca.Pishaacha.Cannibal.eSu krIDant.playing/sporting.su whin rudhira.bloody.arNava.foaming.sea.e

 

महताम् धर्म.निष्ठानाम् शील.ओजस्.सत्त्व.शालिनाम् ।

mahatAm dharma.niSThAnAm zIla.ojas.sattva.zAlinAm |

शुद्धानाम् कुल.पद्मानाम् वीराणाम् अनिवर्तिनाम् ॥३।३६।३॥

zuddhAnAm kula.padmAnAm vIrANAm a.nivartinAm ||3|36|3||

.

but

of the great ones,

of the dharma.settled ones,

with good manners,

full of courage in sattva,

of those pure ones,

of the lotuses of their clan,

of the heroic ones,

of those who do not run away

—

mahatAm dharma.niSThAnAm x

zIla.ojas.sattva.zAlinAm x

zuddhAnAm kula.padmAnAm x

vIrANAm a.nivartinAm x

.

*vlmitra.3. Now there commenced a commutual contest, betwixt men of rank and virtue, and those of good character, valour and strength on both sides; not excepting even the holy and household people, all of whom took part in the combat, (that is, no condition of life, nor age nor sex, could escape the contagion of a warfare).

 

द्वन्द्व.युद्धानि जानानि मेघानाम् इव गर्जताम् ।

dvandva.yuddhAni jAnAni meghAnAm iva garjatAm |

मिथः.निगरणता उत्कानि मिलन्ति आपग.पूरवत् ॥३।३६।४॥

mitha:.nigaraNatA_utkAni_milanti_Apaga.pUravat ||3|36|4||

.

two

dueling troops of peoples

meet

like two contending clouds as each seeks to swallow each

or as a river floods a city

.

dvandva.xx.yuddha.battle/war.s.Ani jAna.birth/origin.s.Ani of those megha.cloud.s.AnAm iva.like/as.if garja.xx.ness.tA m + mithas.xx nigaraNa.xx.tA_utka.s.Ani milant.xx.i Apaga.xx.pUra.xx.vat x

.

*vlmitra.4. Duels were fought between these, like the clashing of one cloud with another; and like the confluence of two streams discharging their fury against each other.

#gRR . to eat . #nigRR to swallow, devour. . #nigaraNa .n.. = #nigara, zaMk.; .m.. the throat. Lex.; the smoke of a burnt offering Lex. (cf. #nigaNa). . nigaraNatA the state of swallowing, the mingling (of clouds) meghAnAm iva garjatAm | mithas.nigaraNatA, y3036.004.

 

पञ्जरः पञ्जरेन इव गज.ओघेन गज.उच्चयः ।

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja.oghena gaja.uccaya: |

स.वनः स.वनेन अद्रिर् अद्रिणा इव अमिलद् बलात् ॥३।३६।५॥

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt ||3|36|5||

.

skeletons clank against skeletons,

elephant.herds meet elephants,

—hour after hour, watch after watch—

mountain meets mountain,

strength meets strength

.

*vlmitra.5. As a rib is joined to another, and one side with the other, so met the horse against the horse, and elephant opposed the elephant in mutual conflict.

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja.oghena gaja.uccaya: =

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt . x

.

 

अश्व.ओघो मिलद् अश्वानाम् वृन्देन आरावि.रहंसा ।

azva.ogha:_milat_azvAnAm vRndena_ArAvi.rahaMsA |

तरङ्ग.ओघेन घोषेण तरङ्ग.ओघ इव अर्णवे ॥३।३६।६॥

taraGga.oghena ghoSeNa taraGga.ogha* iva_arNave ||3|36|6||

.

the horses

meet

like joining floods

a jangling crushing multitude meeting in their neigh.saying noise

:

an ocean.surge of waves that dash & burst against another surge

.

azva.horse.ogha.flood/multitude.: milant.xx. of those azva.horse.s.AnAm by/with vRnda.multitude/heap.ena ArAvi.xx.rahaMsA.xx. + taraGga.wave.ogha.flood/multitude.ena ghoSa.xx.eNa taraGga.wave.ogha.flood/multitude. iva.like/as.if whin arNava.foaming.sea.e . .

*vlmitra.6. As one forest clasps and clings to another, and one hill is linked with the other in a range, so the duelists strove together, as one wave dashes against the other.

 

नर.अनीकम् नर.अनीकः समायुधम् अयोधयत् ।

nara.anIkam nara.anIka: samAyudham ayodhayat |

वेण्वौघम् इव वेण्वौघो मरुल्लोलो मरुद्वलम् ॥३।३६।७॥

veNu.ogham iva veNu.ogha:_marut.lola:_marut.valam ||3|36|7||

.

infantry meet infantry

fighting together equally

as bamboo spears meet bamboo spears

:

a forest clattering in the wind

.

nara.anIkam

narAnIka:

samAyudham

ayodhayat |

veNu.ogham iva

veNu.ogha:

marut.lola:_marut.valam . x

*vlmitra.7. Footmen fought with footmen, as the reeds crush the reeds, and bamboos clash against one another, and the contrary winds struggle between themselves.

 

रथ.ओघश् च रथ.ओघेन निष्पिपेष अखिलम् वपुः ।

ratha.ogha:_ca ratha.oghena niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: |

नगरम् नगरेन इव दैवेन उड्डीनम् असुरम् ॥३।३६।८॥

nagaram nagarena_iva daivena_uDDInam asuram ||3|36|8||

.

chariot.flood against chariot.flood

—

frame pounding against frame

—

it was like city fighting city

when

the gods fought the asura Darklings

.

ratha.ogha:_ca ratha.oghena x

niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: x

nagaram nagarena_iva x

daivena_uDDInam asuram x

.

*vlmitra.8. Cars falling upon cars, and chariots running against chariots, broke one another to pieces; and the citizens beat the rustics, as the Devas smote the demons of old.

 

सरच्.छर.भरासार.रचित.आपूर्व.वारिदम् ।

sarat.zara.bharAsAra.racita.ApUrva.vAridam |

युयुधे स्थगित.आकाशा धनुर् धर.पताकिनी ॥३।३६।९॥

yuyudhe sthagita.AkAzA dhanu: dhara.patAkinI ||3|36|9||

.

the archers

sent

a flow of arrows in an overflowing cloud

—

they battled hidden by their many banners, those bannered bowmen

.

sarat.zara.bharAsAra.racita.A.pUrva.vAridam

m sarat.arrow.bharAsAra.racita.A.pUrva.vArida

yuyudhe sthagita.AkAzA they warred hiding the sky

dhanu:.dhara.patAkinI bow.bearer.banners

.

*vlmitra.9. The sky which had been erewhile clouded by the flight of arrows, was now emblazoned by the banner of the bowyer, resembling the rainbow of various colours.

#sthag . #sthagita . covered, concealed, hidden (#sthagitA sarasvatI, "sarasvatI has hidden herself "= "I cannot express myself") • closed, shut (as a door) • stopped, interrupted .

 

विषम.आयुध.युद्धेषु योद्धारः पेलव.आशयाः ।

viSama.Ayudha.yuddheSu yoddhAra: pelava.AzayA: |

यदा युक्त्या पलायन्ते रण.कल्प.अनले तदा ॥३।३६।१०॥

yadA yuktyA palAyante raNa.kalpa.anale tadA ||3|36|10||

.

where

the sides were unequal,

those more numerous won easily;

but when

they were outnumbered,

those warriors fled the hellfire of war

.

viSama.Ayudha.yuddheSu x

yoddhAra: pelava.AzayA: x

yadA

yuktyA palAyante x

raNa.kalpa.anale

tadA x

.

*vlmitra.10. At last the warriors who were overpowered in their conflict with unequal arms, fled away from the field, as they do from the fire of a conflagration.

 

मिलिताश् चक्रिणो चक्रो धनुर् धारैर् धनुर् धराः ।

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:_dhArai:_dhanu:.dharA: |

खड्गिभिः खड्ग.योद्धारो भुशुण्डीभिर् भुशुण्डयः ॥३।३६।११॥

khaDgibhi: khaDga.yoddhAra:_bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: ||3|36|11||

.

but

here they met

:

Discuses meet Discuses

—

Archery meets Archery

—

Cudgels meet Cudgels

—

Quake.earths meet Quake.earths

—

militA:_cakriNa:_cakrai:_dhanu:

dhArai:_dhanu:.dharA: |

khaDgibhi: khaDga.yoddhAra:

bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: . x

.

*vlmitra.11. Now the armigerents with discuses, met the thwarters of disks (chakras) in contest; and bowyers were opposed to bowmen, and swordsmen challenged the sword fighters in the field. So met the hookers and crookers with their co.rivals with crowbars (bhusundis) in hand.

 

मुसलैर् मुसल.उदाराः कुन्तिनः कुन्ति.धारिभिः ।

musalai: musala.udArA: kuntina: kunti.dhAribhi: |

ऋष्टि.आयुधा ऋष्टि.धरैः प्रासिभिः प्रास.पाणयः ॥३।३६।१२॥

RSTi.AyudhA* RSTi.dharai: prAsibhi: prAsa.pANaya: ||3|36|12||

.

maces are raised against maces

—

catapults fire.on catapults

javelins

—iron or wood—

roundspears against roundspears

—

musalai: w maces

musala.udArA: lofty maces

kuntina: kunti.dhAribhi: w lance.bearing lancers

RSTi.AyudhA* RSTi.dharai: x

prAsibhi: prAsa.pANaya: x

.

*vlmitra.l2. Maces were opposed to maces (musalas), and lancers were set against the lance bearers (kuntas) in fighting. Spearmen braved the spearmen (rishtis), and the throwers of missiles were crossed with missives (prásas) in hand.

 

स.मुद्गरा मुद्गरिभिः स.गदैर् विलसद् गदाः ।

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa.gadai:_vilasat_gadA: |

शाक्तिकैः शक्ति.योद्ध.आरः शूलैः शूल.विशारदाः ॥३।३६।१३॥

zAktikai: zakti.yoddha.Ara: zUlai: zUla.vizAradA: ||3|36|13||

.

tapered clubs against tapered clubs

!

—

glittering iron maces

fight

maces

—

spikemen fight spikes

—

and clever pikemen battle pikes

—

*vlmitra.13. Mallets militated against mallets (mudguras), and clubs were contravened by clubmen in the conflict. Combatants with pikes (saktis), encountered the pikemen (sakti.dharas) face to face; and iron rods were crossed to pointed rods (súlas) in the strife.

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa.gadai:_vilasat_gadA: x

zAktikai: zakti.yoddha.Ara: zUlai: zUla.vizAradA: x

.

 

प्रास.असन.विदः प्रासैः परशु.उक्ताः परश्वधैः ।

prAsa.asana.vida: prAsai: parazu.uktA: parazvadhai: |

लकुट.उद्यैर् लकुटिनश् च उपलैर् उपल.आयुधाः ॥३।३६।१४॥

lakuTa.udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala.AyudhA: ||3|36|14||

.

roundspears are hurled against roundspears

—

battleaxes

hack.at

poleaxes

—

mace against mace

—

catapult against catapult

.

*vlmitra.14. Pugilists with missive weapons, counteracted the missiles of their antagonists (prásas), and those fighting with battle axes (parasus), baffled the poleaxes and pickaxes (paraswadhas) of their foes.

prAsa.asana.vida: prAsai: parazu.uktA: parazvadhai: =

lakuTa.udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala.AyudhA: . x

.

 

पाशिभिः पाश.धारिण्यः शङ्कुभिः शङ्कु.धारिणः ।

pAzibhi: pAza.dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku.dhAriNa: |

क्षुरिकाभिस् तु क्षुरिकाः भिन्दिपालैश् च तद्.गताः ॥३।३६।१५॥

kSurikAbhi:_tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat.gatA: ||3|36|15||

.

Noosers snare Noosers,

Pikemen peck.at Pikemen,

Daggers stab Daggers,

short javelins

fight

their like

...

*vlmitra.15. Trappers with their traps and snares, attacked the darters of nooses and lassos (pásas); and the darters of javelins (sankus), withstood the darts of the dartsmen on the other side. Daggers were opposed to daggers (kshurikas), and cudgels were presented before the cudgels (bhindipálas of the enemy).

.

pAzibhi: pAza.dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku.dhAriNa: + kSurikAbhi:tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat.gatA:

 

वज्र.मुष्टि.धरा वज्रैर् अङ्कुशैर् अङ्कुश.उद्धताः ।

vajra.muSTi.dharA* vajrai:_aGkuzai:_aGkuza.uddhatA: |

हलैर् हल.निकाष.ज्ञास् त्रिशूलैश् च त्रिशूलिनः ॥३।३६।१६॥

halai:_hala.nikASa.jJA:_trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: ||3|36|16||

.

ThunderFists punch ThunderFists,

Meathooks hook Meathooks

—

Miners undermine Miners

&

Tridents prick Tridents

.

vajra.muSTi.dharA* vajrai: aGkuzai:_aGkuza.uddhatA: + halai:_hala.nikASa.jJA: trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina:

.

*vlmitra.16. Combatants with iron gloves contravened the boxers with iron fistcuffs (Vajramushtis), and those with iron cranes, pursued the fighters with crooked goads, (ankusas) in hand. Warriors with ploughshares attacked the ploughmen, and those with tridents, fell upon the trident holders (trisúlins) in contest.

 

शृङ्खला.जालिनो जालैः शृङ्खlair अलि.कोमलैः ।

zRGkhalA.jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai:_ali.komalai: |

क्षुभित.अकल्प.विक्षुब्ध.सागर.ऊर्मि.घटा इव ॥३।३६।१७॥

kSubhita.akalpa.vikSubdha.sAgara.Urmi.ghaTA* iva ||3|36|17||

.

when chain.mail rubs chain.mail

it's

the sound of bees buzzing honey.blossoms

.

it's

a worried ocean,

with its troubled waves of wild disordered troops

.

zRGkhalA.jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai: ali.komalai: + kSubhita.akalpa.vikSubdha.sAgara.Urmi.ghaTA* iva.like/as.if

.

*vlmitra.17. Champions with chained armours set upon the soldiers attired in mail (srinkhala jála); and they poured upon the field as flights of locusts, or as the waves in the troubled sea.

 

क्षुब्ध.चक्र.दल.आवर्तः शर.सीकर.मारुतः ।

kSubdha.cakra.dala.Avarta: zara.sIkara.mAruta: |

प्रभ्रमद्धेति.मकरो व्योम.एक.अर्णव आबभौ ॥३।३६।१८॥

prabhramat*heti.makara:_vyoma.eka.arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||

.

it's

a whirl of discuses,

a whirlpool of petaled arrows that shower in the wind,

and fire.catapults

—

sea.serpents flash in the sky.sea

.

kSubdha.cakra.dala.Avarta: zara.sIkara.mAruta: + prabhramat.heti.makara:_vyoma.eka.arNava* Ababhau

*vlmitra.p.18 The air also appeared like a sea, with flying discs whirling like whirlpools and the flight of reeds whistling like gusts of wind. Various flying weapons seemed like sharks and dolphins moving about it.

 

उत्फुल्ल.आयुध.कल्लोल.शिर.आकुल.जलेचरः ।

utphulla.Ayudha.kallola.zira.Akula.jalecara: |

रोदोरन्ध्र.समुद्रो ऽसौ बभूव अमर.दुस्तरः ॥३।३६।१९॥

rodorandhra.samudra:_asau babhUva_amara.dustara: ||3|36|19||

.

blossoming

with weapons,

tossing

with wave.heads of waterRovers,

—this—

the rodorandhra Sea,

that lies between the heavens and earth,

is hard for immortals to cross

.

utphulla.Ayudha.kallola.zira.Akula.jalecara: |

rodorandhra.samudra:_asau

babhUva_amara.dustara: . x

.

*vlmitra.19. The hollow of the heaven became as the great deep of the sea, impassable by the celestials, owing to the waving weapons, moving as sea monsters in the air.

 

दिव्या अष्टक.जन.अनीकम् पक्ष.द्वयतया तया ।

divyA_aSTaka.jana.anIkam pakSa.dvayatayA tayA |

अर्धेन अर्धेन कुपितम् भूपालाभ्याम् तथा स्थितम् ॥३।३६।२०॥

ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam ||3|36|20||

.

all day

with eight battalions arrayed in two wings

—equal with equal quarreling—

so those two EarthLords came together and engaged

.

divyA_aSTaka.jana.anIkam

pakSa.dvayatayA tayA |

ardhena_ardhena kupitam

bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam . x

.

*vlmitra.20. Thus the armies of the two belligerent potentates, each composed of eight ranks or battalions, were furiously engaged with one another, as described below.

 

+++

 

ORDER OF BATTLE

 

MIDCOUNTRY EASTERN QUARTER

 

मध्यदेश.आदि.संख्याने प्राग्.दिग्भ्यो ऽभ्यागतान् इमान् ।

madhya.deza.Adi.saMkhyAne prAk.digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |

लीला.नाथस्य पद्मस्य पक्षे जनपदान् शृणु ॥३।३६।२१॥

lIlA.nAthasya padmasya pakSe janapadAn zRNu ||3|36|21||

.

these are the troops from the Eastern Quarter of the Midcountry,

come to support lIlA's Lord, King padma

:

madhya.deza.Adi.saMkhyAne x

prAk.digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn x

lIlA.nAthasya padmasya of Lílà's husband Padma

pakSe janapadAn zRNu m the countries on the wings hear

.

*vlmitra.21 SECTION III. CATALOGUE OF THE FORCES. Now hear me relate to you, the forces on the side of padma, now named Vidúratha, and the allied powers that came to his side, from the Central and Eastern districts.

 

THE EAST

पूर्वस्याम् कोसलाः काशि.मागधा मथिल.उत्कलाः ।

pUrvasyAm kosalA: kAzi.mAgadhA* mathila.utkalA: |

मेखलाः कर्करा मुद्रास् तथा संग्राम.शौण्डकाः ॥३।३६।२२॥

mekhalA: karkarA* mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma.zauNDakA: ||3|36|22||

.

kosalas, kAzis,

&

mAgadhas,

mathilas, utkalas,

&

mudras, mekhala.s

—

also the karkaras,

all of them drunken with battle;

.

pUrvasyAm kosalA:

kAzi.mAgadhA*

mathila.utkalA: |

mekhalA: karkarA*

mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma.zauNDakA: . x

.

*vlmitra.22. There came the hardy warriors of Kosala (Oudh) and Kási (Benares); those of Magadha (Behar) and Utkala (Orissa), situated in the east; and the Mekhalas (of Vindhya range), the Karkars of Karnatic), and the Madras (of Madura) in the south.

 

मुख्या हिमा रुद्रमुख्यास् ताम्र.लिप्तास् तथैव च ।

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:_tAmra.liptA:_tathaiva ca |

प्राग्.ज्योतिषा वाजि.मुखा अम्बष्ठाः पुरुषादकाः ॥३।३६।२३॥

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji.mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: ||3|36|23||

.

&

the himA chiefs,

the rudra chiefs,

the tAmraliptas,

and likewise the horse.faced prAk.jyotiSas,

and

the maneater.cannibals of ambastha*

...

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:

tAmra.liptA:_tathaiva ca |

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji.mukhA*

ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: . x

.

* to the east of takSazilA. R.

*vlmitra.23. The chiefs of Hema (Imaus) and Rudras and the Támraliptas (Tamils) from the south; the Prágjyotishas (of east Assam), and the horse faced Osmuks and Ambashtha cannibals.

 

वर्ण.कोष्ठाः स.विश्वोत्रा आम.मीन.आशनास् तथा ।

varNa.koSThA: sa.vizvotrA* Ama.mIna.AzanA:_tathA |

व्याघ्र.वक्राः किराताश् च सौवीरा एक.पादकाः ॥३।३६।२४॥

vyAghra.vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka.pAdakA: ||3|36|24||

.

there were

varna.koSTha.s

&

vizvotra.s

—those raw.fish.eaters—

and also the tiger.faced kirAta.s

and the lame.leg sauviras too

.

varNa.koSThA: sa.vizvotrA*

Ama.mIna.AzanA:_tathA |

vyAghra.vakrA: kirAtA:_ca

sauvIrA* eka.pAdakA: . x

.

*vlmitra.24. Then there joined the varna.koshthas and Viswotras, and the eaters of raw food and flesh and the fish eaters (piscivori); and those with faces like tigers, the Kiratas (Kirrhoids and KirAntis), with the sauviras and one legged people.

 

माल्यवान्.नाम शैलो 'त्र शिबि.राञ्जन* एव च ।

mAlyavAn.nAma zaila:_atra zibi.rAJjana* eva ca |

वृषल.ध्वज.पद्म.आdyAs तथा उदय.करो गिरिः ॥३।३६।२५॥

vRSala.dhvaja.padma.AdyA:_tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: ||3|36|25||

.

here

—

this mountain called mAlyavAn

is the delight of the zibis & lotus.bannered vRSala.s

:

it is the mountain of sunrise

.

mAlyavAn.nAma zaila:_atra x

zibi.rAJjana* eva ca x

vRSala.dhvaja.padma.AdyA:_x

tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: x

.

*vlmitra.25. Next came the mountaineers of Mályavána, Sibira and Anjanagiri; and others having the ensigns of bulls and lotuses, and the people of the sun rising mountain (Udaya.giri) in the east.

 

THE SOUTH

 

अथ प्राग्.दक्षिणायाम् त्व् इमे विन्ध्य.आदि.वासिनः ।

atha prAk.dakSiNAyAm tu_ime vindhya.Adi.vAsina: |

चेदयो वत्स.दाशार्णा अङ्ग.वङ्ग.उपवङ्गकाः ॥३।३६।२६॥

cedaya:_vatsa.dAzArNA* aGga.vaGga.upavaGgakA: ||3|36|26||

.

and in the South

—

these have their homes in the *vindhyA Range

:

the *chedis from the *vatsa calf country

&

angas, vangas, and upavangas

—

:

atha prAk.xx.dakSiNa.xx.AyAm tu_ime x

vindhya.Adi.vAsi.xx.na: |

cedaya: vatsa.dAzArNA* x

aGga.vaGga.upavaGgakA: x

.

*vlmitra.26. Those that joined from the south east (prágdaxina), are the following, namely; the Vindhyaris. the Chedis, the Vatsas, the Dasárnas (near the confluence of the ten streams); and the Angas, Bangas and Upabangas (of Upper and Lower Bengal).

 

कलिङ्ग.पुण्ड्र.जठरा विदर्भा* मेखलास् तथा ।

kaliGga.puNDra.jaTharA* vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA |

शबरानन.वर्णाश् च कर्णा.त्रिपुर.पूरकाः ॥३।३६।२७॥

zabarAnana.varNA:_ca karNA.tripura.pUrakA: ||3|36|27||

.

kalingas, pundras, jatharas, vidarbhas,

mekhalas also, among the tribes of mixed caste:

and the karnas of tri.pura;—

.

kaliGga.puNDra.jaTharA* x

vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA x

zabarAnana.varNA:_ca x

karNA.tripura.pUrakA: x

.

*vlmitra.27. They that met from the south were, Kalingas and Pundras, the Jatharas, Vidarbhas and the hill people (on the Karnatic coast); the Sabaras, the outcasted savages, the Karnas and the Tripura people.

 

कण्टक.स्थल.नामानः पृथग्.दीपक.कोमलाः ।

kaNTaka.sthala.nAmAna: pRthak.dIpaka.komalA: |

कर्ण.अन्ध्राश् चौलिकाश् च एव तथा चार्मण्वता अपि ॥३।३६।२८॥

karNa.andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva tathA cArmaNvatA* api ||3|36|28||

.

there were

Kantakas from Thornhill

(a bright and pleasant people, those Karnas)

&

Andhras;

Chaulikas also,

&

the Charmanvatas

—

*vlmitra.28. Those named Kantakas from their thorny district,

the unenlightened Komalas (of Comilla?);

the Karnas (Canarese), the Ándhras, the Cholas

and the people on the borders of the Charmanvati river.

.

kaNTaka.sthala.place\hill.nAmAna: x

pRthak.dIpaka.komalA: x

karNa.andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva x

tathA.thus/in.that.way . the *chArma.Leatheries.NvatA* api.also

.

 

काकका हेम.कुड्याश् च तथा श्मश्रु.धरा अपि ।

kAkakA* hema.kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru.dharA* api |

बलिग्रीव.महाग्रीवाः किष्किन्धा नालि.केरिणः ॥३।३६।२९॥

baligrIva.mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli.keriNa: ||3|36|29||

.

&

cackling Kaakaka.s

&

Hema.kudyas also

(those with the long beards)

&

Bali.Griivas, Mahaa.Griivas, Kishkindhas,

and Nalikeris from a land of coconut palms

—

*vlmitra.29. The Kakos or bald beaded and bearded people,

and those of the Hema.kuta hills;

the frizzled and long necked people,

and the inhabitants of Kishkindha and cocoa forests.

.

kAkakA* hema.kuDyA:_ca xtathA zmazru.dharA* api x

baligrIva.mahAgrIvA: xkiSkindhA* nAli.keriNa: x

.

 

 

 

 

 

अथ लीला.पतेर् अस्य दक्षिणस्याम् इमे नृपाः ।

atha lIlA.pate:_asya dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: |

विन्ध्यो ऽथ कुसुम.आपीडो महेन्द्रो दर्दुअस् तथा ॥३।३६।३०॥

vindhya:_atha kusuma.ApIDa:_mahendra:_dardura:_tathA ||3|36|30||

.

next are

THE SOUTHERN KINGS

who came to the relief of Liilaa's lord

:

flower.garlanded Vindhyas & Mahendra.Tricksters & Darduras

—

*vlmitra. The princes that joined with Lila's husband from the south, were …

the Vindhyans, the Kusumians (of Patna)

the Mahendras and the Darduras, (of the hills of the same names).

.

atha lIlA.pate:_asya xdakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: xvindhya:_atha kusuma.ApIDa:_x

mahendra:_dardura:_tathA x

.

 

मलयः सूर्यवान् च एव गणा* राज्य.समृद्धकाः ।

malaya: sUryavAn ca_eva gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: |

अवन्तिर् इति विख्यातास् तथा शाम्भवाति इति च ॥३।३६।३१॥

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca ||3|36|31||

.

the Malis of the Solar House also

and

the famous Royal Troops of Avanti,

and those of Shambavaati also

—

*vlmitra.p.31 The Malays and the solar race,

and the Prince of the thirty.three united states

and the rich and united cities of Avanti and Sambavati.

.

malaya: sUryavAn_ca_eva  gaNa.herd/class..s.A* rAjya.samRddha.fulfilled/successful.kA: x

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_x tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca x

.

 

दश.पूर.कथा.चक्रा.रेषिक.अतुर.कच्छपाः ।

daza.pUra.kathA.cakrA* reSika.atura.kacchapA: |

वन.वास.उपगिरयस् ते भद्र.गिरयस् तथा ॥३।३६।३२॥

vana.vAsa.upagiraya:_te bhadra.giraya:_tathA ||3|36|32||

.

troops of the Ten Cities,

Kathas & Chakras & Reshikas & hungry Kacchapa.SnapTurtles

and

forest.dwelling.by.the.Mountain Upa.giris; Bhadragiris,...

—

daza.pUra.kathA.cakrA.reSika.atura.kacchapA: x

vana.vAsa.upagiraya:_te bhadra.giraya:_tathA x

.

*vlmitra.32. And those of Dasapura (or ten cities) of Katha (Kota), Chakra, Reshika Cutch and others, and the foresters of Upagiri and Bhadragiri hills.

*vlmitra.p.32 And those of Dasapura of Katha, Chakra, Reshika Cutch and others, and the foresters of Upagiri and Bhadragiri Hills.

 

नागरा दण्डकाश् च एव गण.राष्ट्र.नृ.राष्ट्रकाः ।

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva gaNa.rASTra.nR.rASTrakA: |

साहा शैवर्ष्य.मूकाश् च कर्कोटा* वन.बिम्बलाः ॥३।३६।३३॥

sAhA.zaivarSya.mUkA:_ca karkoTA* vana.bimbalA: ||3|36|33||

.

Naagaras, Dandaka.Macers of the People's State of Nr.Rashtra…

&

Saahas,

wretched in the rain;

Karkotas, forest Bimbalas

—

*vlmitra.33. The prince of Nagore and the chiefs of Dandaka forest,

and the joint states of the people:

 the Sahas, Saivas, and the hill people of the Rishyamuka and Karkota and the Vimbila foresters.

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva xgaNa.rASTra.nR.rASTrakA: x sAhA zaivarSya.mUkA:_ca xkarkoTA* vana.bimbalA: x

 

पम्पा.निवासिनश् च एव कैरकाः कर्क.वीरकाः ।

pampA.nivAsina:_ca_eva kairakA: karka.vIrakA: |

स्वेरिका यासिकाश् च एव धर्म.पत्तन.पञ्जिकाः ॥३।३६।३४॥

sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva dharma.pattana.paJjikA: ||3|36|34||

.

the Pampaa.dwellers also,

the Kairakas & Karkaviras & Swerikas

and Yaasikas too

(of Dharma.pattana, a town of very righteous festivals)

—

*vlmitra. Then came the inhabitants from the banks of Pampá, the Kerakas and Karkaviras; with the Kherikas, Asikas and the people of Dhrumapattana.

.

nivAsin dharma pattana paJjika

.

 

काशिकास् तृष्ण.खल्लुला.यादास् ते ताम्र.पर्णकाः ।

kAzikA:_tRSNa.khallulA.yAdA:_te tAmra.parNakA: |

गोनर्दाः कनकाश् च एव दीन.पत्तन.नामकाः ॥३।३६।३५॥

gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva dIna.pattana.nAmakA: ||3|36|35||

.

FROM KAASHI

thirsty Khallulas & Yaadas

and the red.spit Pan.Chewing Gonarda BullRoarers;

and golden Kanakas;

and also with them came men

from Dina.pattana, Sorry.ville;—

*vlmitra. Next came the Kasikas and Khallukas,

the Yadas and Tamraparnikas; the Gonardas,

the Kanakas and the people of Dinapattam.

 

ताम्रीका दम्भर.आकीर्णाः सह.कार.एणकास् तथा ।

tAmrIkA* dambhara.AkIrNA: saha.kAra.eNakA:_tathA |

वैतुण्डकास् तुम्बवनाला.जिन.द्वीप.कर्णिकाः ॥३।३६।३६॥

vaituNDakA:_tumbavanAla.ajina.dvIpa.karNikA: ||3|36|36||

.

coppery tAmrika.s—

crowding dambhara.s—

supporting Enaka.Hunters;

and the Vaitundakas joining the TumbavanAlas,

long.eared islanders in deerskins;

*vlmitra.36. The Tamris (Tamils), Kadambharas, Sahakáras and Enakas (or deer hUters); the Vaitundas, Tumba.vanalas, and those attired in deer and elephant skins.

 

कर्णिक.आभाश् च शिबयः कौङ्कणाश् चित्रकूटकाः ।

karNika.AbhA:_ca zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |

कर्णाट.मण्ट.वटका महाकटकिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।३७॥

karNATa.maNTa.vaTakA* mahAkaTakikA:_tathA ||3|36|37||

.

the light of meru,

the Shibis, Kaunkanas, Chitrakutas,

and

Karnaatas, Mantas, Vatakas

—

such are in one great encampment there

.

*vlmitra.37. Then came the lotus.like Sibis and Konkans

and the inhabitants of Chitrakuta mountains;

with the people of Karnata, the Mantas, Batakas and those of Cattak.

 

आन्ध्राश् च कोल.गिरयश् च अवन्ति.कविचेरिकाः ।

AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca_avanti.kavicerikA: |

चण्डायत्ता* देवनकाः क्रौञ्चा* वाहास् तथैव च ॥३।३६।३८॥

caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|38||

.

with the Andhras, the Kola.Hillers,

and the Kavicherikas of greater Avanti,

and the Fiery Chandaayattas,

the Devanaka.Dicers, the Krauncha.Curlews;

.

*vlmitra. The Andhras and Kola hill people (Koles),

the Avantis and Chedis; with the Chandas and Devanakas and Krauncha.*vahas.

 

शिलाक्षार.उदभो.नन्द.मर्दना मलय.अभिधाः ।

zilA.akSAra.udabha:.nanda.mardanA* malaya.abhidhA: |

ते चित्रकूट.शिखरा लङ्का.रक्षः.गणाः स्मृताः ॥३।३६।३९॥

te citrakUTa.zikharA laGkA.rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: ||3|36|39||

.

and so also the Waaha Carriers from stonestill Shilaakshara,

Udabha, Nanda.Mardana, Malaya, and Citrakuta peaks,

the seats of Rakshasa.Protectors from Lankaa

.

*vlmitra. At last came the people from the three peaks of Chitrakuta mountains,

called the Silákhára, Nanda mardana and Malaya,

which were the seats of the guardian rAkSasas of Lanká.

 

SOUTHWEST —

 

अथ प्रत्यg.दक्षिणस्याम् महा.राज्य.सुराष्ट्रकाः ।

atha pratyak.dakSiNasyAm mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: |

सिन्धु.सौवीर.शूद्र.आख्याः आभीरा द्रविडाः_तथा ॥३।३६।४०॥

sindhu.sauvIra.zUdra.AkhyA: AbhIrA* draviDA: tathA ||3|36|40||

.

next, in the Southwest, the great realm of Suraashtra,

Sindhus, Sauvira Zuudras, Abhiras

also

the Drawids

.

*vlmitra. Then those of the southwest where there is

the great realm of Surástra (Surat),

with the kingdoms of Sindhu (Sinde) sauvira, Abhíra, and Dravidas (in Deccan).

 

कीकटाः सिद्ध.खण्ड.आख्यास् तथा कालि.रुहा अपि ।

kIkaTA: siddha.khaNDa.AkhyA:_tathA kAli.ruhA* api |

अत्र हेम.गिरिः शैलस् तथा रैवतको गिरिः ॥३।३६।४१॥

atra hema.giri: zaila:_tathA raivataka:_giri: ||3|36|41||

.

the Kikatas (of the Siddhas),

and Kaaliruhas, too,

and—here—is the golden Hema.giri Mountain, in the Raivatakas;—

.

*vlmitra. Also those of the districts of Kikata, Siddha Khanda, and Kaliruha, and Mount Hemagiri or golden hills and the Raivataka range.

 

जय.कच्छो मयवरो यवनास् तत्र जन्तवः ।

jaya.kaccha:_mayavara:_yavanA:_tatra jantava: |

बाह्वीका मार्गण.आवन्ता* धूम्रास् तुम्बक.नामकाः ॥३।३६।४२॥

bAhvIkA* mArgaNa.AvantA* dhUmrA:tumbaka.nAmakA: ||3|36|42||

.

the conquering.Cutch/victorious.ashore

Mayavara mercenaries

:

the Baahvikas, beggars from avanti,

dark.skinned Dhumras on camels,

Tumbakas

—

*vlmitra. Then the warriors of Jaya Kachchha (the victorious Cutch),

and Mayavara (Mewar);

as also the Yavanas (Ionian.Greeks),

the Bahlikas (Balkhs), the Marganas (nomads),

and the grey coloured Tumbas (on the north).

 

तथा लाज.गणाश् च एव तथा अत्र गिरि.वासिनः ।

tathA lAja.gaNA:_ca_eva tathA_atra giri.vAsina: |

ततो ऽब्धि.तोक.नियुता एते लीला.पतेर् जनाः ॥३।३६।४३॥

tata:_abdhi.toka.niyutA* ete lIlA.pate:_janA: ||3|36|43||

.

then the Laaja Troops also, and then,

here,

the hill.dwellers.

 

these

were the people of Liilaa's Lord,

the seething sea of his children

.

*vlmitra.43. Then there came Lahsa races and many hill peoples, inhabiting the borders of the sea (Caspean), forming the limit of the dominion of Lila's husband (Hindu Government) on the north.

 

+++

 

 

THE ENEMY ORDER

 

WESTERN MOUNTAINEERS

 

अथ तत्.प्रतिपक्ष.स्थान् इमान् जनपदान् शृणु ।

atha tat.pratipakSa.sthAn imAn janapadAn zRNu |

पश्चिमायाम् दिशि प्रौढा इमे तावत् महाद्रयः ॥३।३६।४४॥

pazcimAyAm dizi prauDhA* ime tAvan_mahA.adraya: ||3|36|44||

.

atha

tat.pratipakSa.xx.sthAn imAn janapadAn

zRNu =

pazcima.xx.AyAm dizi prauDha.xx.A*

ime tAvan_mahA.adraya: . x

.

next are the opposing forces the Country.men.

hear about these:—

 

in the Western Quarter:—

 

there where many Great Mountains soar

:

*vlmitra.44. Now know the names of the countries belonging to the enemy in the west,

and of those composed of the following mountain ranges, viz.

 

मणिमान्.नाम शैल.इन्द्रः कुरार्पण.गिरिः तथा ।

maNimAn.nAma zaila.indra: kurArpaNa.giri: tathA |

वनो ऽर्क.हो मेघ.भवश् चक्रवान् अस्त.पर्वतः ॥३।३६।४५॥

vana:_arka.ha:_megha.bhava:_cakravAn asta.parvata: ||3|36|45||

.

alled "Jewel.some", the lord of mountains,

kurArpana's all shady cool forests,

with clouds that drift like discuses on the rose mountain

.

maNimAn.nAma zaila.indra: x

kurArpaNa.giri: tathA x

vana:_arka.ha:_megha.bhava: x

cakravAn asta.parvata: x

.

*vlmitra.45. The mount Manimán and the Kurar.pana hills, with the hillocks of Vanorka, Megha.bhava, and the Chakra.vana mountain.

 

46

जनाः पञ्च.जना नाम काश.ब्रह्म.चयान्तकाः ।

janA: paJca.janA* nAma kAza.brahma.cayAntakA: |

तथैव भार.क्षतथाः पारकाः शान्तिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४६॥

tathaiva bhAra.kSatathA: pArakA: zAntikA:_tathA ||3|36|46||

.

there are the people called The *pancha.jana Fiver.Folk –

and groups of *kAsha Brâhmins

behind them

there

*bhAra.kShatathas & *pArakas & *shAntikas

:

*vlmitra.46. There is the country of the five peoples limiting the territory of the Kása Brahmans,

and after that the BhárakSa, the Páraka and Sántika countries.

 

janA: paJca.janA* nAma – the people called The Fiver.Folk .

kAza.xx.brahma.xx.caya.xx.antaka.xx.A: |

tathA.thus/in.that.way . eva.very/only .

bhAra.kSatathA:

pArakA:

*zAntika.Placideans.A: . tathA.thus/in.that.way

 

शैब्य.आरमरक.आयाच्छा गुहुत्वा* नियकास् तथा ।

zaibya.Aramaraka.AyAcchA* guhutvA* niyamA:_tathA |

हैहयाः सुह्य.गायाश् च ताजिका हूणकास् तथा ॥३।३६।४७॥

haihayA: suhya.gAyA:_ca tAjikA* hUNakA:_tathA ||3|36|47||

.

the *shaibyas, the *Aramaka.Grovers, *AyAcchas, *guhutvas

in array;

haihayas and suhya.gAyas,

tAjikas, and hUnas also

.

*vlmitra.47. Thence stretch the countries of the Saivyas, Amarakas, the Pachchyas (Páschátyas) and Gubutwas; and then the Haihaya country, and those of the Suhyas, Gayas and Tajikas and Hunas (Huns).

#zibi, #zivi – m. an RSi, the supposed author of RV.10.179) Anukr. • a king (renowned for his liberality and unselfishness, and said to have saved *agni (transformed into a dove) from *indra (transformed into a hawk) by offering an equal quantity of his own flesh weighed in a balance) MBh. Hariv. Pur. •• #zaibya . *shibi's people +

 

 

 

UPPER SOUTHLANDS —

 

पार्श्वे.कतकयोः कर्का गिरि.पर्ण.अवmAs तथा ।

pArzve.katakayo: karkA* giri.parNa.avamA:_tathA |

संत्यक्त.धर्म.मर्याdAs ते वर्णा म्लेच्छ.जातयः ॥३।३६। ४८॥

saMtyakta.dharma.maryAdA:_te varNA* mleccha.jAtaya: ||3|36|48||

.

the katakas are from the nearby karaka Mountains,

—these—

from Mount parna.vamas, who are devoid of dharmic customs,

a sad bunch of bad mleccha Barbarians

.

*vlmitra.48. Then along the side of some other countries, there is the range of Karka hills, inhabited by barbarous people, devoid of caste, customs and limits of moral duties.

*DC. on one side of Katakas are Karkas, on another left side Parna mountaineers, they have left dharmic ways and are of barbarious line.

*AS. I am not really sure what all these names are! However, I don't see either of these meanings coming out of the words. The word does not seem to break as suggested, since I don't see what "parNA" and "vamA" could possibly mean. I would imagine the word giri.parNa.avama with its nom. plural form. The word avama can have a meaning of "lower" . These could be inhabitants of giri.parNa . a branch of a mountain, or even people living under a shelter of the branch or even in a valley of the branch. I agree with your meaning of the second line. The word mleccha in modern times is associated with the muslims, but in older literature, it often means foreign, difficult to understand. mleccha speech means convoluted speech.

*jd. "mleccha in modern times".

here in tretA.yuga it has more general application

and in this and other Tales most esp. the chANDAla.s.

 

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् योजनानाम् शत.द्वयम् ।

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_yojanAnAm zata.dvayam |

ततो महेन्द्र.शिखरी मुक्ता.मणि.मय.अवनिः ॥३।३६।४९॥

tata:_mahendra.zikharI muktA.maNi.maya.avani: ||3|36|49||

.

beyond them are two hundred leagues of desart land;

and, thereafter,

Mount mahendra, aboundink.in sapphires and diamonds and pearls

—

 

*kdm. tato *janapadA *bhUmir yojanAnAm zata.dvayam | *(? = ||3|36|63||)* tato mahendra.zikharI muktA.maNi.mayAvani: ||3|36|49|| in zloka 63, the author seems to be referring to another place "a.janapada", since the measure here(in 49) is 200 yojana and in zloka 63 it is 8000 (azIti.zata). Also, janapada being a place with people/civilization etc, a.janapada could be waste land.. barren land and so on.

*vlmitra.49. Thence stretches a country hundreds of leagues in length, to the boundary mountain of Mahendra, abounding in rich stones and gems.

 

युते मही.धर.शतैर् अथ अश्वो नाम पर्वतः ।

yute mahI.dhara.zatai:_atha_azva:_nAma parvata: |

ततो महार्णवो भीमः पातियात्र.गिरिस् तटे ॥३।३६।५०॥

tata:_mahArNava:_bhIma: pAtiyAtra.giri:_taTe ||3|36|50||

.

connected with a hundred mountains,

next,

is the mountain called "Horse"

—

and then terrible ocean, with the pAtiyAtras on its shore.

yute mahI.dhara.zatai:_x

atha_azva:_nAma parvata: x

tata:_mahArNava: bhIma: x

pAtiyAtra.giri:_taTe x

.

*vlmitra.50. After that stands the Aswa range with hundreds of hills about it; and extending to the dread ocean on the north of the Pariyátra range. (Paropamisus).

 

पश्चिम.उत्तर.दिग्.भागे देशो गिरिमति स्थितः ।

pazcima.uttara.dik.bhAge deza:_girimati sthita: |

तथा वेणुपतिश् च एव ततो नर.पतिर् मही ॥३।३६।५१॥

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva tata:_nara.pati: mahI ||3|36|51||

.

NORTHWEST QUARTER

 

pazcima.uttara.dik.bhAge x

deza:_girimati sthita: x

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva x

tata:_nara.pati:mahI x

.

it is mountain country,

where veNupati, also, was once the mighty ManLord of ManLords

.

*vlmitra.51. On the north western side, there are countries beyond the boundary mountains (of Asia), where Venupati was the king of the land.

 

तथा फल्गुणकाश् च एव माण्डव्य.अनेक.नेत्रकाः ।

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya.aneka.netrakA: |

पुरुकुन्दाश् च पाराश् च भानु.मण्डल.भावनाः ॥३।३६।५२॥

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu.maNDala.bhAvanA: ||3|36|52||

.

there

—

phalgunakas also, and mAndavyas,

with dual command

—

purukunda guards,

mandalas,

mandalas blazoning the Sun

—

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya.aneka.netrakA: x

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu.maNDala.bhAvanA: x

.

*vlmitra.52. Then there are the countries of the Phálgunakas and and Mándavayas and many other peoples; and those of Purukundas and Paras (Paris?) as bright as the orb of the sun.

 

वन्मिला नलिना दीर्घा दीर्घ.केश.अङ्ग.बाहवः ।

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha.keza.aGga.bAhava: |

रङ्गाश् च स्तनिकाश् च अन्या गुरुहाश् चलुहास् तथा ॥३।३६।५३॥

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA ||3|36|53||

.

the vanmilas, the lotusly nalinas,

and

the Long dIrgha.s

—long hair, long person, and long arms—

the redskin raGgas, the chesty stanikas, hefty guruhas,

and the similar caluha.s

.

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha.keza.aGga.bAhava: x

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA x

.

*vlmitra.53. Then the races of Vanmilas and Nalinas and the Dirghas; who are so called, from their tall statures and long arms and hairs. Then there are the Rangas (Red men) Stánikas with protuberant breasts, and the Guruhas and Chaluhas.

 

NORTHERN MOUNTAINS

 

ततः स्त्री.राष्ट्रम् अतुलम् गोवृष.अपत्य.भोजनम् ।

tata: strI.rASTram atulam govRSa.apatya.bhojanam |

अथ उत्तरस्याम् हिमवान् क्रौञ्चो ऽथ मधुमान् गिरिः ॥३।३६।५४॥

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: ||3|36|54||

.

such is the matchless Queen's Country where eat the meat of calves

.

#govRSa . a bull • Shiva +

now,

in the North,

is the snowy Curlew Mountain—

and here

the sweet mountain, gandha.mAdana

.

tata: strI.rASTram atulam govRSa.apatya.bhojanam x

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: x

.

*vlmitra.54. After that is the kingdom of women (ruled by a queen), where they feed upon bullocks and heifers. Now about the Himálayas and its hills in the north (of India):—

*DC. such is the unequalled home country, not belonging to bull.husband???and now northen mountains of Himavan, Kraunca and Madhuman

*AS. There is a serious typo: strI.rASTram. strIrASTram (kingdom of women) My meaning is: Thereafter is the unique (atulam) Kingdom of Women where they eat veal (meat of the calf born to cows and bulls . or it could also mean all kind of beef). Further north from there (atha uttasasyAm) are the mountains kraunca and madhumAn covered with snow (himavAn). It is rather intriguing why the mention of eating habits of women is made here so prominently!
 

कैलासे वसुमान् मेरुः तत्.पादेषु जना उभे ।

kailAse vasumAn meru: tat.pAdeSu janA* ubhe |

मद्र.आवारा इव यौधेया* मालवाः शूर.सेनिकाः ॥३।३६।५५॥

madra.AvArA* iva yaudheyA* mAlavA: zUra.senikA: ||3|36|55||

.

in kailAsa, rich Mount*meru

there

two peoples

:

warlike *madras & mAlavas, the hero.warriors

.

kailAse

vasumAn

meru:

tat.pAdeSu

janA:

ubhe =

madra.AvArA: iva

yaudheyA: mAlavA: zUra.senikA: . x

.

??? madrAvAreva...

*vlmitra.55. These are the Krauncha and Madhumán hills; and the Kailása, Vasumán and the Sumeru peaks; at the foot of which are the people, known under many names.

*DC. In Kailas, and rich Meru, . from these both places, people Madravas, Yaudheyas, Malavas and Zurasenas

*AS. This seems to have numerous "typos". The word ubhe does not seem to make sense. It probably should be ubhau, but it is not a typo made by the current encoders. It may also be explained as ArSa, because ubhe is a valid form in Rigveda. It is also possible that this was a very different word "ime". I can easily see how it can be mistaken by transcribers. It would make a more natural sense. The word senikA: seems to be also an original typo . it should be sainikA:. The creative interpretation by DC as zUrasenika would have resolved this, but in my opinion it still does not explain the transformation of the word senA into senika. (Continuing the list of northerly mountains) kailAsa, vasumAn, meru; in their regions are the peoples: both madras who fight all the way to revA (ArevayaudheyAH) and the brave fighters mAlava. It is unclear what two madras are being described. I know of only one kind who live more in the Northwest. 
 

राजन्याश् च तथा ज्ञेया अर्जुनातनयः तथा ।

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA* arjunAtanaya: tathA |

त्रिगर्त* एकपात्.क्षुद्राम् अबला.स्वस्त.वासिनः ॥३।३६।५६॥

trigarta* ekapAt.kSudrAm abalA.svasta.vAsina: ||3|36|56||

.

the Princes there were to.be.known as arjunAtanis

.

here in trigarta,

the OneLegs,

lowly and weak,

dwell in the setting sun

.

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA*

arjunAtanaya: tathA |

trigarta* ekapAt.kSudrAm

abalA.svasta.vAsina: . x

.

*vlmitra.56. Beside these there met the warlike tribes of India consisting of the Madrawars, Malavas and Sura.senas. The Rajputs of the race of Arjuna, the Trigartas and the one legged people and Khudras.

 

 

अबलाः प्रखलाः शाकाः क्षेम.धूर्तय एव च ।

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA: kSema.dhUrtaya_eva ca |

दश.धाना.गावसन्य.दण्डाहन्य.सनास् तथा ॥३।३६।५७॥

daza.dhAnA.gAvasanya.daNDAhanya.sanA:_tathA ||3|36|57||

.

there were the weak and villainous zAkas,

who very much enjoy hurting people

—the club.throwing dazadhAnas and gAvasani.s—

.

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA:

kSema.dhUrtaya_eva ca =

daza.dhAnA.gAvasanya.daNDAhanya.sanA:_tathA . x

.

*vlmitra.57. There were the Abalas, Prakhalas, and Sakas (Saccæ or Scythians). The Khemadhúrtas, the Dasadhanas, the Gavásanas and Dandahanas (club fighters).

 

धान.दाः सरकाश्_च एव वाटधानास् तथ एव च ।

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca |

अन्तर.द्वीप.गान्धारास् तथा अवन्ति.सुरास् तथा ॥३।३६।५८॥

antara.dvIpa.gAndhArA:_tathA_avanti.surA: tathA ||3|36|58||

.

dhAnadas,

sarakas also

—

vAtadhAnas;

and there, also, gAndhara islanders;

—

and there

the Avanti warriors

—

just … there

!

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva x

vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca x

antaradvIpa.gAndhArA:_x

tathA_avanti.surA: tathA x

.

*vlmitra.58. The Dhánadas and Sarakas and Bátadhánas also, with the islanders and Gándháras and Avanti warriors of Malwa.

 

अथ तक्षशिला नाम तto वीलव.गोधनी ।

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava.godhanI |

पुष्कर.आवर्त.देशस्य यशोवति.मही ततः ॥३।३६।५९॥

puSkara.Avarta.dezasya yazovati.mahI tata: ||3|36|59||

.

and

—there—

the takSa.zilas of Cutter Mountain—

vilavas and godhanis of the crowded DoomCloud country

—

land of great renown

.

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava.godhanI |

puSkara.Avarta.dezasya

yazovati.mahI tata: . x

.

*vlmitra.59. The warlike TakSasilas (Taxilas), the Bilavas, Godhanas and the renowned warriors of Pushkara (Pokhra).

 

ततो नाभिमतिर् भूमिस् तिक्षाः कालवरास् तथा ।

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA |

काहकम् नगरम् च एव सुर.भूति.पुरम् तथा ॥३।३६।६०॥

kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura.bhUti.puram tathA ||3|36|60||

.

MIDCOUNTRY

 

the bitter Midcountry

offers

the kAlavara.s

—there—

and, there, Kahaka Town

—

and there, also,the City of sura.bhUti

.

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: x

tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA x

kAhakam nagaram ca_eva sura.bhUti.puram tathA x

.

*vlmitra.60. Then there were the TíkSas and Kálavaras, and the inhabitants of the cities of Káhaka and Surabhúti likewise.

 

तथैव रतिकादर्शाः अन्तरादर्शे एव च ।

tathA_eva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca |

ततः पिङ्गल.पाण्डव्यम् यामुने यातु.धानकाः ॥३।३६।६१॥

tata: piGgala.pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: ||3|36|61||

.

there were the ratikAdarzas,

and also antarAdarza.s

–

there, piGgalas and lily.white pAndavyas;

and, in yAmuna country

the yAtu.dhAnakas

.

tathaiva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca x

tata: piGgala.pANDavyam yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: x

.

*vlmitra.61. There were the people of the Katikádarsa and Antarádarsa also; and the Pingalas, the Pandyas, Yamanas and Yátudhánas RákSasas too.

 

मानवा नाङ्गना हेम.तालाः स्वस्व.मुखास् तथा ।

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva.mukhA: tathA |

हिमवान् वसुमान् क्रौञ्च.कैलासाव् इत्य् अगास् तथा ॥३।३६।६२॥

himavAn vasumAn krauJca.kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA ||3|36|62||

.

the mAnavas, the nAGganas,

the hematAla SilverHeights;

face.to.face in battle

—

thus

snowy himAlayas and rich vasumanis,

with Mount krauJca the Curlew

—and there—

shiva's own kailAsa

—those two mountains—

there

:

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva.mukhA: tathA x

himavAn vasumAn_krauJca.kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA x

.

*vlmitra.62. There were also the races of men, known as Hematálas and Osmuks, together with the hilly tribes, inhabiting the Himalaya, Vasumán, Krauncha and Kailasa mountains.

 

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् अशीति.शत.योजना ।

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata.yojanA |

अथ प्राग्.उत्तरस्याम् तु क्रमाज् जनपदाच्*छणु ॥३।३६।६३॥

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt*zRNu ||3|36|63||

.

such were the peoples

from about 180 leagues around

.

tata:_ajanapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata.yojanA x

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt_zRNu x

.

*vlmitra.63. Hear me now relate to you the peoples that came from the north east quarter, which extends a hundred and eighty leagues in its circumference.

 

NORTHEAST

 

then, next, from the NORTHEAST

—from that section of people—

hear the roll

.

*vlmitra.63 Hear me now relate to you the peoples that came from the north east quarter, which extends a hundred and eighty leagues in its circumference. 

 

कालुता ब्रह्म.पुत्राश् च कुणिदाः खदिनास् तथा ।

kAlutA* brahma.putrA:_ca kuNidA: khadinA: tathA |

मालवा रन्ध्र.राज्याश् च वाना राष्ट्रास् तथा एव च ॥३।३६।६४॥

mAlavA* randhra.rAjyA:_ca vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|64||

.

kaluta.s

—the Sons of brahmA—

Kunidas—Khadinas—and, there—mAlavas

—

and randhra princes of the forest countries also

—

kAlutA* brahma.putrA:_ca x

kuNidA: khadinA: tathA x

mAlavA* randhra.rAjyA:_ca x

vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca x

.

*vlmitra.64. There came also the Kalutas and Brahmaputras, the Kunidas and Khudinas, with the warlike Malavas and the champions of the Randhra and forest states.

 

केडवस् ताः सिंह.पुत्रास् तथा वामनताम् गताः ।

keDava:_tA: siMha.putrA: tathA vAmanatAm gatA: |

सावा.कच्चा.पलवहाः कामिरा दरदास् तथा ॥३।३६।६५॥

sAvA.kaccA.palavahA: kAmirA* daradA:_tathA ||3|36|65||

.

the kedavas, those lion.cubs, gone to dwarfdom;

the sAvAs, the kaccAs, the palavahas,

the kAmiras, the darada.s

—

keDava:_tA: siMha.putrA: x

tathA vAmanatAm gatA: x

sAvA.kaccA.palavahA: x

kAmirA* daradA:_tathA x

.

*vlmitra.65. Then there were the Kedavas and Sinhaputras of dwarfish statures; the Sabas (Sabæ or Sabians?), the Kaccæs, the Pahlavis (ancient Persians), the Kamiras and the Daradas (the present Darduis or Himalayan hills).

 

अभिस.आसद.जार्वकाः पलोल.कुचि.कौतुकाः ।

abhisa.Asada.jArvakA: palola.kuci.kautukA: |

किरातायाम् उपाताश् च दीनाः स्वर्ग.मही ततः ॥३।३६।६६॥

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca dInA: svarga.mahI tata: ||3|36|66||

.

abhisa troops,

and

jArvakas, palolas, kucis, kautukas, kirAta.s

—and poor upAtas—

and rich ones too

!

Heaven is great

.

abhisa.Asada.jArvakA: x

palola.kuci.kautukA: x

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca x

dInA: svarga.mahI tata: x

.

*vlmitra.66. There were also the people of Abhisa, the Jarvakas, the Pulolas and Kuves; the Kirátas and Yamupalas, together with the poor and rich people of desert lands and tracts of gold.

 

 

oॐm

 

देव.स्थल.उपवन.भूस्तदनु.उदित.श्रीः

deva.sthala.upavana.bhU:tadanu.udita.zrI:

विश्वावसोर् तदनु मन्दिरम् उत्तमम् च ।

vizvAvaso:_tadanu mandiram uttamam ca |

कैलास.भूस् तदनु मञ्जु.वनश् च

kailAsa.bhU:_tadanu maJju.vana:_ca

शैलो विद्याधर.अमर.विमान.समान.भूमिः ॥३।३६।६७॥

zaila:_vidyAdhara.amara.vimAna.samAna.bhUmi: ||3|36|67||

.

thus far

we have seen

the land of the gardens of the gods

thus far

the wonder.flight of the two space.travelers

thus far

we've seen

the highest of high temples, Mount kailAsa

&

thus far too

weve seen this beautiful forest and hill

where

some Sorcerer *widyAdharas watch from their SkyCars up above the Earth

.

deva.sthala.upavana.bhU:tadanu.udita.zrI:

vizvAvaso:

tadanu

mandiram uttamam ca =

kailAsa.bhU:

tadanu

maJju.vana: ca

zaila:

vidyAdhara.amara.vimAna.samAna.bhUmi: . x

deva.God.sthala.place\hill.upavana.garden/grove.bhU.earth.tadanu.thereafter.udita.arisen/said.zrI.plenty.: .xx. vizvAvasa.xx.o: tadanu.thereafter.mandira.tomb/temple.m uttama.ultimate/highest.m ca = kailAsa.xx.bhU.earth.: tadanu.thereafter. maJju.xx.vana.forest.: ca = zaila.stony/rocky.: *vidyAdhara.Sorcerer\Shapeshifter.amara.Immortal\undying.vimAna.skycar.samAna.xx.bhUmi.earth/land

.

*vlmitra.67. Thus Lila saw in one view, the residences of the devas; the forest lands and the earth in all their beauty. She saw all the seats of opulence (viswavasus), and the edifices with which they were adorned; she beheld the summit of Kailása, and the delightful groves at its foot, and the level lands traversed by the aerial cars of Vidyádhara and celestial beings. * It was easy for the lively Lílá, to learn about these peoples and their native lands in her lonely Yoga meditation, by the help of the goddess of learning; but it is hard for us to identify them without subjecting ourselves to a long labour of love, which is a sort of Yoga also, called vidya Yoga, or intense application and self devotion to learning.

 

.

oॐm

.

 

Group Page

https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga.vasishtha

Complete YVFiles https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0

 

x

चित् संवित्त्या.उच्यते जीव:

cit saMvittyA_ucyate jIva:

संकल्पात्स मनो भवेत् ।

saMkalpAt sa: mana: bhavet |

बुद्धि: चित्तmaहंकार:

buddhi: cittam ahaMkAra:

माया-इति.आदि.अभिधम् तत:॥

mAyA.iti.Adi .abhidham tata:||

y3067.021/FM.3.67.21

 

 

next Canto:

FM3037 MEETING OF TROOPS 1.JE09-10 .z59

https://www.dropbox.com/s/hruqoe66uedv7dn/fm3037%201.je09-10%20Meeting%20of%20Troops%20.z59.docx?dl=0

FM.3.1-FM.3.49...

https://www.dropbox.com/s/cezwyr92jlzal0a/FM.3.1-FM.3.49....docx?dl=0

 

DN3036 THE ORDER OF BATTLE 1.JE04.06

सर्ग ३.३६

sarga 3.36

वसिष्ठ* उवाच ।

vasiSTha* uvAca |

अथ शृङ्ग.उपमानेषु स्थितेषु शर.राशिषु ।

atha zRGga.upamAneSu sthiteSu zara.rAziSu |

सर्व.भीरुषु भग्नेषु विद्रुतेषु दिशो दश ॥३।३६।१॥

sarva.bhIruSu bhagneSu vidruteSu diza:_daza ||3|36|1||

मातङ्ग.शव.शैलेषु विश्रान्त.अम्बुद.पङ्क्तिषु ।

mAtaGga.zava.zaileSu vizrAnta.ambuda.paGktiSu |

यक्ष.रक्षःपिशाचेषु क्रीडत्सु रुधिर.अर्णवे ॥३।३६।२॥

yakSa.rakSa:pizAceSu krIDatsu rudhira.arNave ||3|36|2||

महताम् धर्म.निष्ठानाम् शील.ओजस्.सत्त्व.शालिनाम् ।

mahatAm dharma.niSThAnAm zIla.ojas.sattva.zAlinAm |

शुद्धानाम् कुल.पद्मानाम् वीराणाम् अनिवर्तिनाम् ॥३।३६।३॥

zuddhAnAm kula.padmAnAm vIrANAm a.nivartinAm ||3|36|3||

द्वन्द्व.युद्धानि जानानि मेघानाम् इव गर्जताम् ।

dvandva.yuddhAni jAnAni meghAnAm iva garjatAm |

मिथः.निगरणता उत्कानि मिलन्ति आपग.पूरवत् ॥३।३६।४॥

mitha:.nigaraNatA_utkAni_milanti_Apaga.pUravat ||3|36|4||

पञ्जरः पञ्जरेन_इव गज.ओघेन गज.उच्चयः ।

paJjara: paJjarena_iva gaja.oghena gaja.uccaya: |

स.वनः स.वनेन अद्रिर् अद्रिणा इव अमिलद् बलात् ॥३।३६।५॥

sa.vana: sa.vanena_adri:_adriNA_iva_amilat_balAt ||3|36|5||

अश्व.ओघो मिलद् अश्वानाम् वृन्देन आरावि.रहंसा ।

azva.ogha:_milat_azvAnAm vRndena_ArAvi.rahaMsA |

तरङ्ग.ओघेन घोषेण तरङ्ग.ओघ इव अर्णवे ॥३।३६।६॥

taraGga.oghena ghoSeNa taraGga.ogha* iva_arNave ||3|36|6||

नर.अनीकम् नर.अनीकः समायुधम् अयोधयत् ।

nara.anIka.m nara.anIka: samAyudham ayodhayat |

वेण्वौघम् इव वेण्वौघो मरुल्लोलो मरुद्वलम् ॥३।३६।७॥

veNu.ogham iva veNu.ogha:_marut.lola:_marut.valam ||3|36|7||

रथ.ओघश् च रथ.ओघेन निष्पिपेष अखिलम् वपुः ।

ratha.ogha:_ca ratha.oghena niSpipeSa_akhilam vapu: |

नगरम् नगरेन_इव दैवेन उड्डीनम् असुरम् ॥३।३६।८॥

nagara.m nagarena_iva daivena_uDDInam asura.m ||3|36|8||

सरच्.छर.भरासार.रचित.आपूर्व.वारिदम् ।

sarat.zara.bharAsAra.racita.ApUrva.vAridam |

युयुधे स्थगित.आकाशा धनुर् धर.पताकिनी ॥३।३६।९॥

yuyudhe sthagita.AkAzA dhanu: dhara.patAkinI ||3|36|9||

विषम.आयुध.युद्धेषु योद्धारः पेलव.आशयाः ।

viSama.Ayudha.yuddheSu yoddhAra: pelava.AzayA: |

यदा युक्त्या पलायन्ते रण.कल्प.अनले तदा ॥३।३६।१०॥

yadA yuktyA palAyante raNa.kalpa.anale tadA ||3|36|10||

मिलिताश् चक्रिणो चक्रो धनुर् धारैर् धनुर् धराः ।

militA:_cakriNa:_cakra.i:_dhanu:_dhAra.i:_dhanu:.dharA: |

खड्गिभिः खड्ग.योद्धारो भुशुण्डीभिर् भुशुण्डयः ॥३।३६।११॥

khaDgibhi: khaDga.yoddhAra:_bhuzuNDIbhi:_bhuzuNDaya: ||3|36|11||

मुसलैर् मुसल.उदाराः कुन्तिनः कुन्ति.धारिभिः ।

musalai: musala.udArA: kuntina: kunti.dhAribhi: |

ऋष्टि.आयुधा ऋष्टि.धरैः प्रासिभिः प्रास.पाणयः ॥३।३६।१२॥

RSTi.AyudhA* RSTi.dhara.i: prAsibhi: prAsa.pANaya: ||3|36|12||

स.मुद्गरा मुद्गरिभिः स.गदैर् विलसद् गदाः ।

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa.gadai:_vilasat_gadA: |

शाक्तिकैः शक्ति.योद्ध.आरः शूलैः शूल.विशारदाः ॥३।३६।१३॥

zAktikai: zakti.yoddha.Ara: zUlai: zUla.vizAradA: ||3|36|13||

प्रास.असन.विदः प्रासैः परशु.उक्ताः परश्वधैः ।

prAsa.asana.vida: prAsai: parazu.uktA: parazvadhai: |

लकुट.उद्यैर् लकुटिनश् च उपलैर् उपल.आयुधाः ॥३।३६।१४॥

lakuTa.udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala.AyudhA: ||3|36|14||

पाशिभिः पाश.धारिण्यः शङ्कुभिः शङ्कु.धारिणः ।

pAzibhi: pAza.dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku.dhAriNa: |

क्षुरिकाभिस् तु क्षुरिकाः भिन्दिपालैश् च तद्.गताः ॥३।३६।१५॥

kSurikAbhi:_tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat.gatA: ||3|36|15||

वज्र.मुष्टि.धरा वज्रैर् अङ्कुशैर् अङ्कुश.उद्धताः ।

vajra.muSTi.dharA* vajra.i:_aGkuzai:_aGkuza.uddhatA: |

हलैर् हल.निकाष.ज्ञास् त्रिशूलैश् च त्रिशूलिनः ॥३।३६।१६॥

halai:_hala.nikASa.jJA:_trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: ||3|36|16||

शृङ्खला.जालिनो जालैः शृङ्खlair अलि.कोमलैः ।

zRGkhalA.jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai:_ali.komalai: |

क्षुभित.अकल्प.विक्षुब्ध.सागर.ऊर्मि.घटा इव ॥३।३६।१७॥

kSubhita.akalpa.vikSubdha.sAgara.Urmi.ghaTA* iva ||3|36|17||

क्षुब्ध.चक्र.दल.आवर्तः शर.सीकर.मारुतः ।

kSubdha.cakra.dala.Avarta: zara.sIkara.mAruta: |

प्रभ्रमद्धेति.मकरो व्योम.एक.अर्णव आबभौ ॥३।३६।१८॥

prabhramat*heti.makara:_vyoma.eka.arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||

उत्फुल्ल.आयुध.कल्लोल.शिर.आकुल.जलेचरः ।

utphulla.Ayudha.kallola.zira.Akula.jalecara: |

रोदोरन्ध्र.समुद्रो ऽसौ बभूव अमर.दुस्तरः ॥३।३६।१९॥

rodorandhra.samudra:_asau babhUva_amara.dustara: ||3|36|19||

दिव्या अष्टक.जन.अनीकम् पक्ष.द्वयतया तया ।

divyA_aSTaka.jana.anIka.m pakSa.dvayatayA tayA |

अर्धेन अर्धेन कुपितम् भूपालाभ्याम् तथा स्थितम् ॥३।३६।२०॥

ardhena_ardhena kupita.m bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthita.m ||3|36|20||

मध्यदेश.आदि.संख्याने प्राग्.दिग्भ्यो ऽभ्यागतान् इमान् ।

madhya.deza.Adi.saMkhyAne prAk.digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |

लीला.नाथस्य पद्मस्य पक्षे जनपदान् शृणु ॥३।३६।२१॥

lIlA.nAthasya padmasya pakSe janapadAn zRNu ||3|36|21||

पूर्वस्याम् कोसलाः काशि.मागधा मथिल.उत्कलाः ।

pUrvasyAm kosalA: kAzi.mAgadhA* mathila.utkalA: |

मेखलाः कर्करा मुद्रास् तथा संग्राम.शौण्डकाः ॥३।३६।२२॥

mekhalA: karkarA* mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma.zauNDakA: ||3|36|22||

मुख्या हिमा रुद्रमुख्यास् ताम्र.लिप्तास् तथैव च ।

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:_tAmra.liptA:_tathaiva ca |

प्राग्.ज्योतिषा वाजि.मुखा अम्बष्ठाः पुरुषादकाः ॥३।३६।२३॥

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji.mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: ||3|36|23||

वर्ण.कोष्ठाः स.विश्वोत्रा आम.मीन.आशनास् तथा ।

varNa.koSThA: sa.vizvotrA* Ama.mIna.AzanA:_tathA |

व्याघ्र.वक्राः किराताश् च सौवीरा एक.पादकाः ॥३।३६।२४॥

vyAghra.vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka.pAdakA: ||3|36|24||

माल्यवान्.नाम शैलो 'त्र शिबि.राञ्जन* एव च ।

mAlyavAn.nAma zaila:_atra zibi.rAJjana* eva ca |

वृषल.ध्वज.पद्म.आdyAs तथा उदय.करो गिरिः ॥३।३६।२५॥

vRSala.dhvaja.padma.AdyA:_tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: ||3|36|25||

अथ प्राग्.दक्षिणायाम् त्व् इमे विन्ध्य.आदि.वासिनः ।

atha prAk.dakSiNAyAm tu_ime vindhya.Adi.vAsina: |

चेदयो वत्स.दाशार्णा अङ्ग.वङ्ग.उपवङ्गकाः ॥३।३६।२६॥

cedaya:_vatsa.dAzArNA* aGga.vaGga.upavaGgakA: ||3|36|26||

कलिङ्ग.पुण्ड्र.जठरा विदर्भा* मेखलास् तथा ।

kaliGga.puNDra.jaTharA* vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA |

शबरानन.वर्णाश् च कर्णा.त्रिपुर.पूरकाः ॥३।३६।२७॥

zabarAnana.varNA:_ca karNA.tripura.pUrakA: ||3|36|27||

कण्टक.स्थल.नामानः पृथग्.दीपक.कोमलाः ।

kaNTaka.sthala.nAmAna: pRthak.dIpaka.komalA: |

कर्ण.अन्ध्राश् चौलिकाश् च एव तथा चार्मण्वता अपि ॥३।३६।२८॥

karNa.andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva tathA cArmaNvatA* api ||3|36|28||

काकका हेम.कुड्याश् च तथा श्मश्रु.धरा अपि ।

kAkakA* hema.kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru.dharA* api |

बलिग्रीव.महाग्रीवाः किष्किन्धा नालि.केरिणः ॥३।३६।२९॥

baligrIva.mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli.keriNa: ||3|36|29||

अथ लीला.पतेर् अस्य दक्षिणस्याम् इमे नृपाः ।

atha lIlA.pate:_asya dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: |

विन्ध्यो ऽथ कुसुम.आपीडो महेन्द्रो दर्दुअस् तथा ॥३।३६।३०॥

vindhya:_atha kusuma.ApIDa:_mahendra:_dardura:_tathA ||3|36|30||

मलयः सूर्यवान् च एव गणा राज्य.समृद्धकाः ।

malaya: sUryavAn ca_eva gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: |

अवन्तिर् इति विख्यातास् तथा शाम्भवाति इति च ॥३।३६।३१॥

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca ||3|36|31||

दश.पूर.कथा.चक्रा.रेषिक.अतुर.कच्छपाः ।

daza.pUra.kathA.cakrA* reSika.atura.kacchapA: |

वन.वास.उपगिरयस् ते भद्र.गिरयस् तथा ॥३।३६।३२॥

vana.vAsa.upagiraya:_te bhadra.giraya:_tathA ||3|36|32||

नागरा दण्डकाश् च एव गण.राष्ट्र.नृ.राष्ट्रकाः ।

nAgarA* daNDakA:_ca_eva gaNa.rASTra.nR.rASTrakA: |

साहा शैवर्ष्य.मूकाश् च कर्कोटा वन.बिम्बलाः ॥३।३६।३३॥

sAhA.zaivarSya.mUkA:_ca karkoTA* vana.bimbalA: ||3|36|33||

पम्पा.निवासिनश् च एव कैरकाः कर्क.वीरकाः ।

pampA.nivAsina:_ca_eva kairakA: karka.vIrakA: |

स्वेरिका यासिकाश् च एव धर्म.पत्तन.पञ्जिकाः ॥३।३६।३४॥

sverikA* yAsikA:_ca_eva dharma.pattana.paJjikA: ||3|36|34||

काशिकास् तृष्ण.खल्लुला.यादास् ते ताम्र.पर्णकाः ।

kAzikA:_tRSNa.khallulA.yAdA:_te tAmra.parNakA: |

गोनर्दाः कनकाश् च एव दीन.पत्तन.नामकाः ॥३।३६।३५॥

gonardA: kanakA:_ca_eva dIna.pattana.nAmakA: ||3|36|35||

ताम्रीका दम्भर.आकीर्णाः सह.कार.एणकास् तथा ।

tAmrIkA* dambhara.AkIrNA: saha.kAra.eNakA:_tathA |

वैतुण्डकास् तुम्बवनाला.जिन.द्वीप.कर्णिकाः ॥३।३६।३६॥

vaituNDakA:_tumbavanAlA.jina.dvIpa.karNikA: ||3|36|36||

कर्णिक.आभाश् च शिबयः कौङ्कणाश् चित्रकूटकाः ।

karNika.AbhA:_ca zibaya: kauGkaNA:_citrakUTakA: |

कर्णाट.मण्ट.वटका महाकटकिकास् तथा ॥३।३६।३७॥

karNATa.maNTa.vaTakA* mahAkaTakikA:_tathA ||3|36|37||

आन्ध्राश् च कोल.गिरयश् च अवन्ति.कविचेरिकाः ।

AndhrA:_ca kola.giraya:_ca_avanti.kavicerikA: |

चण्डायत्ता देवनकाः क्रौञ्चा* वाहास् तथैव च ॥३।३६।३८॥

caNDAyattA* devanakA: krauJcA* vAhA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|38||

शिलाक्षार.उदभो.नन्द.मर्दना मलय.अभिधाः ।

zilA.akSAra.udabha:.nanda.mardanA* malaya.abhidhA: |

ते चित्रकूट.शिखरा लङ्का.रक्षः.गणाः स्मृताः ॥३।३६।३९॥

te citrakUTa.zikharA laGkA.rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: ||3|36|39||

अथ प्रत्यg.दक्षिणस्याम् महा.राज्य.सुराष्ट्रकाः ।

atha pratyak.dakSiNasyAm mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: |

सिन्धु.सौवीर.शूद्र.आख्याः आभीरा द्रविडाः_तथा ॥३।३६।४०॥

sindhu.sauvIra.zUdra.AkhyA: AbhIrA* draviDA: tathA ||3|36|40||

कीकटाः सिद्ध.खण्ड.आख्यास् तथा कालि.रुहा अपि ।

kIkaTA: siddha.khaNDa.AkhyA:_tathA kAli.ruhA* api |

अत्र हेम.गिरिः शैलस् तथा रैवतको गिरिः ॥३।३६।४१॥

atra hema.giri: zaila:_tathA raivataka:_giri: ||3|36|41||

जय.कच्छो मयवरो यवनास् तत्र जन्तवः ।

jaya.kaccha:_mayavara:_yavanA:_tatra jantava: |

बाह्वीका मार्गण.आवन्ता धूम्रास् तुम्बक.नामकाः ॥३।३६।४२॥

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_yojanAnAm zata.dvaya.m |

ततो महेन्द्र.शिखरी मुक्ता.मणि.मय.अवनिः ॥३।३६।४९॥

tata:_mahendra.zikharI muktA.maNi.maya.avani: ||3|36|49||

युते मही.धर.शतैर् अथ अश्वो नाम पर्वतः ।

yute mahI.dhara.zatai:_atha_azva:_nAma parvata: |

ततो महार्णवो भीमः पातियात्र.गिरिस् तटे ॥३।३६।५०॥

tata:_mahArNava:_bhIma: pAtiyAtra.giri:_taTe ||3|36|50||

पश्चिम.उत्तर.दिग्.भागे देशो गिरिमति स्थितः ।

pazcima.uttara.dik.bhAge deza:_girimati sthita: |

तथा वेणुपतिश् च एव ततो नर.पतिर् मही ॥३।३६।५१॥

tathA veNupati:_ca_eva tata:_nara.pati: mahI ||3|36|51||

तथा फल्गुणकाश् च एव माण्डव्य.अनेक.नेत्रकाः ।

tathA phalguNakA:_ca_eva mANDavya.aneka.netrakA: |

पुरुकुन्दाश् च पाराश् च भानु.मण्डल.भावनाः ॥३।३६।५२॥

purukundA:_ca pArA:_ca bhAnu.maNDala.bhAvanA: ||3|36|52||

वन्मिला नलिना दीर्घा दीर्घ.केश.अङ्ग.बाहवः ।

vanmilA* nalinA* dIrghA* dIrgha.keza.aGga.bAhava: |

रङ्गाश् च स्तनिकाश् च अन्या गुरुहाश् चलुहास् तथा ॥३।३६।५३॥

raGgA:_ca stanikA:_ca_anyA* guruhA:_caluhA:_tathA ||3|36|53||

ततः स्त्री.राष्ट्रम् अतुलम् गोवृष.अपत्य.भोजनम् ।

tata: strI.rASTra.m atulam govRSa.apatya.bhojanam |

अथ उत्तरस्याम् हिमवान् क्रौञ्चो ऽथ मधुमान् गिरिः ॥३।३६।५४॥

atha_uttarasyAm himavAn krauJca:_atha madhumAn giri: ||3|36|54||

कैलासे वसुमान् मेरुः तत्.पादेषु जना उभे ।

kailAse vasumAn meru: tat.pAdeSu janA* ubhe |

मद्र.आवारा इव यौधेया मालवाः शूर.सेनिकाः ॥३।३६।५५॥

madra.AvArA* iva yaudheyA* mAlavA: zUra.senikA: ||3|36|55||

राजन्याश् च तथा ज्ञेया अर्जुनातनयः तथा ।

rAjanyA:_ca tathA jJeyA* arjunAtanaya: tathA |

त्रिगर्त* एकपात्.क्षुद्राम् अबला.स्वस्त.वासिनः ॥३।३६।५६॥

trigarta* ekapAt.kSudrAm abalA*svasta.vAsina: ||3|36|56||

अबलाः प्रखलाः शाकाः क्षेम.धूर्तय एव च ।

abalA: prakhalA: zAkA: kSema.dhUrtaya_eva ca |

दश.धाना.गावसन्य.दण्डाहन्य.सनास् तथा ॥३।३६।५७॥

daza.dhAnA.gAvasanya.daNDAhanya.sanA:_tathA ||3|36|57||

धान.दाः सरकाश् च एव वाटधानास् तथ एव च ।

dhAna.dA: sarakA:_ca_eva vATadhAnA:_tatha_eva ca |

अन्तर.द्वीप.गान्धारास् तथा अवन्ति.सुरास् तथा ॥३।३६।५८॥

antara.dvIpa.gAndhArA:_tathA_avanti.surA: tathA ||3|36|58||

अथ तक्षशिला नाम तto वीलव.गोधनी ।

atha takSazilA* nAma tata:_vIlava.godhanI |

पुष्कर.आवर्त.देशस्य यशोवति.मही ततः ॥३।३६।५९॥

puSkara.Avarta.dezasya yazovati.mahI tata: ||3|36|59||

ततो नाभिमतिर् भूमिस् तिक्षाः कालवरास् तथा ।

tata: nAbhimati:_bhUmi: tikSA: kAlavarA:_tathA |

काहकम् नगरम् च एव सुर.भूति.पुरम् तथा ॥३।३६।६०॥

kAhakam nagara.m ca_eva sura.bhUti.pura.m tathA ||3|36|60||

तथैव रतिकादर्शाः अन्तरादर्शे एव च ।

tathA_eva ratikAdarzA: antarAdarze eva ca |

ततः पिङ्गल.पाण्डव्यम् यामुने यातु.धानकाः ॥३।३६।६१॥

tata: piGgala.pANDavya.m yAmune yAtu.dhAnakA: ||3|36|61||

मानवा नाङ्गना हेम.तालाः स्वस्व.मुखास् तथा ।

mAnavA* nAGganA* hema.tAlA: svasva.mukhA: tathA |

हिमवान् वसुमान् क्रौञ्च.कैलासाव् इत्य् अगास् तथा ॥३।३६।६२॥

himavAn vasumAn krauJca.kailAsau_iti_agA: tathA ||3|36|62||

ततो ऽजनपदा भूमिर् अशीति.शत.योजना ।

tata:_a.janapadA bhUmi:_azIti.zata.yojanA |

अथ प्राग्.उत्तरस्याम् तु क्रमाज् जनपदाच्छणु ॥३।३६।६३॥

atha prAk.uttarasyAm tu kramAt_janapadAt*zRNu ||3|36|63||

कालुता ब्रह्म.पुत्राश् च कुणिदाः खदिनास् तथा ।

kAlutA* brahma.putrA:_ca kuNidA: khadinA: tathA |

मालवा रन्ध्र.राज्याश् च वाना राष्ट्रास् तथा एव च ॥३।३६।६४॥

mAlavA* randhra.rAjyA:_ca vAnA* rASTrA:_tathA_eva ca ||3|36|64||

केडवस् ताः सिंह.पुत्रास् तथा वामनताम् गताः ।

keDava:_tA: siMha.putrA: tathA vAmanatAm gatA: |

सावा.कच्चा.पलवहाः कामिरा दरदास् तथा ॥३।३६।६५॥

sAvA.kaccA.palavahA: kAmirA* daradA:_tathA ||3|36|65||

अभिस.आसद.जार्वकाः पलोल.कुचि.कौतुकाः ।

abhisa.Asada.jArvakA: palola.kuci.kautukA: |

किरातायाम् उपाताश् च दीनाः स्वर्ग.मही ततः ॥३।३६।६६॥

kirAtAyAm upAtA:_ca dInA: svarga.mahI tata: ||3|36|66||

देव.स्थल.उपवन.भूस्तदनु.उदित.श्रीः

deva.sthala.upavana.bhU:tadanu.udita.zrI:

विश्वावसोर् तदनु मन्दिरम् उत्तमम् च ।

vizvAvaso:_tadanu mandira.m uttamam ca |

कैलास.भूस् तदनु मञ्जु.वनश् च

kailAsa.bhU:_tadanu maJju.vana:_ca

शैलो विद्याधर.अमर.विमान.समान.भूमिः ॥३।३६।६७॥

zaila:_vidyadhara.amara.vimAna.samAna.bhUmi: ||3|36|67||

 

 

santoSaH paramo lAbhaH satsaGgaH paramA gatiH |
vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||

सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
                             -- Yoga Vasishtha 

The complete YVFiles of this masterpiece can be found at

http://goo.gl/k3hRBX  

ऋष्टि.आयुधा ऋष्टि.धरैः प्रासिभिः प्रास.पाणयः ॥३।३६।१२॥

RSTi.AyudhA* RSTi.dharai: prAsibhi: prAsa.pANaya: ||3|36|12||

स.मुद्गरा मुद्गरिभिः स.गदैर् विलसद् गदाः ।

sa.mudgarA* mudgaribhi: sa.gadai:_vilasat_gadA: |

शाक्तिकैः शक्ति.योद्ध.आरः शूलैः शूल.विशारदाः ॥३।३६।१३॥

zAktikai: zakti.yoddha.Ara: zUlai: zUla.vizAradA: ||3|36|13||

प्रास.असन.विदः प्रासैः परशु.उक्ताः परश्वधैः ।

prAsa.asana.vida: prAsai: parazu.uktA: parazvadhai: |

लकुट.उद्यैर् लकुटिनश् च उपलैर् उपल.आयुधाः ॥३।३६।१४॥

lakuTa.udyai:_lakuTina:_ca_upalai:_upala.AyudhA: ||3|36|14||

पाशिभिः पाश.धारिण्यः शङ्कुभिः शङ्कु.धारिणः ।

pAzibhi: pAza.dhAriNya: zaGkubhi: zaGku.dhAriNa: |

क्षुरिकाभिस् तु क्षुरिकाः भिन्दिपालैश् च तद्.गताः ॥३।३६।१५॥

kSurikAbhi:_tu kSurikA: bhindipAlai:_ca tat.gatA: ||3|36|15||

वज्र.मुष्टि.धरा वज्रैर् अङ्कुशैर् अङ्कुश.उद्धताः ।

vajra.muSTi.dharA* vajrai:_aGkuzai:_aGkuza.uddhatA: |

हलैर् हल.निकाष.ज्ञास् त्रिशूलैश् च त्रिशूलिनः ॥३।३६।१६॥

halai:_hala.nikASa.jJA:_trizUlai:_ca tri.zUlina: ||3|36|16||

शृङ्खला.जालिनो जालैः शृङ्खlair अलि.कोमलैः ।

zRGkhalA.jAlina: jAlai: zRGkhalai:_ali.komalai: |

क्षुभित.अकल्प.विक्षुब्ध.सागर.ऊर्मि.घटा इव ॥३।३६।१७॥

kSubhita.akalpa.vikSubdha.sAgara.Urmi.ghaTA* iva ||3|36|17||

क्षुब्ध.चक्र.दल.आवर्तः शर.सीकर.मारुतः ।

kSubdha.cakra.dala.Avarta: zara.sIkara.mAruta: |

प्रभ्रमद्धेति.मकरो व्योम.एक.अर्णव आबभौ ॥३।३६।१८॥

prabhramat*heti.makara:_vyoma.eka.arNava* Ababhau ||3|36|18||

उत्फुल्ल.आयुध.कल्लोल.शिर.आकुल.जलेचरः ।

utphulla.Ayudha.kallola.zira.Akula.jalecara: |

रोदोरन्ध्र.समुद्रो ऽसौ बभूव अमर.दुस्तरः ॥३।३६।१९॥

rodorandhra.samudra:_asau babhUva_amara.dustara: ||3|36|19||

दिव्या अष्टक.जन.अनीकम् पक्ष.द्वयतया तया ।

divyA_aSTaka.jana.anIkam pakSa.dvayatayA tayA |

अर्धेन अर्धेन कुपितम् भूपालाभ्याम् तथा स्थितम् ॥३।३६।२०॥

ardhena_ardhena kupitam bhUpAlAbhyAm tathA sthitam ||3|36|20||

मध्यदेश.आदि.संख्याने प्राग्.दिग्भ्यो ऽभ्यागतान् इमान् ।

madhya.deza.Adi.saMkhyAne prAk.digbhya:_abhyAgatAn imAn |

लीला.नाथस्य पद्मस्य पक्षे जनपदान् शृणु ॥३।३६।२१॥

lIlA.nAthasya padmasya pakSe janapadAn zRNu ||3|36|21||

पूर्वस्याम् कोसलाः काशि.मागधा मथिल.उत्कलाः ।

pUrvasyAm kosalA: kAzi.mAgadhA* mathila.utkalA: |

मेखलाः कर्करा मुद्रास् तथा संग्राम.शौण्डकाः ॥३।३६।२२॥

mekhalA: karkarA* mudrA:_tathA saMgrAma.zauNDakA: ||3|36|22||

मुख्या हिमा रुद्रमुख्यास् ताम्र.लिप्तास् तथैव च ।

mukhyA* himA* rudra.mukhyA:_tAmra.liptA:_tathaiva ca |

प्राग्.ज्योतिषा वाजि.मुखा अम्बष्ठाः पुरुषादकाः ॥३।३६।२३॥

prAk.jyotiSA* vAji.mukhA* ambaSThA: puruSAdakA: ||3|36|23||

वर्ण.कोष्ठाः स.विश्वोत्रा आम.मीन.आशनास् तथा ।

varNa.koSThA: sa.vizvotrA* Ama.mIna.AzanA:_tathA |

व्याघ्र.वक्राः किराताश् च सौवीरा एक.पादकाः ॥३।३६।२४॥

vyAghra.vakrA: kirAtA:_ca sauvIrA* eka.pAdakA: ||3|36|24||

माल्यवान्.नाम शैलो 'त्र शिबि.राञ्जन* एव च ।

mAlyavAn.nAma zaila:_atra zibi.rAJjana* eva ca |

वृषल.ध्वज.पद्म.आdyAs तथा उदय.करो गिरिः ॥३।३६।२५॥

vRSala.dhvaja.padma.AdyA:_tathA_udaya.kara:_giri: ||3|36|25||

अथ प्राग्.दक्षिणायाम् त्व् इमे विन्ध्य.आदि.वासिनः ।

atha prAk.dakSiNAyAm tu_ime vindhya.Adi.vAsina: |

चेदयो वत्स.दाशार्णा अङ्ग.वङ्ग.उपवङ्गकाः ॥३।३६।२६॥

cedaya:_vatsa.dAzArNA* aGga.vaGga.upavaGgakA: ||3|36|26||

कलिङ्ग.पुण्ड्र.जठरा विदर्भा* मेखलास् तथा ।

kaliGga.puNDra.jaTharA* vidarbhA* mekhalA:_tathA |

शबरानन.वर्णाश् च कर्णा.त्रिपुर.पूरकाः ॥३।३६।२७॥

zabarAnana.varNA:_ca karNA.tripura.pUrakA: ||3|36|27||

कण्टक.स्थल.नामानः पृथग्.दीपक.कोमलाः ।

kaNTaka.sthala.nAmAna: pRthak.dIpaka.komalA: |

कर्ण.अन्ध्राश् चौलिकाश् च एव तथा चार्मण्वता अपि ॥३।३६।२८॥

karNa.andhrA:_caulikA:_ca_eva tathA cArmaNvatA* api ||3|36|28||

काकका हेम.कुड्याश् च तथा श्मश्रु.धरा अपि ।

kAkakA* hema.kuDyA:_ca tathA zmazru.dharA* api |

बलिग्रीव.महाग्रीवाः किष्किन्धा नालि.केरिणः ॥३।३६।२९॥

baligrIva.mahAgrIvA: kiSkindhA* nAli.keriNa: ||3|36|29||

अथ लीला.पतेर् अस्य दक्षिणस्याम् इमे नृपाः ।

atha lIlA.pate:_asya dakSiNasyAm ime nRpA: |

विन्ध्यो ऽथ कुसुम.आपीडो महेन्द्रो दर्दुअस् तथा ॥३।३६।३०॥

vindhya:_atha kusuma.ApIDa:_mahendra:_dardura:_tathA ||3|36|30||

मलयः सूर्यवान् च एव गणा* राज्य.समृद्धकाः ।

malaya: sUryavAn ca_eva gaNA* rAjya.samRddhakA: |

अवन्तिर् इति विख्यातास् तथा शाम्भवाति इति च ॥३।३६।३१॥

avanti:_iti vikhyAtA:_tathA zAmbhavAti_iti ca ||3|36|31||

दश.पूर.कथा.चक्रा.रेषिक.अतुर.कच्छपाः ।

daza.pUra.kathA.cakrA* reSika.atura.kacchapA: |

वन.वास.उपगिरयस् ते भद्र.गिरयस् तथा ॥३।३६।३२॥

vana.vAsa.upagiraya:_te bhadra.giraya:_tathA ||3|36|32||

नागरा दण्डकाश् च एव गण.राष्ट्र.नृ.राष्ट्रकाः ।

ते चित्रकूट.शिखरा लङ्का.रक्षः.गणाः स्मृताः ॥३।३६।३९॥

te citrakUTa.zikharA laGkA.rakSa:gaNA: smRtA: ||3|36|39||

अथ प्रत्यg.दक्षिणस्याम् महा.राज्य.सुराष्ट्रकाः ।

atha pratyak.dakSiNasyAm mahA.rAjya.surASTrakA: |

सिन्धु.सौवीर.शूद्र.आख्याः आभीरा द्रविडाः_तथा ॥३।३६।४०॥

<p clas